Download RDR-HX820/HX825 - Super TV Servis M+S

RDR-HX820/HX825
RMT-D230P/D231P
SERVICE MANUAL
AEP Model
RDR-HX820/HX825
Photo: RDR-HX820
RMT-D230P
for RDR-HX825
SPECIFICATIONS
System
Laser: Semiconductor laser
Channel coverage:
PAL/SECAM (B/G, D/K, I, L)
VHF: E2 to E12, R1 to R12, F2 to F10,
Italian A to H, Ireland A to J, South
Africa 4 to 13
UHF: E21 to E69, R21 to R69, B21 to
B69, F21 to F69
CATV: S01 to S05, S1 to S20, France
B to Q
HYPER: S21 to S41
The above channel coverage merely ensures
the channel reception within these ranges. It
does not guarantee the ability to receive
signals in all circumstances.
Video reception: Frequency synthesizer
system
Audio reception: Split carrier system
Aerial out: 75-ohm asymmetrical aerial
socket
Timer: Clock: Quartz locked/Timer
indication: 24-hour cycle (digital)/
Power back-up duration: 1 hour
Video recording format: MPEG-2,
MPEG-1
Audio recording format/applicable
bit rate: Dolby Digital 2 ch
256 kbps/128 kbps (in EP and SLP
mode)
Inputs and outputs
LINE 2 OUT
(AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms
(VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p
(S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,
C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL)
LINE 2 IN
(AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/more than
22 kilohms
(VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p
(S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,
C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL)
LINE 1 – TV: 21-pin
CVBS IN/OUT
S-Video/RGB OUT (upstream)
LINE 3/DECODER: 21-pin
CVBS IN/OUT
S-Video/RGB IN
S-Video OUT (downstream)
Decoder
DV IN: 4-pin/i.LINK S100
DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL):
Optical output jack/–18 dBm
(wave length: 660 nm)
DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/
0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
(Y, PB/CB, PR/CR):
Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,
PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p
G-LINK: mini jack
(for RDR-HX825 models only)
HDMI OUT: HDMI 19pin-Standard
Connector
General
Power requirements: 220-240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Power consumption: 46 W
Dimensions (approx.):
430 × 73 × 328 mm (width/height/
depth) incl. projecting parts
Hard disk drive capacity: 160 GB
Mass (approx.): 4.7 kg
Operating temperature: 5ºC to 35ºC
Operating humidity: 25% to 80%
Supplied accessories:
Mains lead (1)
Aerial cable (1)
Remote commander (remote) (1)
Set top box controller (1)
(for RDR-HX825 models only)
R6 (size AA) batteries (2)
Specifications and design are subject to
change without notice.
Compatible colour systems
This recorder is designed to record using the
PAL colour system and play back using the
PAL or NTSC colour systems.
The signals of the SECAM colour system can
be received or recorded but played back in the
PAL colour system only. Recording of video
sources based on other colour systems cannot
be guaranteed.
DVD RECORDER
WARNING!!
WHEN SERVICING, DO NOT APPROACH THE LASER EXIT WITH
THE EYE TOO CLOSELY. IN CASE IT IS NECESSARY TO
CONFIRM LASER BEAM EMISSION, BE SURE TO OBSERVE
FROM A DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 25 cm FROM THE SURFACE
OF THE OBJECTIVE LENS ON THE OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK.
CAUTION:
The use of optical instrument with this product will increase eye
hazard.
CAUTION
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures
other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation
exposure.
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!
Unleaded solder
Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the leadfree mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead.
(Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with
the lead free mark due to their particular size.)
: LEAD FREE MARK
Unleaded solder has the following characteristics.
• Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40°C higher than
ordinary solder.
Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be
applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time.
Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to
about 350°C.
Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the
heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful!
• Strong viscosity
Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than
ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such
as on IC pins, etc.
• Usable with ordinary solder
It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may
also be added to ordinary solder.
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH
MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS
LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE
COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS
APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS
PUBLISHED BY SONY.
SAFETY CHECK-OUT
After correcting the original service problem, perform the following
safety checks before releasing the set to the customer.
1.
2.
3.
Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered
connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes
and bridges.
Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are
"pinched" or contact high-wattage resistors.
Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly
transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point
them out to the customer and recommend their replacement.
4.
Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signs
of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and
recommend their replacement.
5. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified.
6. Flexible Circuit Board Repairing
• Keep the temperature of the soldering iron around 270˚C
during repairing.
• Do not touch the soldering iron on the same conductor of the
circuit board (within 3 times).
• Be careful not to apply force on the conductor when soldering
or unsoldering.
—2—
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERVICE NOTE
1.
2.
DISK REMOVAL PROCEDURE IF THE TRAY
CANNOT BE EJECTED (FORCED EJECTION) ············ 5
BOARDS CONNECTION ················································· 6
1.
GENERAL
WARNING ············································································ 1-1
Precautions ············································································· 1-1
Quick Guide to Disc Types ···················································· 1-2
Hookups and Settings ································································ 1-3
Hooking Up the Recorder ······················································ 1-3
Step 1: Connecting the Aerial Cable and Set Top Box
Controller ··············································································· 1-3
Step 2: Connecting the Video Cords/HDMI Cord ················· 1-4
Step 3: Connecting the Audio Cords ····································· 1-5
Step 4: Connecting the Mains Lead ······································· 1-5
Step 5: Preparing the Remote ················································ 1-5
Step 6: Easy Setup ································································· 1-6
Connecting a VCR or Similar Device ···································· 1-7
Connecting a PAY-TV/Canal Plus Analogue Decoder ·········· 1-7
Eight Basic Operations
— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder ························ 1-8
1. Inserting a Disc ·································································· 1-8
2. Recording a Programme ···················································· 1-8
3. Playing the Recorded Programme (Title List) ··················· 1-8
4. Displaying the Playing Time and Play Information ·········· 1-9
5. Changing the Name of a Recorded Programme ················ 1-9
6. Labelling and Protecting a Disc ······································· 1-10
7. Playing the Disc on Other DVD Equipment (Finalise) ··· 1-10
8. Reformatting a disc ·························································· 1-10
GUIDE Plus+ ·········································································· 1-11
Introduction to the GUIDE Plus+ System ··························· 1-11
Watching TV using the GUIDE Plus+ System ···················· 1-11
Searching for a Programme using the GUIDE Plus+
System ················································································· 1-12
Listing Up Your Favourite Programme Information
(My TV) ··············································································· 1-12
Making changes to the GUIDE Plus+ System ····················· 1-12
Timer Recording ······································································ 1-13
Before Recording ································································· 1-13
Timer Recording (GUIDE Plus+/ShowView/Manual) ········ 1-14
Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer Settings ·················· 1-15
Recording From Connected Equipment ······························ 1-15
Playback ·················································································· 1-16
Playing ················································································· 1-16
Searching for a Title/Chapter/Track, etc. ····························· 1-18
Playing MP3 Audio Tracks, JPEG Image Files,
or DivX® Video Files ·························································· 1-18
Erasing and Editing ································································· 1-19
Before Editing ······································································ 1-19
Erasing and Editing a Title ·················································· 1-19
Creating and Editing a Playlist ············································ 1-20
Dubbing (HDD t DVD) ······················································· 1-21
Before Dubbing ··································································· 1-21
Dubbing ··············································································· 1-22
DV Dubbing ············································································ 1-22
Before DV Dubbing ····························································· 1-22
Recording an Entire DV Format Tape
(One Touch Dubbing) ·························································· 1-23
Program Edit ········································································ 1-23
Settings and Adjustments ························································ 1-24
Aerial Reception and Language Settings (Basic) ················ 1-24
Video Settings (Video) ························································· 1-25
Audio Settings (Audio) ························································ 1-26
Recording Settings (Recording) ·········································· 1-26
Disc Settings (DVD) ···························································· 1-27
Remote Control Settings/Factory Settings (Others) ············ 1-27
Easy Setup (Resetting the Recorder) ··································· 1-27
Additional Information ···························································· 1-28
Troubleshooting ··································································· 1-28
Self-diagnosis Function
(When letters/numbers appear in the display) ····················· 1-30
Notes About This Recorder ················································· 1-30
Specifications ······································································· 1-30
About i.LINK ······································································· 1-30
Guide to Parts and Controls ················································· 1-31
Language Code List ····························································· 1-31
Area Code ············································································ 1-31
2.
DISASSEMBLY
2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4.
2-5.
2-6.
2-7.
2-8.
2-9.
2-10.
2-11.
2-12.
CASE BLOCK ASSEMBLY ·········································· 2-2
RD-064 BOARD ····························································· 2-2
TRAY ASSEMBLY ························································· 2-3
FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY ········································· 2-3
FL-166 BOARD, FR-257 BOARD ································· 2-4
HARD DISK SECTION ················································· 2-4
HARD DISK ··································································· 2-5
D. C. FAN ········································································ 2-5
DVD DRIVE ··································································· 2-6
POWER BLOCK ····························································· 2-6
AV-106 BOARD ······························································ 2-7
CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION ··································· 2-8
3.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1.
3-2.
3-3.
3-4.
3-5.
OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM ···································· 3-1
AV-106 BLOCK DIAGRAM ·········································· 3-3
RD-064 (1/2) BLOCK DIAGRAM ································· 3-5
RD-064 (2/2) BLOCK DIAGRAM ································· 3-7
POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM ········································· 3-9
4.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ································ 4-1
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ············································ 4-3
WAVEFORMS ································································ 4-4
• AV-106 (1/8) (POWER)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-5
• AV-106 (2/8) (AUDIO IN)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-7
• AV-106 (3/8) (AUDIO OUT)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-9
• AV-106 (4/8) (TUNER)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-11
• AV-106 (5/8) (IT CONTROLLER)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-13
• AV-106 (6/8) (VIDEO IN/OUT)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-15
• AV-106 (7/8) (EURO IN/OUT)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-17
• AV-106 (8/8) (IR-CONT)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-19
• FL-166 (FL DRIVER, LINE2 IN, POWER SW)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-21
• FR-257 (DV, REMOCON RECEIVER,
FUNCTION SW, LED)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-23
• RD-064 (1/8) (RISM3)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-25
• RD-064 (2/8) (HDD DRIVE)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-27
• RD-064 (3/8) (V DEC)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-29
• RD-064 (4/8) (FLASH ROM)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-31
—3—
• RD-064 (5/8) (AV-CN/POWER)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-33
• RD-064 (6/8) (DV-PHY)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-35
• RD-064 (7/8) (PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-37
• RD-064 (8/8) (HDMI)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-39
• SWITCHING REGULATOR (SRV-2001EK)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-41
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
• AV-106 (POWER, AUDIO IN, AUDIO OUT,
IT CONTROLLER, VIDEO IN/OUT, EURO IN/OUT,
IR-CONT)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-43
• FL-166 (FL DRIVER, LINE2 IN, POWER SW)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-47
• FR-257 (DV, REMOCON RECEIVER,
FUNCTION SW, LED)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-49
• RD-064 (RISM3, HDD DRIVE, V DEC, FLASH ROM,
AV-CN/POWER, DV-PHY, PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA/HDMI)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-51
5.
IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
5-1. IT CONTROL IC
(IC603: M306H5MG-A14FP, M306H5MC-C36FP
(AV-106 BOARD)) ·························································· 5-1
5-2. MAIN CONTROL IC
(IC103: R8A34012BG (RD-064 BOARD)) ···················· 5-4
6.
SERVICE MODE
6-1.
6-2.
6-3.
6-4.
6-5.
Check Item ······································································ 6-1
Screen Transition in the Service Mode ···························· 6-2
Items and Description of Service Mode Menu ················ 6-3
Device Check Menu (Diagnostic Test) ···························· 6-3
HDD service mode ·························································· 6-4
7.
ADJUSTMENTS
7-1. Video System Adjustment ··············································· 7-1
8.
REPAIR PARTS LIST
8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS
8-1-1. OVERALL SECTION ····················································· 8-1
8-1-2. CHASSIS SECTION-1 ··················································· 8-2
8-1-3. CHASSIS SECTION-2 ··················································· 8-3
8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ·········································· 8-4
—4—
SERVICE NOTE
1. DISK REMOVAL PROCEDURE IF THE TRAY CANNOT BE EJECTED (FORCED EJECTION)
1.
2.
Remove the upper case.
Insert the stiff wire in the hole and eject the tray.
Hole
The stiff wire
Open the tray.
Fig. 2
Fig. 1
NOTES DURING THE FORCED EJECTION
1. If the forced ejection is executed while a blank disc media (DVD±RW, ±R) exists on the tray
• Insert a DVD-ROM (DVD test disc, DVD software available on the market, or the like) in the tray and then close the tray.
Note1: If you close the tray while it is empty, ejection of the tray becomes impossible.
Note2: If you close the tray with a CD disc inserted in it, the CD can be ejected. However, if you close the tray while it is empty, there can be a case that
ejection of the tray becomes impossible.
Note3: Even if you replace the DVD drive unit while the tray remains under the state as described above, the situation cannot be improved.
2. If the tray cannot be ejected while the disc is not inserted
• Execute the forced ejection.
• Insert a DVD-ROM (DVD test disc, DVD software available on the market, or the like) on the tray and try to close the tray.
(There are cases that it recovers the trouble.)
3. Contents of forcedly ejected blank disc media (DVD±RW, ±R) can be damaged. (There can be a case that initialization is also impossible.)
—5—
2. BOARDS CONNECTION
Connector
(CN606, 42P)
Connector
(CN603, 42P)
RD-064 board
RD51-RD relay board
(J-6090-167-A)
RD51-AV extension flexible flat cable
(J-6090-168-A)
RD51-AV relay board
(J-6090-169-A)
Connector (CN502, 42P)
Connector (CN501, 42P)
—6—
RDR-HX820/HX825
This section is extracted from instruction manual.
(RDR-HX825 : 2-886-040-E1 (1))
SECTION 1
GENERAL
Precautions
WARNING
To reduce the risk of fire or electric
shock, do not expose this apparatus
to rain or moisture.
To avoid electrical shock, do not
open the cabinet. Refer servicing to
qualified personnel only.
The mains lead must be changed
only at a qualified service shop.
This appliance is classified as a
CLASS 1 LASER product. The
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
MARKING is located on the laser
protective housing inside the
enclosure.
CAUTION
The use of optical instruments with
this product will increase eye
hazard. As the laser beam used in
this DVD recorder is harmful to
eyes, do not attempt to disassemble
the cabinet.
Refer servicing to qualified
personnel only.
This label is located on the laser
protective housing inside the
enclosure.
• This unit operates on 220 –
240 V AC, 50/60 Hz. Check that
the unit’s operating voltage is
identical with your local power
supply.
• To prevent fire or shock hazard,
do not place objects filled with
liquids, such as vases, on the
apparatus.
• Install this system so that the
mains lead can be unplugged
from the wall socket
immediately in the event of
trouble.
GUIDE Plus+, SHOWVIEW,
G-LINK are (1) registered
trademarks or trademarks of, (2)
manufactured under license from
and (3) subject of various
international patents and patent
applications owned by, or licensed
to, Gemstar-TV Guide
International, Inc. and/or its related
affiliates.
GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE
INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND/
OR ITS RELATED AFFILIATES
ARE NOT IN ANY WAY
LIABLE FOR THE ACCURACY
OF THE PROGRAM
SCHEDULE INFORMATION
PROVIDED BY THE GUIDE
PLUS+ SYSTEM. IN NO EVENT
SHALL GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE
INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND /
OR ITS RELATED AFFILIATES
BE LIABLE FOR ANY
AMOUNTS REPRESENTING
LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF
BUSINESS, OR INDIRECT,
SPECIAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
IN CONNECTION WITH THE
PROVISION OR USE OF ANY
INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT,
OR SERVICES RELATING TO
THE GUIDE PLUS+ SYSTEM.
Disposal of Old Electrical
& Electronic Equipment
(Applicable in the
European Union and
other European countries
with separate collection
systems)
Precautions
• Do not attempt to replace or
upgrade the hard disk by
yourself, as this may result in
malfunction.
This equipment has been tested
and found to comply with the
limits set out in the EMC
Directive using a connection
cable shorter than 3 metres.
If the hard disk drive should
malfunction, you cannot recover
lost data. The hard disk drive is
only a temporary storage space.
On safety
About repairing the hard
disk drive
Should any solid object or liquid
fall into the cabinet, unplug the
recorder and have it checked by
qualified personnel before
operating it any further.
This symbol on the product or on
its packaging indicates that this
product shall not be treated as
household waste. Instead it shall be
handed over to the applicable
collection point for the recycling of
electrical and electronic
equipment. By ensuring this
product is disposed of correctly,
you will help prevent potential
negative consequences for the
environment and human health,
which could otherwise be caused
by inappropriate waste handling of
this product. The recycling of
materials will help to conserve
natural resources. For more
detailed information about
recycling of this product, please
contact your local Civic Office,
your household waste disposal
service or the shop where you
purchased the product.
About the hard disk drive
The hard disk has a high storage
density, which enables long
recording durations and quick
access to the written data.
However, it can easily be
damaged by shock, vibration or
dust, and should be kept away
from magnets. To avoid losing
important data, observe the
following precautions.
• Do not apply a strong shock to
the recorder.
• Do not place the recorder in a
location subject to mechanical
vibrations or in an unstable
location.
• Do not place the recorder on
top of a hot surface, such as a
VCR or amplifier (receiver).
• Do not use the recorder in a
place subject to extreme
changes in temperature
(temperature gradient less than
10 °C/hour).
• Do not move the recorder with
its mains lead connected.
• Do not disconnect the mains
lead while the power is on.
• When disconnecting the mains
lead, turn off the power and
make sure that the hard disk
drive is not operating (the
clock is displayed in the front
panel display for at least 30
seconds and all recording or
dubbing has stopped).
• Do not move the recorder for
one minute after you have
unplugged the mains lead.
• The contents of the hard disk
drive may be checked in case
of repair or inspection during a
malfunction or modification.
However, the contents will not
be backed up or saved by
Sony.
• If the hard disk needs to be
formatted or replaced, it will
be done at the discretion of
Sony. All contents of the hard
disk drive will be erased,
including contents that violate
copyright laws.
On power sources
• The recorder is not
disconnected from the AC
power source (mains) as long
as it is connected to the wall
outlet, even if the recorder
itself has been turned off.
• If you are not going to use the
recorder for a long time, be
sure to disconnect the recorder
from the wall outlet. To
disconnect the AC power cord
(mains lead), grasp the plug
itself; never pull the cord.
On placement
• Place the recorder in a location
with adequate ventilation to
prevent heat build-up in the
recorder.
• Do not place the recorder on a
soft surface such as a rug that
might block the ventilation
holes.
• Do not place the recorder in a
confined space such as a
bookshelf or similar unit.
• Do not place the recorder in a
location near heat sources, or
in a place subject to direct
sunlight, excessive dust, or
mechanical shock.
• Do not place the recorder in an
inclined position. It is
designed to be operated in a
horizontal position only.
• Keep the recorder and discs
away from equipment with
strong magnets, such as
microwave ovens, or large
loudspeakers.
• Do not place heavy objects on
the recorder.
On recording
Make trial recordings before
making the actual recording.
On compensation for lost
recordings
Sony is not liable and will not
compensate for any lost
recordings or relevant losses,
including when recordings are
not made due to reasons
including recorder failure, or
when the contents of a recording
are lost or damaged as a result of
recorder failure or repair
undertaken to the recorder. Sony
will not restore, recover, or
replicate the recorded contents
under any circumstances.
,continued
2
Copyrights
About this manual
• Television programmes, films,
video tapes, discs, and other
materials may be copyrighted.
Unauthorized recording of
such material may be contrary
to the provisions of the
copyright laws. Also, use of
this recorder with cable
television transmission may
require authorization from the
cable television transmitter
and/or programme owner.
• This product incorporates
copyright protection
technology that is protected by
U.S. patents and other
intellectual property rights.
Use of this copyright
protection technology must be
authorized by Macrovision,
and is intended for home and
other limited viewing uses
only unless otherwise
authorized by Macrovision.
Reverse engineering or
disassembly is prohibited.
• In this manual, the internal
hard disk drive is written as
“HDD,” and “disc” is used as a
general reference for the HDD,
DVDs, or CDs unless
otherwise specified by the text
or illustrations.
• Icons, such as DVD , listed
at the top of each explanation
indicate what kind of media
can be used with the function
being explained.
• Instructions in this manual
describe the controls on the
remote. You can also use the
controls on the recorder if they
have the same or similar
names as those on the remote.
• The on-screen display
illustrations used in this
manual may not match the
graphics displayed on your TV
screen.
• The explanations regarding
DVDs in this manual refer to
DVDs created on this recorder.
The explanations do not apply
to DVDs that are created on
other recorders and played
back on this recorder.
Copy guard function
Since the recorder has a copy
guard function, programmes
received through an external
tuner (not supplied) may contain
copy protection signals (copy
guard function) and as such may
not be recordable, depending on
the type of signal.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Caution: This recorder is
capable of holding a still
video image or on-screen
display image on your
television screen
indefinitely. If you leave the
still video image or onscreen display image
displayed on your TV for an
extended period of time you
risk permanent damage to
your television screen.
Plasma display panels and
projection televisions are
especially susceptible to this.
If you have any questions or
problems concerning your
recorder, please consult your
nearest Sony dealer.
4
1-1
3
Usable disc versions (as of August 2006)
Quick Guide to Disc Types
• 8x-speed or slower DVD+RWs
• 6x-speed or slower DVD-RWs (Ver.1.1,
Ver.1.2 with CPRM*2)
• 16x-speed or slower DVD+Rs
• 16x-speed or slower DVD-Rs (Ver.2.0,
Ver.2.1 with CPRM*2)
• 8x-speed or slower DVD+R DL (Double
Layer) discs
Recordable and playable discs
Icon used in
this manual
Formatting
(new discs)
Compatibility with other DVD
players (finalising)
Hard disk drive
(internal)
HDD
Formatting
unnecessary
Dub HDD contents to a DVD
to play on other DVD players
DVD+RW
+RW
Automatically
formatted in
+VR mode
(DVD+RW
VIDEO)
Playable on DVD+RW
compatible players
(automatically finalised)
VR
mode
-RWVR
Playable only on VR mode
Format in VR
compatible players
mode (page 33)
(finalisation unnecessary)
Video
mode
-RWVideo
Format in
Video mode
(page 33)
Playable on most DVD
players (finalisation
necessary) (page 41)
+R
Automatically
formatted in
+VR mode
(DVD+R
VIDEO)
Playable on most DVD
players (finalisation
necessary) (page 41)
VR
mode
-RVR
Format in VR
mode
(page 33)*1
Formatting is
performed
using the “Disc
Information”
display.
Playable only on DVD-R in
VR mode compatible players
(finalisation necessary)
(page 41)
Video
mode
-RVideo
Automatically
formatted in
Video mode
Playable on most DVD
players (finalisation
necessary) (page 41)
Type
Disc Logo
“DVD+RW,” “DVD-RW,” “DVD+R,” “DVD+R
DL,” and “DVD-R” are trademarks.
*1
When an unformatted DVD-R is inserted into
this recorder, it is automatically formatted in
Video mode. To format a new DVD-R in VR
mode, format using the “Disc Information”
display (page 33).
*2
CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable
Media) is a coding technology that protects
copyrights for images.
Discs that cannot be recorded on
DVDRW
DVD+R
DVD+R DL
DVD-R
• 8 cm discs
• DVD-R DL (Dual Layer) discs
• DVD-RAMs
,continued
8
Maximum recordable number of titles
Playable discs
Type
Disc Logo
Icon used in
this manual
DVD VIDEO
DVD
VIDEO CD
VCD
CD
CD
Characteristics
Discs such as movies that can be
purchased or rented
This recorder also recognizes DVDRAMs and DVD-R Dual Layer (Video
mode) discs as DVD Video compatible
discs. If the DVD-RAM has a
removable cartridge, remove the
cartridge before playback.
Disc
Number of titles*
HDD
300
DVD-RW/DVD-R
99
DVD+RW/DVD+R
49
DVD+R DL
49
* The maximum length for one title is eight hours.
Note on playback operations of DVD
VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs
Some playback operations of DVD VIDEOs/
VIDEO CDs may be intentionally set by
software producers. Since this recorder plays
DVD VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs according to the
disc contents the software producers
designed, some playback features may not be
available. See the instructions supplied with
the DVD VIDEOs/VIDEO CDs.
VIDEO CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in
VIDEO CD/Super VIDEO CD format
Music CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in
music CD format
Region code (DVD VIDEO only)
DATA DVD
—
DATA DVD
DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs/DVD-ROMs containing
either JPEG image files or DivX video
files
DATA CD
—
DATA CD
CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs
containing either MP3 audio tracks,
JPEG image files or DivX video files
8 cm DVD+RW/
DVD-RW/DVD-R
—
—
8 cm DVD+RW, DVD-RW, and
DVD-R recorded with a DVD video
camera
(Still images recorded with a DVD
video camera cannot be played.)
Your recorder has a region code printed on
the rear of the unit and will only play DVD
VIDEOs (playback only) labelled with
identical region codes. This system is used to
protect copyrights.
DVD VIDEOs labelled ALL will also play
on this recorder.
If you try to play any other DVD VIDEO, the
message “Playback prohibited by region
code.” will appear on the TV screen.
Depending on the DVD VIDEO, no region
code indication may be labelled even though
playing the DVD VIDEO is prohibited by
area restrictions.
Region code
“DVD VIDEO” and “CD” are trademarks.
DivX, DivX Certified, and associated logos are
trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are used under
license.
DivX® is a video file compression technology,
developed by DivX, Inc.
Discs that cannot be played
• PHOTO CDs
• CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs that are
recorded in a format different from the
formats mentioned in the table above.
• Data part of CD-Extras
• DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD-RWs/
DVD+Rs/DVD-Rs that do not contain
DVD Video, DivX video or JPEG image
files.
• DVD Audio discs
• Cartridge-only type DVD-RAMs and/or
DVD-RAMs that do not contain DVD
Video.
• HD layer on Super Audio CDs
• DVD VIDEOs with a different region code
(page 11).
• DVDs that were recorded on a different
recorder and not correctly finalised.
9
Note on DualDiscs
A DualDisc is a two sided disc product which
mates DVD recorded material on one side
with digital audio material on the other side.
However, since the audio material side does
not conform to the Compact Disc (CD)
standard, playback on this product is not
guaranteed.
b Notes
• Some DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, DVD-RWs/DVDRs, DVD-RAMs, or CD-RWs/CD-Rs cannot be
played on this recorder due to the recording
quality or physical condition of the disc, or the
characteristics of the recording device and
authoring software. The disc will not play if it has
not been correctly finalised. For more
information, see the operating instructions for the
recording device.
• You cannot mix VR mode and Video mode on the
same DVD-RW. To change the disc’s format,
reformat the disc (page 43). Note that the disc’s
contents will be erased after reformatting.
• You cannot shorten the time required for
recording even with high-speed discs.
• It is recommended that you use discs with “For
Video” printed on their packaging.
• You cannot add new recordings to DVD+Rs,
DVD-Rs, or DVD-RWs (Video mode) that
contain recordings made on other DVD
equipment.
• In some cases, you may not be able to add new
recordings to DVD+RWs that contain recordings
made on other DVD equipment. If you do add a
new recording, note that this recorder will rewrite
the DVD menu.
• You cannot edit recordings on DVD+RWs,
DVD-RWs (Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs
that are made on other DVD equipment.
• If the disc contains PC data unrecognizable by
this recorder, the data may be erased.
• You may not be able to record on some
recordable discs, depending on the disc.
Music discs encoded with copyright
protection technologies
This product is designed to play back discs
that conform to the Compact Disc (CD)
standard.
Recently, various music discs encoded with
copyright protection technologies are being
marketed by some record companies. Please
be aware that among those discs, there are
some that do not conform to the CD standard
and may not be playable by this product.
10
11
1-2
Step 1: Connecting the Aerial Cable and Set Top Box
Controller
Hookups and Settings
Hooking Up the Recorder
b Notes
•
•
•
•
•
See “Specifications” (page 121) for a list of supplied accessories.
Plug in cords securely to prevent unwanted noise.
Refer to the instructions supplied with the components to be connected.
You cannot connect this recorder to a TV that does not have a SCART or video input jack.
Be sure to disconnect the mains lead of each component before connecting.
If you have
Hookup
Set top box receiver with an aerial output (or aerial and SCART
output)
A (page 14)
Set top box receiver with a SCART output only
B (page 15)
No set top box receiver
C (page 16)
Hookups and Settings
Select one of the following aerial hookups. Do NOT set “Line3 Input” of the “Scart Setting” to
“Decoder” in the “Video” setup (page 103) when making connection A or B.
Follow steps 1 through 6 to hook up and adjust the settings of the recorder. Do not connect the
mains lead until you reach “Step 4: Connecting the Mains Lead” on page 21.
If the set top box receiver can output RGB signals
This recorder accepts RGB signals. If the set top box receiver can output RGB signals, connect
the TV SCART connector on the set top box receiver to the LINE 3/DECODER jack, and set
“Line3 Input” of “Scart Setting” to “Video/RGB” in the “Video” setup (page 103). Note that
this connection and setup disable the SMARTLINK function. If you want to use the
SMARTLINK function with a compatible set top box receiver, see the instructions supplied
with the set top box receiver.
If you want to use the Synchro Rec function
A SCART connection between the set top box receiver and the recorder is necessary to use the
Synchro-Recording function. See “Recording from connected equipment with a timer (Synchro
Rec)” on page 63.
Set “Line3 Input” of “Scart Setting” in the “Video” setup (page 103) according to the
specifications of your set top box receiver. See your set top box receiver’s instructions for more
information.
Using the set top box receiver control function
The set top box receiver control function can be used with hookup A or B. It allows the recorder
to control a set top box receiver via the supplied set top box controller. The recorder controls
programme positions on the set top box receiver for timer recording. You can also use the
recorder’s remote control to change programme positions on the set top box receiver whenever
the set top box receiver and recorder are turned on.
To use the set top box receiver control function, you need to connect the set top box controller
(page 25). After setting up the set top box receiver control, check that the recorder can correctly
control the set top box receiver (page 26).
b Notes
• If your aerial is a flat cable (300-ohm twin lead cable), use an external aerial connector (not supplied) to
connect the aerial to the recorder.
• If you have separate cables for AERIAL antennas, use an AERIAL UHF/VHF band mixer (not supplied)
to connect the aerial to the recorder.
• Synchro-Recording does not work with some tuners. For details, see the tuner’s operating instructions.
• If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you will not be able to view the signals from the connected
set top box receiver.
,continued
12
13
.
A: Connecting a set top box receiver using an aerial cable or an
aerial cable and a SCART cord
B: Connecting a set top box receiver using a SCART cord only
With this hookup, you can record any programme position on the set top box receiver.
To watch cable programmes, you need to match the programme position on the recorder to the
aerial output programme position on the cable box.
Place the set top box controller
near the remote sensor on the
set top box receiver.
Place the set top box controller
near the remote sensor on the
set top box receiver.
Wall
Set top box
controller
(page 13)
Set top box
controller
(page 13)
Set top box
receiver
ANT IN
Set top box
receiver
Wall
Aerial cable
(supplied)
Hookups and Settings
With this hookup, you can record any programme position on the set top box receiver. Be sure
that the set top box receiver is turned on.
To watch cable or satellite programmes, you need to match the programme position on the
recorder to the input jack connected to the set top box receiver (i LINE 3/DECODER).
TO TV
ANT IN
TO TV
SCART cord*
(not supplied)
to SCART output
to aerial input
Aerial cable
(supplied)
TV
SCART cord
(not supplied)
to AERIAL IN
to G-LINK
to i LINE 3/DECODER
to G-LINK
DVD recorder
to AERIAL OUT
TV
DVD recorder
: Signal flow
to aerial input
: Signal flow
* Connect only if your set top box receiver has a SCART connection.
,continued
14
1-3
15
C: Connecting the aerial cable only (no set top box receiver)
Step 2: Connecting the Video Cords/HDMI Cord
Use this hookup if you watch cable programme position without a cable box. Also use this
hookup if you are connecting just an aerial antenna.
With this hookup, you can record any programme position by selecting the programme position
on the recorder.
Select one of the following patterns, A through E, according to the input jack on your TV
monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). This will enable you to view pictures.
D
INPUT
Audio/video cord
(not supplied)
VIDEO
COMPONENT
VIDEO IN
Component
video cord
(not supplied)
Y
PB/CB
L
(green)
Hookups and Settings
B
Wall
(blue)
PR/CR
AUDIO
(red)
R
TV, projector, or AV
amplifier (receiver)
TV, projector, or AV
amplifier (receiver)
to AERIAL IN
DVD recorder
(yellow)
to COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT
(green)
(blue)
(red)
to LINE 2 OUT (VIDEO)
to AERIAL OUT
TV
to aerial input
DVD recorder
Aerial cable (supplied)
to HDMI OUT
: Signal flow
HDMI cord
(not supplied)
E
to i LINE 1 – TV
to LINE 2 OUT
(S VIDEO)
S-video cord
(not supplied)
SCART cord
(not supplied)
C
A
HDMI IN
TV, projector, or AV
amplifier (receiver)
S VIDEO
INPUT
TV, projector, or AV
amplifier (receiver)
TV
: Signal flow
,continued
16
A SCART input jack
When you set “Easy Setup - Line1 Output” to
“S Video” or “RGB” (page 25), use a
SCART cord that conforms to the selected
signal.
You will enjoy standard quality images.
C S VIDEO input jack
You will enjoy high quality images.
D Component video input jacks (Y, PB/CB,
PR/CR)
You will enjoy accurate colour reproduction
and high quality images.
If your TV accepts progressive 525p/625p
format signals, use this connection and set
“Component Out” in the “Video” setup to
“On” (page 102). Then set “Progressive
Output” to “On” in the “Video” setup to send
progressive video signals. For details, see
“Progressive Output” on page 102.
E HDMI input jack
Use a certified HDMI cord (not supplied) to
enjoy high quality digital picture and sound
through the HDMI OUT jack.
When playing “wide screen” images
Some recorded images may not fit your TV
screen. To change the picture size, see
page 101.
If you are connecting to a VCR
Connect your VCR to the LINE 3/
DECODER jack on the recorder (page 28).
For playback
• Do not connect more than one type of video cord
between the recorder and your TV at the same
time.
• When you connect the recorder to your TV via the
SCART jacks, the TV’s input source is set to the
recorder automatically when you start playback.
If necessary, press TV t to return the input to
the TV.
• For correct SMARTLINK connection, you will
need a SCART cord that has the full 21 pins.
Refer to your TV’s instruction manual as well for
this connection.
• If you connect this recorder to a TV with
SMARTLINK, set “Easy Setup - Line1 Output”
to “Video.”
• You cannot connect the HDMI OUT jack
(connection E) to DVI jacks that are not HDCP
compliant (e.g., DVI jacks on PC displays).
• One Touch Play
You can turn on the recorder and TV, set the
TV’s input to the recorder, and start
playback with one touch of the H (play)
button (page 67).
• One Touch Menu
You can turn on the recorder and TV, set the
TV to the recorder’s programme position,
and display the Title List menu with one
touch of the TITLE LIST button (page 67).
For settings
• Preset Download
You can download the tuner preset data
from your TV to this recorder, and tune the
recorder according to that data in “Easy
Setup.” This greatly simplifies the “Easy
Setup” procedure.
• Automatic Power Off
The recorder will turn off automatically if
the recorder is not used after you turn off
the TV.
• NexTView Download
You can easily set the timer by using the
NexTView Download function on your TV.
See your TV’s instruction manual.
* This DVD recorder incorporates High-Definition
Multimedia Interface (HDMI™) technology.
HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition
Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered
trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC.
About the SMARTLINK
features (for SCART
connections only)
Hookups and Settings
B Video input jack
b Notes
17
*1
“MEGALOGIC” is a registered trademark of
Grundig Corporation.
“EASYLINK” and “CINEMALINK” are
trademarks of Philips Corporation.
*3 “Q-Link” and “NexTView Link” are trademarks
of Panasonic Corporation.
*4 “EURO VIEW LINK” is a trademark of Toshiba
Corporation.
*5 “T-V LINK” is a trademark of JVC Corporation.
If the connected TV (or other connected
equipment such as a set top box) complies
with SMARTLINK, NexTView Link*3,
MEGALOGIC*1, EASYLINK*2,
CINEMALINK*2, Q-Link*3, EURO VIEW
LINK*4, or T-V LINK*5, you can enjoy the
following SMARTLINK features.
*2
z Hint
SMARTLINK also works with TVs or other
equipment having EPG Timer Control, EPG Title
Download, and Now Recording functions. For
details, refer to the operating instructions supplied
with your TV or other equipment.
For recording
• TV Direct Rec.
You can easily record what you are
watching on your TV (page 34).
• One Touch EPG
You can turn on the recorder and TV, set the
TV to the recorder’s programme position,
and display the GUIDE Plus+ system
“Home Screen” with one touch of the TV
GUIDE button.
b Notes
• The SMARTLINK features are available only
when “Video” is selected in “Line1 Output.”
• The power must be turned on to use all
SMARTLINK features except One Touch Play,
One Touch Menu and One Touch EPG.
• Not all TVs respond to the functions above.
18
19
1-4
z Hint
For correct speaker location, see the operating
instructions supplied with the connected
components.
Step 3: Connecting the Audio Cords
Select one of the following patterns, A or B, according to the input jack on your TV monitor,
projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). This will enable you to listen to sound.
b Notes
• Do not connect your TV’s audio output jacks to
the LINE IN (R-AUDIO-L) jacks at the same
time. This will cause unwanted noise to come
from your TV’s speakers.
• With connection B, do not connect the LINE IN
(R-AUDIO-L) and LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L)
jacks to your TV’s audio output jacks at the same
time. This will cause unwanted noise to come
from your TV’s speakers.
• With connection A, after you have completed the
connection, make the appropriate settings under
“Easy Setup - Audio Connection” (page 25).
Otherwise, no sound or a loud noise will come
from your speakers.
• When you connect the recorder to an AV
amplifier (receiver) using an HDMI cord, you
will need to do one of the following:
– Connect the AV amplifier (receiver) to the TV
with the HDMI cord.
– Connect the recorder to the TV with a video
cord other than HDMI cord (component video
cord, S VIDEO cord, or audio/video cord).
[Speakers]
Rear (L)
A
Rear (R)
AV amplifier (receiver)
with a decoder
Front (L)
Front (R)
Centre
Subwoofer
to coaxial or optical/
HDMI digital input
or
or
Coaxial digital cord
HDMI cord
(not supplied) (not supplied)
Optical digital cord
(not supplied)
to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL)
Connect the supplied mains lead to the AC IN
terminal of the recorder. Then plug the
recorder and TV mains leads (power cords)
into the mains. After you connect the mains
lead, you must wait for a short while
before operating the recorder. You can
operate the recorder once the front panel
display lights up and the recorder enters
standby mode.
If you connect additional equipment to this
recorder (page 28), be sure to connect the
mains lead after all connections are complete.
1
Hookups and Settings
[Speakers]
Step 4: Connecting the
Mains Lead
to AC IN
2
*1
to HDMI OUT
Manufactured under license from Dolby
Laboratories.
“Dolby” and the double-D symbol are
trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
*2 “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are trademarks of
Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
DVD recorder
to LINE 2 OUT
(R-AUDIO-L)
B
INPUT
Audio/video cord
(not supplied)
to mains
VIDEO
(yellow)
(white)
L
(red)
(white)
AUDIO
R
(yellow)*
(red)
TV, projector, or AV
amplifier (receiver)
: Signal flow
* The yellow plug is used for video signals (page 17).
A Digital audio input jack
If your AV amplifier (receiver) has a Dolby*1
Digital, DTS*2, or MPEG audio decoder and
a digital input jack, use this connection. You
can enjoy Dolby Digital (5.1ch), DTS
(5.1ch), and MPEG audio (5.1ch) surround
effects.
B Audio L/R (left/right) input jacks
This connection will use your TV’s or stereo
amplifier’s (receiver’s) two speakers for
sound.
20
21
Step 5: Preparing the
Remote
You can adjust the remote’s signal to control
your TV.
For instance, to enter “09,” press “0” then
“9.” After you enter the last number,
release the TV [/1 button.
b Notes
Code numbers of controllable TVs
• Depending on the connected unit, you may not be
able to control your TV with some or all of the
buttons below.
• If you enter a new code number, the code number
previously entered will be erased.
If more than one code number is listed,
try entering them one at a time until you
find the one that works with your TV.
Number
buttons
TV/DVD
b Notes
• If the supplied remote interferes your other Sony
DVD recorder or player, change the command
mode number for this recorder (page 23).
• Use the batteries correctly to avoid possible
leakage and corrosion. Should leakage occur, do
not touch the liquid with bare hands. Observe the
following:
– Do not use a new battery with an old battery, or
batteries of different manufacturers.
– Do not attempt to recharge the batteries.
– If you do not intend to use the remote for an
extended period of time, remove the batteries.
– If battery leakage occurs, wipe out any liquid
inside the battery compartment, and insert new
batteries.
• Do not expose the remote sensor (marked
on
the front panel) to strong light, such as direct
sunlight or a lighting apparatus. The recorder may
not respond to the remote.
• When you replace the batteries of the remote, the
code number and Command Mode may be reset
to the default setting. Set the appropriate code
number and Command Mode again.
With the TV [/1 button pressed down,
enter the TV’s manufacturer code
using the number buttons.
Manufacturer
Code number
Sony
01 (default)
Hitachi
24
JVC
33
Panasonic
17, 49
Philips
06, 08
Samsung
71
Sanyo
25
Thomson
43
Toshiba
38
If you have a Sony DVD player
or more than one Sony DVD
recorder
If the supplied remote interferes with your
other Sony DVD recorder or player, set the
command mode number for this recorder and
the supplied remote to one that differs from
the other Sony DVD recorder or player after
you have completed “Step 6: Easy Setup.”
The default command mode setting for this
recorder and the supplied remote is DVD3.
Hookups and Settings
You can control the recorder using the
supplied remote. Insert two R6 (size AA)
batteries by matching the 3 and # ends on
the batteries to the markings inside the
battery compartment. When using the
remote, point it at the remote sensor
on the
recorder.
2
Controlling TVs with the
remote
Number
buttons
SYSTEM
MENU
M/m,
ENTER
The remote performs the following:
TV 2 +/–
TV [/1
TV t
TV PROG
+/–
1
Hold down the TV [/1 button located
at the bottom of the remote.
Do not press the [/1 button at the top of
the remote.
Buttons
Operations
TV [/1
Turns your TV on or
off
TV 2 (volume)
+/–
Adjusts the volume
of your TV
TV PROG +/–
Selects the
programme position
on your TV
2
TV t
Switches your TV’s
input source
3
1
Check that “Easy Setup” (page 25)
has been finished. If “Easy Setup” has
not been finished, first perform “Easy
Setup.”
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
To operate the TV/DVD button
(for SCART connections only)
The TV/DVD button switches between the
recorder and the last input source selected on
the TV. Point your remote at the recorder
when using this button.
When you connect the recorder to the TV via
the SCART jacks, the input source for the TV
is set to the recorder automatically when you
start playback. To watch another source,
press the TV/DVD button to switch the TV’s
input source.
,continued
22
1-5
23
4
Select “Others,” and press ENTER.
To check the Command Mode for the
recorder
Press x on the recorder when the recorder is
turned off. The Command Mode for the
recorder appears in the front panel display.
Select “Command Mode,” and press
ENTER.
Follow the on-screen instructions to
make the following settings.
Easy Setup - OSD
Select a language for the on-screen
displays.
Make the basic adjustments by following the
on-screen instructions in “Easy Setup.”
Be careful not to disconnect the cables or exit
the “Easy Setup” function during this
procedure.
If the Command Mode for the recorder has
not been changed, set the Command Mode
for the remote to the default setting of
DVD3. If the Command Mode for the
remote is changed to DVD1 or DVD2, you
will be unable to operate this recorder.
Easy Setup - Tuner System
Select your country/region or language.
The programme position order will be set
according to the country/region you set.
To set the programme positions
manually, see page 96.
• If you live in a French speaking country
that is not listed on the display, select
“ELSE - English.”
[/1
Number
buttons
Changing programme positions
of the recorder using the
remote
Easy Setup - Postal Code
Enter your postal code using the number
buttons or </M/m/,, and press
ENTER.
To erase a number, move the cursor to
the number, and press O RETURN.
Note that the option for entering your
Postal Code only appears if you select
one of the following tuner systems in the
step above:
UK, B, NL, D, E, I, CH, A.
TV GUIDE
You can change programme positions of the
recorder using the number buttons.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
O RETURN
6
Select a Command Mode (DVD1,
DVD2, or DVD3), and press ENTER.
7
Set the Command Mode for the remote
so it matches the Command Mode for
the recorder you set above.
Number
buttons
TV [/1
Follow the steps below to set the
Command Mode on the remote.
1 Hold down ENTER.
2 While holding down ENTER, enter
the Command Mode code number
using the number buttons.
1
ENTER
DVD1
number button 1
DVD2
number button 2
DVD3
number button 3
Easy Setup - Clock
The recorder will automatically search
for a clock signal. If a clock signal cannot
be found, set the clock manually using
</M/m/,, and press ENTER.
Turn on the recorder and your TV.
Then switch the input selector on your
TV so that the signal from the recorder
appears on your TV screen.
Easy Setup - TV Type (page 101)
If you have a wide-screen TV, select
“16:9.” If you have a standard TV, select
either “4:3 Letter Box” (shrink to fit) or
“4:3 Pan Scan” (stretch to fit). This will
determine how “wide-screen” images are
displayed on your TV.
The initial settings message appears.
• If this message does not appear, select
“Easy Setup” from “SETUP” in the
System Menu (page 111).
Command Mode Code number
Example: for channel 50
Press “5,” “0,” then press ENTER.
Press ENTER.
Hookups and Settings
5
2
Step 6: Easy Setup
3 Hold down both the number and
ENTER buttons at the same time for
more than three seconds.
Easy Setup - Component Out
If you are using the COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT jack, select “On.”
Easy Setup - Line3 Input
If you plan to connect a decoder such as
a PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder
to the LINE 3/DECODER jack, select
“Yes.”
,continued
24
Easy Setup - Audio Connection
If you connected an AV amplifier
(receiver) using either a digital optical or
coaxial cord, select “Yes : DIGITAL
OUT” and set the digital output signal
(page 104).
3
Press ENTER when “Finish” appears.
1
To return to the previous step
Press O RETURN.
z Hints
• If your AV amplifier (receiver) has an MPEG
audio decoder, set “MPEG” to “MPEG”
(page 104).
• If you want to run “Easy Setup” again, select
“Easy Setup” from “SETUP” in the System Menu
(page 111).
4
ENTER.
Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar using
M/,, and press ENTER.
The display asks for confirmation.
If the Video Window does not switch to
the specified programme position, select
“NO” and press ENTER until the Video
Window switches to the specified
programme position.
Select “Basic Setup” using M/m, and
press ENTER.
1
Remove the backing on the double-sided
tape.
2
Attach it so that the set top box controller
is directly above the remote control
sensor on your set top box receiver.
Select “External Receiver 1,” and
press ENTER.
If you cannot get the recorder to control
your set top box receiver
You can also select “External Receiver
2” or “External Receiver 3” if you have
connected additional set top box
receivers.
5
6
Once you have confirmed that the set top box
controller controls your set top box receiver,
fix it in place.
The Video Window switches to the
specified programme position.
11 Select “YES” using M/m, and press
The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears.
3
To fix the set top box controller to your set
top box receiver
10 Press ENTER to select “Continue.”
Press TV GUIDE.
The GUIDE Plus+ system “Home
Screen” appears.
2
Select the connection you used for
your set top box receiver using M/m,
and press ENTER.
When the set top box receiver is
connected to the recorder using hookup
A or C, select “Antenna.” When the set
top box receiver is connected to the
recorder using hookup B, select “Line3.”
The display asks for confirmation.
Follow the steps below to set up your set top
box receiver for the GUIDE Plus+ system.
Note that the OSD language, Clock, Country
and Postal Code are all set for the GUIDE
Plus+ system when Easy Setup is completed.
“Easy Setup” is finished.
To receive Guide Plus+ system data
your recorder must be turned off
when not in use. If your recorder is
connected to a set top box receiver, be
sure to leave the set top box receiver
turned on. After initial setup, it may
take up to 24 hours to begin receiving
TV programme listings.
9
Setting up your set top box
receiver for the GUIDE Plus+®
system
Hookups and Settings
Easy Setup - Line1 Output
To output video signals, select “Video.”
To output S video signals, select “S
Video.”
To output RGB signals, select “RGB.”
Select “Video” to enjoy the
SMARTLINK features (page 18).
• If you set “Easy Setup - Component
Out” to “On,” you cannot select
“RGB.”
• If you set “Easy Setup - Line3 Input” to
“Yes,” you cannot select “S Video.”
25
Check the connection and position of the set
top box controller (page 14).
If your set top box receiver still does not
operate with this recorder, refer to the
instructions supplied with your set top box
receiver and contact your cable or satellite
company to see if they can provide you with
a compatible set top box receiver.
Press ENTER to select “Continue.”
Select the set top box receiver type
using M/m, and press ENTER.
7
Select the provider using M/m, and
press ENTER.
8
Select the receiver brand using M/m,
and press ENTER.
b Notes
• The list of external receivers controllable by the
GUIDE Plus+ system is updated constantly and is
distributed through GUIDE Plus+ system data
signals. Since the time your recorder has been
produced and the time you installed your recorder
for the first time, new external receiver codes
might have been added.
• If the external receiver is still not on the list or is
not controlled properly by the recorder, please
call Customer Support to report the brand and
model of your external receiver.
If you select “Other providers,” you can
select a receiver brand from a list of all
available brands.
If your receiver brand is not on the list,
select “???.”
The receiver brand list is automatically
updated, so your receiver may be
available at a later date. Select your brand
when it becomes available. Until then,
use “???.”
26
27
1-6
Connecting to the LINE 2 IN jacks on the front panel
Connecting a VCR or Similar Device
Connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE 2 IN jacks of this recorder. If the
equipment has an S-video jack, you can use an S-video cord instead of an audio/video cord.
VCR, etc.
OUTPUT
S VIDEO
VIDEO
Hookups and Settings
After disconnecting the recorder’s mains lead from the mains, connect a VCR or similar
recording device to the LINE IN jacks of this recorder.
Use the DV IN jack on the front panel if the equipment has a DV output jack (i.LINK jack)
(page 91).
For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the connected equipment.
To record on this recorder, see “Recording from connected equipment without a timer” on
page 65.
AUDIO
L
R
Connecting to the LINE 3/DECODER jack
Connect a VCR or similar recording device to the LINE 3/DECODER jack of this recorder.
S-video cord
(not supplied)
TV
VCR
Audio/video cord
(not supplied)
SCART cord (not supplied)
to LINE 2 IN
to SCART input
to i LINE 3/DECODER
to i LINE 1 – TV
DVD recorder
: Signal flow
z Hint
When the connected equipment outputs only monaural sound, connect to just the L(MONO) and VIDEO
input jacks on the front of the recorder. Do not connect the R input jack.
DVD recorder
b Notes
b Notes
• Pictures containing copy protection signals that prohibit any copying cannot be recorded.
• If you pass the recorder signals through a VCR, you may not receive a clear image on your TV screen.
DVD recorder
VCR
• Do not connect the yellow LINE IN (VIDEO) jack when using an S-video cord.
• Do not connect the output jack of this recorder to another equipment’s input jack with the other
equipment’s output jack connected to the input jack of this recorder. This may cause noise (feedback).
• Do not connect more than one type of video cord between the recorder and your TV at the same time.
TV
Be sure to connect your VCR to the DVD recorder and to your TV in the order shown below. To watch
video tapes, watch the tapes through a second line input on your TV.
Line input 1
VCR
DVD recorder
TV
Line input 2
• The SMARTLINK features are not available for devices connected via the DVD recorder’s LINE 3/
DECODER jack.
• When you record to a VCR from this DVD recorder, do not switch the input source to TV by pressing the
TV/DVD button on the remote.
• If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you will not be able to view the signals from the connected
VCR.
28
29
Setting PAY-TV/Canal Plus
analogue programme positions
Connecting a PAY-TV/Canal Plus Analogue Decoder
To watch or record PAY-TV/Canal Plus
analogue programmes, set your recorder to
receive the programme positions using the
on-screen display.
In order to set the programme positions
correctly, be sure to follow all of the steps
below.
Connecting a decoder
TV
Aerial cable
(supplied)
PAY-TV/Canal Plus
analogue decoder
Number
buttons
SCART cord
(not supplied)
5
Press M/m to select “Video” or “RGB”
for “Line1 Output,” “Decoder” for
“Line3 Input,” and “Video” for “Line3
Output,” and press ENTER.
The “Video” setup display appears again.
6
to AERIAL IN
7
SYSTEM
MENU
to SCART input
Select “Scart Setting,” and press
ENTER.
Hookups and Settings
You can watch or record PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue decoder programmes if you connect a
decoder (not supplied) to the recorder. Disconnect the recorder’s mains lead from the mains
when connecting the decoder. Note that when you set “Line3 Input” to “Decoder” in step 5 of
“Setting PAY-TV/Canal Plus analogue programme positions” (page 31), you will not be able
to select “L3” because Line 3 will become a dedicated line for the decoder.
4
Press O RETURN to return the cursor
to the left column.
Select “Basic,” and press ENTER.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
SCART cord
(not supplied)
O RETURN
to AERIAL OUT
to i LINE 1 – TV
to i LINE 3/DECODER
1
Press SYSTEM MENU.
The System Menu appears.
2
Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
3
Select “Video,” and press ENTER.
8
Select “Programme Setting,” and
press ENTER.
DVD recorder
9
Press M/m to select the desired
programme position, and press
ENTER.
,continued
30
1-7
31
10 Select “System” using </,.
Eight Basic Operations
— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
1. Inserting a Disc
+RW
-RWVR -RWVideo
-RVideo
DVD
VCD
-RVR
CD
DATA DVD
DATA CD
system, BG, DK, I, or L.
To receive broadcasts in France, select
“L.”
Z (open/
close)
12 Select “Channel” using </,.
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
+R
-RWVR -RWVideo
This section introduces the basic operation to
record a current TV programme to the hard
disk (HDD) or to a disc (DVD). For an
explanation of how to make timer recordings,
see page 54.
DVD
HDD
DVD
PROG +/–
TV/DVD
1
2
13 Select the PAY-TV/Canal Plus
Press DVD.
Press Z (open/close), and place a
disc on the disc tray.
OPTIONS
analogue programme position using
M/m or number buttons.
14 Select “PAY-TV/CANAL+” using </
DISPLAY
z REC
,.
REC MODE
x REC
STOP
TV t
Recording/playing side facing down
3
Press Z (open/close) to close the disc
tray.
Wait until “LOAD” disappears from the
front panel display.
Unused DVDs are formatted
automatically.
• For DVD-RW discs
DVD-RWs are formatted in the
recording format (VR mode or Video
mode) set by “Format DVD-RW” in
the “DVD” setup.
15 Select “On” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
To return to the previous step
Press O RETURN.
• For DVD-R discs
DVD-Rs are automatically formatted in
Video mode. To format an unused
DVD-R in VR mode, format the disc
using the “Disc Information” display
(page 43) before you make a
recording.
If the disc is recordable on this recorder,
you can manually re-format the disc to
make a blank disc (page 43).
b Note
If you disconnect the recorder’s mains lead, you
will not be able to view the signals from the
connected decoder.
1
Press HDD or DVD.
If you want to record to a DVD, insert a
recordable DVD.
2
Press PROG +/– to select the
programme position or input source
you want to record.
3
Press REC MODE repeatedly to select
the recording mode.
Each time you press the button, the
display on the TV screen changes as
follows:
For more details about the recording
mode, see page 54.
,continued
32
4
About the Teletext function
Recording starts.
Recording stops automatically after 8
hours of continuous recording or when
the HDD or DVD is full.
Some broadcast systems ensure a Teletext
service* in which the complete programmes
and their data (title, date, programme
position, recording start time etc.) are stored
day by day. When recording a programme,
the recorder automatically takes the
programme name from the Teletext pages
and stores it as the title name. For details, see
“Auto Programme Title Labelling (TV Guide
Page)” on page 99.
Note that the Teletext information will not
appear on your TV screen. To view the
Teletext information on your TV screen,
press TV/DVD on the remote to switch the
input source to your TV (page 22).
To stop recording
Press x REC STOP.
Note that it may take a few seconds for
recorder to stop recording.
To record the entire programme
(Programme Rec)
Press OPTIONS to select “Rec. Programme.”
The current programme that you are watching
will be recorded. Recording automatically
stops when the programme ends.
To watch another TV programme while
recording
If your TV is connected to the i LINE 1 –
TV jack, set your TV to the TV input using
the TV/DVD button and select the
programme you want to watch. If your TV is
connected to the LINE 2 OUT or
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks, set the
TV to TV input using the TV t button
(page 22).
TV Direct Rec.
If you are using the SMARTLINK
connection and the “TV Direct Rec.” is set to
“On” (page 107), you can easily record what
you are watching on your TV.
When the TV and the recorder are turned on,
press z REC. The recorder starts recording
what you are watching on your TV.
3. Playing the Recorded
Programme (Title List)
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
Title List with Thumbnail Images
(Example: DVD+RW)
+R
To play a recorded title, select the title from
the Title List.
HDD
m
DVD
Extended Title List
* not available in some areas
b Notes
TITLE LIST
• After pressing z REC, it may take a short while
to start recording.
• You cannot change the recording mode while
recording.
• If there is a power failure, the programme you are
recording may be erased.
• You cannot watch a PAY-TV/Canal Plus
programme while recording another PAY-TV/
Canal Plus programme.
• To use the TV Direct Rec function, you must first
correctly set the recorder’s clock.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
OPTIONS
/
mc
Checking the disc status while
recording
1
CM
x
2
Press DISPLAY during recording.
Press TITLE LIST.
To show the extended Title List, press
OPTIONS to select “Display List,” and
press ENTER.
The recording information appears.
b Note
If “TV” appears in the front panel display, you
cannot turn off the TV or change the programme
position during TV Direct Rec. To turn off the
function, set “TV Direct Rec.” to “Off” in the
“Recording” setup (page 107).
A Disc type/format
A Disc type:
Displays the media type, HDD or DVD.
Also displays the title type (Original or
Playlist) for HDD or DVD-RW/DVD-R
(VR mode) disc titles.
B Disc space (remainder/total)
Press HDD or DVD.
If you select DVD, insert a DVD (see “1.
Inserting a Disc” on page 33).
Playback starts automatically depending
on the disc.
You can check the recording information
such as recording time or disc type.
33
Eight Basic Operations— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
Press z REC.
Eight Basic Operations— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
11 Press M/m to select an available TV
+R
2. Recording a
Programme
C Title information:
Displays the title number, title name, and
recording date. Title size is shown in the
Thumbnail title list.
z (red): Indicates that the title is
currently being recorded.
: Indicates that the title is currently
being dubbed.
: Indicates the protected title.
“NEW”: Indicates that the title is newly
recorded (not played back) (HDD only).
: Indicates titles containing “CopyOnce” copy protection signals (HDD
only) (page 87).
D Scroll bar:
B Recording status
Appears when all of the titles do not fit
on the list. To view the hidden titles,
press M/m.
C Recording mode
D Recording time
E Title’s thumbnail picture:
The still images for each title are
displayed.
Press DISPLAY to turn off the display.
,continued
34
1-8
35
3
Select a title, and press ENTER.
To change the title order (Sort)
To turn off the Title List
The sub-menu appears.
The sub-menu displays options
applicable only to the selected item. The
displayed options differ depending upon
the model, situation, and disc type.
While the Title List menu is turned on, press
OPTIONS to select “Sort Titles.” Press M/m
to select the item, and press ENTER.
Press TITLE LIST.
4
Sorted
By Date
In order of when the titles
were recorded. The title that is
recorded most recently is
listed at the top.
By Title
In alphabetical order.
By Number
In order of recorded title
number.
Unseen Title
(HDD only)
In order of when the titles
were recorded. The title that is
recorded most recently and
has not been played is listed at
the top. Playlist titles are not
displayed.
Select “Play,” and press ENTER.
Playback starts from the selected title.
b Notes
• The title names may not appear for DVDs created
on other DVD recorders.
• It may take a few seconds for the thumbnail
pictures to be displayed.
• After editing, the title thumbnail picture may
change to the first scene of the recording (title).
• After dubbing, the title thumbnail picture set on
the source recording is cancelled.
4. Displaying the Playing
Time and Play
Information
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
DVD
VCD
+R
CD
DATA DVD DATA CD
You can check the playing time of the current
title, chapter, track, or disc. Also, you can
check the disc name recorded on the DVD/
CD.
To change a title thumbnail picture
(Thumbnail) (HDD/DVD-RW/DVD-R in VR
mode only)
To stop playback
Press x (stop).
To scroll the list display by page (Page
mode)
Press
/
while the list display is turned
/
, the entire
on. Each time you press
Title List changes to the next/previous page
of titles.
About the Title List for HDD/DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs (VR mode)
You can switch the Title List to show
Original or Playlist titles.
While the Title List menu is turned on, press
</,.
You can select a favourite scene for the
thumbnail picture shown in the Title List
menu.
1
Press TITLE LIST.
Press </, to switch the Title Lists, if
necessary.
2
Select a title, and press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
3
Select “Set Thumbnail,” and press
ENTER.
The display for setting the thumbnail
point appears and the title starts to play.
4
While watching the playback picture,
press m/M to select the scene you
want to set for a thumbnail picture, and
press ENTER.
Playback pauses.
5
Press ENTER if the scene is correct.
If the scene is incorrect, press c/C to
select the scene you want to set for a
thumbnail picture, and press ENTER.
The display asks for confirmation.
• To change the thumbnail, press M.
6
Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The scene is set for the title’s thumbnail
picture.
ENTER
OPTIONS
DISPLAY
Press DISPLAY.
The displays differ depending on the disc
type or playing status.
A Title number/name
(Shows either track number, track
name, scene number, or file name for
CDs, VIDEO CDs, DATA DVDs, or
DATA CDs.)
,continued
36
B Available functions for DVD VIDEOs
(
angle/
audio/
subtitle,
etc.), or playback data for DATA
DVDs and DATA CDs
C The current selected function or audio
setting (appears only temporarily)
Example: Dolby Digital 5.1 ch
b Note
5. Changing the Name of
a Recorded Programme
Playing time of MP3 audio tracks may not be
displayed correctly.
Checking the remaining disc
space
You can check the remaining disc space
using the “Disc Information” display.
1
Front (L/R) +
Centre
LFE (Low Frequency
Effect)
D The current selected angle
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
Insert a disc.
Press OPTIONS to select “Disc
Information,” and press ENTER.
The “Disc Information” display appears.
Available settings differ depending on
the disc type.
Example: When a DVD+RW is inserted.
Number
buttons
E Disc type*1/format (page 8)
The type of characters will change
according to the language you select in
“Easy Setup.” Some languages allow you
to enter an accent mark.
To enter a letter with an accent mark,
select an accent followed by the letter.
Example: Select “ ` ” and then “a” to
enter “à.”
To insert a space, select “Space.”
INPUT
SELECT
F Title type (only appears for Playlists)
G Play mode
TITLE LIST
H Recording mode (page 54)
</M/m/,,
ENTER
I Playing status bar*2
J Title number (page 72)
(Shows either track number, scene
number, or file number for CDs,
VIDEO CDs, DATA DVDs, or DATA
CDs.)
K Album name appears for DATA DVDs
or DATA CDs.
L Playing time
*1
*2
“Remainder” (approximate)
• The remaining recording time in each
of the recording modes
• Disc space bar
• Remaining disc space/total disc space
1
2
z Hint
To increase disc space, see “To open up disc space”
(page 78).
Press </M/m/, to select the
character you want to enter, and press
ENTER.
The selected character appears at the top
of the display.
Example: Input Title Name
+R
You can label a DVD, title, or programme by
entering characters. You can enter up to 64
characters for a title or disc name, but the
actual number of characters displayed in the
menus such as the Title List will vary. The
steps below explain how to change the name
of the recorded programme.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33.
2
HDD
5
37
6
Repeat steps 4 and 5 to enter the
remaining characters.
Input row
Eight Basic Operations— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
Rear (L/R)
Eight Basic Operations— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
Sub-menu
Order
z Hints
• After recording, the first scene of the recording
(the title) is automatically set as the thumbnail
picture.
• You can select “TITLE LIST” from the System
Menu.
Press TITLE LIST.
Select a title, and press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
3
To erase a character, move the cursor to
the right of the character at the input row.
Select “Back” and press ENTER.
To insert a character, move the cursor to
the right of the point where you want to
insert the character. Select the character
and press ENTER.
To erase all of the characters, select
“Clear All” and press ENTER.
Select “Title Name,” and press
ENTER.
The display for entering characters
appears.
Displays Super VIDEO CDs as “SVCD,” DATA
CDs as “CD” and DATA DVDs as “DVD.”
Does not appear with VIDEO CDs, DATA
DVDs, and DATA CDs.
4
z Hints
• If “DTS” of “Audio Connection” is set to “Off” in
the “Audio” setup, the DTS track selection option
will not appear on the screen even if the disc
contains DTS tracks (page 104).
• When “Auto Display” is set to “On” (default) in
the “Video” setup (page 103), information
automatically appears on the screen when the
recorder is operated.
Press </M/m/, to move the cursor
to the right of the display and select
“A” (upper-case), “a” (lower-case),
or “Symbol,” and press ENTER.
The characters for the selected type are
displayed.
7
Select “Finish,” and press ENTER.
To cancel the setting, select “Cancel.”
,continued
38
1-9
39
b Note
To use the number buttons
You can also use the number buttons to enter
characters. Refer to the number next to each
row of letters on your TV screen.
1
2
Press ENTER and select the next
character.
3
Select “Finish” and press ENTER.
You can enter up to 64 characters for a DVD’s disc
name. The disc name may not appear when the disc
is played on other DVD equipment.
Protecting a disc
You can execute options effective for the
entire disc using the “Disc Information”
display.
-RWVR
-RVR
7. Playing the Disc on
Other DVD Equipment
(Finalise)
+RW
-RWVR -RWVideo
+R
-RVR
-RVideo
1
Insert a disc.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33.
2
z Hint
You can switch between “A” (upper-case), “a”
(lower-case), or “Symbol” by pressing INPUT
SELECT.
Press OPTIONS to select “Disc
Information,” and press ENTER.
The “Disc Information” display appears.
Available settings differ depending on
the disc type.
Example: When the inserted disc is a
DVD-RW (VR mode).
</M/m/,,
ENTER
OPTIONS
Finalising is necessary when you play discs
recorded with this recorder on other DVD
equipment.
When you finalise a DVD+RW, DVD-RW
(Video mode), DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video
mode), a DVD menu will be automatically
created, which can be displayed on other
DVD equipment.
Before finalising, check the differences
between the disc types in the table below.
Differences between the disc types
+RW
Labelling a disc
+RW
-RWVR -RWVideo
+R
-RVR
A
-RVideo
1
Insert a disc.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33.
2
“On”/“Off”: Indicates whether
protection is set (DVD-RW/DVDR in VR mode only)
-RWVR
B “Protect Disc”
Press OPTIONS to select “Disc
Information,” and press ENTER.
3
The “Disc Information” display appears.
Available settings differ depending on
the disc type.
Example: When the inserted disc is a
DVD+RW.
Select “Protect Disc,” and press
ENTER.
4
Select “Protect,” and press ENTER.
-RWVideo
To cancel the protection
Select “Unprotected” in step 4.
z Hint
You can set protection for individual titles
(page 78).
-RVR
3
Select “Disc Name,” and press
ENTER.
Enter the disc name in the “Input Disc
Name” display (page 39).
Discs are automatically finalised
when removed from the recorder.
However, you may need to finalise
the disc for certain DVD
equipment, or if the recording time
is short. You can edit or record on
the disc even after finalising.
Finalising is unnecessary when
playing a disc on VR format
compatible equipment.
Even if your other DVD equipment
is VR format compatible, you may
need to finalise the disc, especially
if the recording time is short. You
can edit or record on the disc even
after finalising.
Finalising is necessary when
playing on any equipment other
than this recorder.
After finalising, you cannot edit or
record on the disc. If you want to
record on it again, unfinalise
(page 43) or reformat the disc
(page 43). However, if you
reformat the disc, all recorded
contents will be erased.
Finalising is necessary. The disc
can be played only on equipment
that supports DVD-R in VR mode.
After finalising you cannot edit or
record on the disc using this
recorder.
,continued
40
+R
-RVideo
Finalising is necessary when
playing on any equipment other
than this recorder.
After finalising, you cannot edit or
record on the disc.
Finalising the disc using “Disc
Information” display
1
2
Z (open/
close)
Unfinalising a disc
+RW
Insert a disc.
For DVD-RWs (Video mode)
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33.
DVD-RWs (Video mode) that have been
finalised to prohibit additional recording or
editing can be unfinalised to allow further
recording or editing.
Press OPTIONS to select “Disc
Information,” and press ENTER.
Select “Finalise,” and press ENTER.
For DVD-RWs (VR mode)
The display shows the approximate time
required for finalising and asks for
confirmation.
(Example: DVD+RW)
If you cannot record or edit on a DVD-RW
(VR mode) that has been finalised with other
DVD equipment, unfinalise the disc.
1
Make a recording.
See “2. Recording a Programme” on
page 33.
2
Press Z (open/close).
The display shows the approximate time
required for finalising and asks for
confirmation.
For DVD+RWs, the recorder
automatically starts finalising the disc.
After finalising, the disc will be ejected
automatically.
3
-RWVR -RWVideo
New discs are automatically formatted when
inserted. If necessary, you can manually reformat a DVD+RW or DVD-RW disc to
make a blank disc. For DVD-RWs, you can
select a recording format (VR mode or Video
mode) according to your needs (page 77).
b Note
The recorder is not able to unfinalise DVD-RWs
(Video mode) that have been finalised on another
recorder.
1
Finalising the disc using Z
(open/close) button
8. Reformatting a disc
2
4
Insert a disc.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
Press OPTIONS to select “Disc
Information,” and press ENTER.
OPTIONS
The “Disc Information” display appears.
Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
3
The recorder starts finalising the disc.
Select “Unfinalise,” and press
ENTER.
The recorder starts unfinalising the disc.
Unfinalising may take several minutes.
z Hint
You can check whether the disc has been finalised
or not. If you cannot select “Finalise” in step 3
above, the disc has already been finalised.
1
Insert a disc.
Eight Basic Operations— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
</M/m/,,
ENTER
OPTIONS
41
-RWVR -RWVideo
The “Disc Information” display appears.
3
Eight Basic Operations— Getting to Know Your DVD Recorder
In step 5 above, press a number button
repeatedly to select a character.
Example:
Press the number 3 button once to enter
“D.”
Press the number 3 button three times to
enter “F.”
6. Labelling and
Protecting a Disc
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33.
2
Press OPTIONS to select “Disc
Information,” and press ENTER.
Example: When a DVD+RW is inserted.
b Notes
• Depending on the condition of the disc,
recording, or the DVD equipment, discs may not
play even if the discs are finalised.
• The recorder may not be able to finalise the disc
if it was recorded on another recorder.
Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The recorder starts finalising the disc.
After finalising, the disc will be ejected
automatically.
3
4
Select “Format,” and press ENTER.
Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
For DVD-RWs and unrecorded DVD-Rs
(Video mode), select “VR” or “Video,”
and press ENTER.
All contents on the disc are erased.
,continued
42
1-10
43
z Hint
By reformatting, you can change the recording
format on DVD-RWs, or record again on DVDRWs that have been finalised.
Learning the common elements
GUIDE Plus+
Press TV GUIDE.
Introduction to the
GUIDE Plus+ System
b Note
On this model, 1 GB (read “gigabyte”) is equivalent
to 1 billion bytes. The larger the number, the larger
the disc space.
These are just a few of the ways to use the
GUIDE Plus+ system.
– Search for a programme by listing them
according to category (such as Movies or
Sports) or by using the Keyword Search
function (page 49).
– Once you have found the programme you
are looking for, use the GUIDE Plus+
system to set the timer for recording
(page 56).
– You can set the system to display your
favourite programmes according to
conditions that you set, such as category
and keyword (page 49).
For more information, see “Watching TV
using the GUIDE Plus+ System” (page 47).
GUIDE Plus+
The GUIDE Plus+® system is a free
interactive programme guide. It displays up
to seven days of programme listings,
including programme titles, promotions, and
broadcast information. GUIDE Plus+ data for
the television programme listings are carried
by your local broadcast host channel and are
received through your aerial, set top box
receiver, or direct cable connection from the
wall.
Visit www.europe.guideplus.com for a list of
all European host channels.
The GUIDE Plus+ system “Home Screen”
appears.
A Video Window: This shows the
programme you were watching when
you pressed TV GUIDE.
B Action Bar: When the same colour
button on the remote is pressed, the
Action Bar functions. The Action Bar
function differs according to the
screen.
C Information Box: Shows information
about the selected programme when
the “Home Screen” is displayed.
Contents will differ according to the
displayed screen.
D Menu Bar: Press the blue button
(“Home”), and press M to move the
cursor to the Menu Bar. Then, select
one of the following features using </
,, and press ENTER.
“Grid”: Shows the programmes for the
current time slot and next 7 days.
“Search”: Allows you to search for
titles by category or by keyword
(page 48). The displayed category
depends upon the programme data
received by this recorder. Movies,
Sports, and Children are examples of
possible categories.
“My TV”: Sets the profile for your
favourite programmes (page 49).
“Schedule”: Displays the list of timer
settings (page 61).
,continued
44
“Info”: Shows information when
available.
“Editor”: Allows you to edit the
channel lineup and channel display
(page 52).
“Setup”: Allows you to change the
language, country/region, postal code,
input source, or host channel.
F Tiles: Shows the programme titles and
category; green (sports), purple
(movies), blue (children’s), teal
(others).
G Broadcast station Logo: Shows the
broadcast station logo.
H Time Slot: Indicates the currently
selected time slot. Use </, to select
a different time slot.
Troubleshooting guide
If you are having trouble displaying the
television programme list, please check the
following:
• Your country/region and postal code must
be set correctly (page 25).
• The clock must be set correctly. If the clock
is not set, set it manually (page 100).
• This recorder downloads the GUIDE Plus+
data several times a day when the recorder
is turned off (standby mode). Turn off the
recorder when you are not using it (for
example, at night). After initial setup
(page 25), it may take up to 24 hours for
your recorder to start receiving programme
listings. It may take up to one day to receive
all seven days of TV programme listings.
Watching TV using the
GUIDE Plus+ System
To select a programme position quickly
using the TV broadcast station logo
1
Press TV GUIDE.
The GUIDE Plus+ system “Home
Screen” appears.
2
Press the yellow button (“Channels”).
3
Select the TV broadcast station logo
using </M/m/,, then press ENTER.
The display returns to “Grid” and the
programme currently being broadcast by
the selected TV station is selected.
4
Select a programme using </,, and
press ENTER.
GUIDE Plus+
E “Home” position: When you press the
blue button (“Home”), the cursor
returns to the last programme position
on the “Grid.”
• Check the following if the programme
guide data has not been received after
waiting for a day:
– “Easy Setup” (page 25) is finished.
– The host channel is not disabled (see
“Disabling programme positions” on
page 53).
– The timer is not set.
If the programme guide data still cannot be
received after checking the above, search
for the host channel at the following
website and set the host channel manually
(page 52):
www.europe.guideplus.com
• If the host channel has changed or moved,
the programme guide data cannot be
received. In this case, follow the steps in
“Searching for the GUIDE Plus+ host
channel” (page 51) to update the host
channel setting.
• If you made connection “B: Connecting a
set top box receiver using a SCART cord
only” (page 15) and did not connect an
aerial cable from your set top box receiver
to the recorder, do the following:
– Turn on your set top box receiver.
– Connect the set top box controller.
– Follow the steps in “Changing the GUIDE
Plus+ host channel manually” (page 52)
to set the host channel manually. Be sure
to set your set top box receiver (tuner) as
the source.
45
Colour
buttons
TV GUIDE
</M/m/,,
ENTER
DAY –
PAGE
DAY +
/
1
Press TV GUIDE.
The GUIDE Plus+ system “Home
Screen” appears.
To unlock the Video Window
b Notes
• Your set top box receiver’s programme position
may suddenly change even if the recorder is
turned off. This is because the set top box
controller has changed the programme position to
receive the GUIDE Plus+ data.
• When you set “Factory Setup” to “All,” the
recorder is initialized. When you change the
following settings, the GUIDE Plus+ system is
reset:
– Country/region setting in “Easy Setup”
– “Country” of “Setup” - “Basic Setup” in the
Menu Bar
– Postal code setting in “Easy Setup”
– “Postal Code” of “Setup” - “Basic Setup” in the
Menu Bar
Note that the GUIDE Plus+ system is also reset
when you make changes to the host channel
settings or if you set “Factory Setup” to “Basic.”
2
Select a programme using </M/m/
,, and press ENTER.
The GUIDE Plus+ system disappears and
the programme position changes to the
selected programme.
The Video Window is locked so that it does
not change programme positions when you
move the cursor across other titles.
From “Grid,” select the logo of the
programme position that is locked, and press
the red button (“Unlock”). “ ” changes to
“ ” and the Video Window is unlocked. To
lock the Video Window, select the logo of the
programme position you want to lock and
press the red button (“Lock”).
To return to the “Home” position
Press the blue button (“Home”).
The cursor returns to the home position on the
“Grid.”
To set a programme for timer recording
See “One Button Recording (GUIDE Plus+)”
(page 56).
To close the GUIDE Plus+ system
Press TV GUIDE.
,continued
46
1-11
47
z Hints
/
buttons to change the
• Press the PAGE
programme list by page.
• Press the DAY +/– buttons to change the
programme list by day.
b Notes
4
Searching for a
Programme using the
GUIDE Plus+ System
To enter a new keyword
1
Select “Search” in the Menu Bar, and
press ENTER.
2
3
Select “My Choice” using </,.
Listing Up Your Favourite
Programme Information
(My TV)
You can set a profile and list up only your
favourite programme information.
GUIDE Plus+
• The Video Window is locked during recording
and the lock indicator appears in the Video
Window. You cannot unlock the Video Window
while recording.
• If you are watching programmes through a set top
box, the Video Window may not change as fast as
you move the cursor. In this case, lock the Video
Window (page 47).
• The screen saver will appear if no buttons are
pressed for more than ten minutes.
Select a programme using M/m, and
press ENTER.
Press the yellow button (“Add”).
The display for entering characters
appears.
Colour
buttons
Colour
buttons
</M/m/,,
ENTER
1
</M/m/,,
ENTER
4
Select “Search” in the Menu Bar, and
press ENTER.
5
6
2
Select a category using </,, and
press ENTER.
To search for a programme by keyword,
select “My Choice.” You can search for
all programmes that contain the keyword
in the programme’s title and in the
programme’s Information Box. If no
keywords are displayed, enter the
keyword. See “To enter a new keyword”
below.
3
Select a character on the keyboard using
</M/m/,, and press ENTER.
To switch between upper-case, lowercase, or characters with accents, press the
yellow button (“Keyboard”) repeatedly.
To cancel entering a new keyword, press
the red button (“Back”).
Repeat step 4 to enter the keyword.
Setting a profile
1
2
Select “My TV” in the Menu Bar.
Press the yellow button (“Profile”).
Press the green button (“Save”).
The entered keyword is registered.
To delete the keyword, select the
keyword you want to delete, and press
the red button (“Delete”).
To change the keyword, select the
keyword you want to change, and press
the green button (“Edit”).
To set a programme for timer recording
See “One Button Recording (GUIDE Plus+)”
(page 56).
z Hint
When two or more keywords are set for “My
Choice,” you can select “All.”
Select a sub-category using M/m, and
press ENTER.
Programmes that meet the conditions are
listed up.
The sub-categories differ according to
country/region.
,continued
48
3
Select “Channels,” “Categories,” or
“Keywords,” and press the yellow
button (“Add”).
4
Press ENTER.
To change the profile settings
1
2
3
Select “My TV” in the Menu Bar.
Press the yellow button (“Profile”).
Repeat from step 3 above.
Selecting and watching a
programme from My TV
1
Select “My TV” in the Menu Bar, and
press ENTER.
4
Select an item using M/m, and press
ENTER.
5
Select a setting using M/m, and press
ENTER.
“Language”: Select a language for the
on-screen displays using M/m.
“Country”: Select your country/region
using M/m.
When you exit the GUIDE Plus+ system
after changing your country/region, the
“Easy Setup” display appears. Follow the
instructions for “Step 6: Easy Setup”
(page 25) from step 2.
“Postal Code”: Enter your postal code
using </M/m/,. If “Country” is set to
“Other,” you cannot enter a postal code
and the GUIDE Plus+ system will not
search for a host channel.
“External Receiver 1”/“External
Receiver 2”/“External Receiver 3”:
When a set top box receiver is connected
to the recorder, set it up for the GUIDE
Plus+ system. See “Setting up your set
top box receiver for the GUIDE Plus+®
system” on page 26.
Number
buttons
Colour
buttons
TV GUIDE
</M/m/,,
ENTER
Changing the basic GUIDE
Plus+ settings
6
Press TV GUIDE to exit the GUIDE
Plus+ system.
All necessary settings are made when you
complete Easy Setup (page 25). Follow the
steps below only if you want to make changes
to the current settings. Note that if you
change the country/region setting, Easy
Setup will begin again when you close the
GUIDE Plus+ system.
To cancel GUIDE Plus+ settings
1
Press the blue button (“Home”).
The cursor returns to the home position on the
“Grid.”
Press the red button (“Back”).
To return to the “Home” position
Press TV GUIDE.
The GUIDE Plus+ system appears.
2
Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar.
The default host channel setting is set to
“Automatic,” so you should not have to
change the host channel setting. However, if
the host channel has changed or moved,
update the host channel setting.
If you made connection according to
“B: Connecting a set top box receiver using a
SCART cord only” (page 15), see “Changing
the GUIDE Plus+ host channel manually” on
page 52.
1
Press TV GUIDE.
The GUIDE Plus+ system appears.
2
Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar.
The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears.
3
4
5
6
Select “Host Channel Setup” using M/
m, and press ENTER.
Press the yellow button (“Reset”).
Press [/1 to turn off the recorder.
Wait for a day until the programme
guide data can be received.
If the programme guide data has not been
received after waiting for a day, search
for the host channel at the following
website and set the host channel
manually (“Changing the GUIDE Plus+
host channel manually” (page 52)).
www.europe.guideplus.com
b Note
The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears.
3
Searching for the GUIDE Plus+
host channel
GUIDE Plus+
“Channels”: Select the programme
position using </M/m/,, and press
ENTER. To add more programme
positions, press the yellow button
(“Add”). You can register up to 16
programme positions.
To cancel the registration, select a
programme position, and press the red
button (“Delete”).
“Categories”: Select the category using
</M/m/,, and press ENTER. To add
more categories, press the yellow button
(“Add”). You can register up to 4
categories.
To cancel the registration, select a
category, and press the red button
(“Delete”).
“Keywords”: Enter a keyword. See “To
enter a new keyword” on page 49. To add
more keywords, press the yellow button
(“Add”). You can register up to 16
keywords.
To cancel the registration, select a
keyword, and press the red button
(“Delete”).
Making changes to the
GUIDE Plus+ System
49
You cannot set “Easy Setup - Tuner System” in the
“Easy Setup” or “OSD” in the “Basic” setup to a
country/region or language that is not supported by
the GUIDE Plus+ system.
Select “Basic Setup” using M/m, and
press ENTER.
The programmes that match the profile
conditions are displayed.
2
Select a programme using </M/m/
,, and press ENTER.
To set a programme for timer recording
See “One Button Recording (GUIDE Plus+)”
(page 56).
,continued
50
1-12
51
Changing the GUIDE Plus+ host
channel manually
1
Press TV GUIDE.
b Note
Press the red button (“Back”).
To receive from the recorder a programme position
that can be received by either the set top box
receiver or the recorder, change the input source in
step 4.
To return to the “Home” position
Press the blue button (“Home”).
The cursor returns to the home position on the
“Grid.”
1
2
Press TV GUIDE.
3
Select “GUIDE Plus+ system
Information” using M/m, and press
ENTER.
The GUIDE Plus+ system appears.
2
Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar.
The GUIDE Plus+ setup menu appears.
3
Select “Host Channel Setup” using M/
m, and press ENTER.
4
Press the yellow button (“Change”)
twice.
“Manual” appears.
Disabling programme positions
To check the GUIDE Plus+ system
information
If any programme positions are unused or
contain unwanted channels, you can hide
them.
For instance, if you are using your set top box
receiver to receive programme data
(connection B, page 15), all receivable
programme positions are displayed. Use this
function to hide any unwanted programme
positions.
Select “Setup” in the Menu Bar, and
press ENTER.
Checking programme positions
Check whether programme position numbers
are the same as the programme position
numbers set in the “Programme Setting.”
If you want to make adjustments to the
channel settings or change the channel name,
see “Programme Setting” in “Settings and
Adjustments” (page 96).
1
1
Select “Editor” in the Menu Bar, and
press ENTER.
2
In the left column, select the
programme position you want to hide
or display using M/m.
3
Press the red button (“On/Off”).
GUIDE Plus+
If you are using connection B (page 15) and
you want to receive the programme guide
data from your set top box receiver, search
for the host channel on the following website
and set it for your area, following the steps
below:
www.europe.guideplus.com
To cancel the settings
The disabled positions will turn grey.
To show the disabled positions, press the
red button (“On/Off”) again.
Select “Editor” in the Menu Bar.
b Notes
5
6
Select “Source” using ,.
7
8
Select “Prog. No.” using ,.
9
Press the green button (“Save”).
• You cannot record a programme position, if it is
not set in “Programme Setting” of “Settings and
Adjustments,” even if it is set to “On” in the
“Editor” in the Menu Bar.
• If you are using your set top box receiver to
receive programmes (connection B, page 15) and
are able to receive the same programme with both
the set top box and the recorder, change the
“Source” to receive the programme with the
recorder’s tuner.
Press the yellow button (“Source”)
repeatedly to select the input source.
Enter the programme position number
using the number buttons.
2
3
The display asks for confirmation.
10 Select “Confirm” using </,, and
press ENTER.
4
The display returns to the GUIDE Plus+
setup menu.
Press ENTER.
Press , to move the cursor to the
right column.
Select the programme position you
want to check using M/m.
To change the input source, press the red
button (“Source”).
To change the programme position, see
“Programme Setting” on page 96.
11 Wait one day until the programme
guide data can be received.
52
53
Timer Recording
Before Recording
Before you start recording…
z Hint
Timer recordings will be made regardless whether
or not the recorder is turned on. You can turn off the
recorder without affecting the recording even after
recording starts.
Recording mode
HQ+ (High quality)
HDD
DVD*
20
–
HQ
R
32
1
HSP
R
46
1 hr.
30 min.
61
2
r
77
2 hr.
30 min.
ESP
r
93
3
LP
r
124
4
EP
r
187
6
SLP (Long duration) 249
8
SP (Standard mode)
LSP
Recording mode
Like the standard ×3 recording modes of
video tapes, you can select the desired
recording mode using the REC MODE
button.
Recording modes with higher quality provide
a more beautiful recording, but the large data
volume also results in a shorter recording
time.
Conversely, a longer duration provides a
longer recording time, but the lower data
volume results in a coarser picture quality.
The recorder automatically receives and
records stereo and bilingual programmes
based on the ZWEITON system or the
NICAM system.
The HDD and a DVD-RW (VR mode) or
DVD-R (VR mode) can record both main and
sub sounds. You can switch between main
and sub when playing the disc. For the HDD,
you can select the sound track before
recording. Select “Main,” “Sub,” or
“Main+Sub” in “Bilingual Recording” of the
“HDD Rec. Settings” in the “Recording”
setup (page 106).
A DVD+RW, DVD-RW (Video mode),
DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video mode) can
record only one sound track (main or sub) at
a time. Select the sound track using the Setup
Display before recording starts. Set
“Bilingual Recording” of the “DVD Rec.
Settings” to “Main” (default) or “Sub” in the
“Recording” setup (page 107).
Approx. recording
time (hours)
b Note
To play a recorded disc on other DVD equipment,
finalise the disc (page 41).
Recording stereo and bilingual
programmes
To select the HQ+ mode, set “HQ Setting” of
the “HDD Rec. Settings” to “HQ+” in the
“Recording” setup (page 107). “HQ+”
records pictures in higher quality than HQ on
the HDD. Note that HQ+ appears as HQ in
the front panel display and the on-screen
displays.
Unrecordable pictures
Pictures with copy protection cannot be
recorded on this recorder.
When the recorder receives a copy guard
signal, the recorder continues to record but
only a blank, grey coloured screen will be
recorded.
Copy control Recordable discs
signals
Copy-Free
HDD
+RW
-RWVR
-RWVideo
+R
-RVR
-RVideo
Copy-Once
HDD
Timer Recording
• Check that the disc has enough available
space for the recording (page 38). For the
HDD, DVD+RWs, and DVD-RWs, you
can free up disc space by erasing titles
(page 78).
• Adjust the recording picture quality and
picture size if necessary (page 60).
Press REC MODE repeatedly to switch the
recording modes.
-RWVR (CPRM*)
-RVR
Copy-Never
(CPRM*)
None (a blank screen is
recorded)
* The recorded disc can be played only on CPRM
compatible equipment (page 8).
ZWEITON (German stereo) system
When a stereo based programme is received,
“Stereo” appears.
When a bilingual ZWEITON based
programme is received, “Main,” “Sub,” or
“Main/Sub” appears.
* The recording time for DVD+R DL (Double
Layer) discs is as follows:
HQ: 1 hour 48 minutes
HSP: 2 hours 42 minutes
SP: 3 hours 37 minutes
LSP: 4 hours 31 minutes
ESP: 5 hours 25 minutes
LP: 7 hours 14 minutes
EP: 10 hours 51 minutes
SLP: 14 hours 28 minutes
NICAM system
When a stereo or bilingual NICAM based
programme is received, “NICAM” appears in
the front panel display.
To record a NICAM programme, be sure to
set “Audio” of “Programme Setting” in the
“Basic” setup to “NICAM” (default). If the
sound is not clear when listening to NICAM
broadcasts, set “Audio” to “Standard” (see
“Programme Setting” on page 96).
b Notes
• The maximum continuous recording time for a
single title is eight hours.
• Situations below may cause slight inaccuracies
with the recording time.
– Recording a programme with poor reception, or
a programme or video source of low picture
quality
– Recording on a disc that has already been edited
– Recording only a still picture or just sound
z Hint
You can select the audio (main or sub) while
recording bilingual programmes using the AUDIO
button. This does not affect the recorded sound.
54
55
1-13
Timer Recording (GUIDE
Plus+/ShowView/
Manual)
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
1
Press TV GUIDE.
To adjust the recording quality
See step 3 of “Adjusting the recording picture
quality and size” on page 60.
Rec. Mode Adjust
If there is not enough available disc space for
the recording, the recorder automatically
adjusts the recording mode to enable the
entire programme to be recorded. Set “Rec.
Mode Adjust” of the “Timer Settings” to
“On” in the “Recording” setup (page 107).
+R
2
b Notes
3
Colour
buttons
TV GUIDE
If one or more timer settings overlap, a
message appears. To change the timer
settings, see “Checking/Changing/
Cancelling Timer Settings” on page 61.
Press the red button (“Record”).
Colour
buttons
SCHEDULE
</,,
ENTER
z Hint
If you are recording to the HDD or a DVD-RW (VR
mode) at a recording mode that is SP or lower and
is a 2x-speed or higher disc, you can play the title as
it is being recorded by selecting the programme title
on the Title List (page 71).
b Notes
• If a message indicating that the disc is full appears
on the screen, change the disc, or make available
space for the recording (HDD/DVD+RW/DVDRW only) (page 79).
• The last recording mode you selected manually
becomes the default recording mode for timer
recordings made from the GUIDE Plus+ system.
• You cannot adjust the recording quality (HDD or
DVD) once the recording starts.
• The beginning of some recordings may not be
made when using the PDC/VPS function.
• You cannot extend the recording duration time
when “PDC/VPS” is set to “On” (page 62).
To confirm, change, or cancel a timer
recording
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer
Settings” on page 61.
To stop recording during timer recording
x REC
STOP
Number
buttons
If the timer settings overlap
The set programme and Time Slot
change colour and the recorder is ready
to start recording. When recording from a
set top box receiver, be sure to turn it on.
Unlike a VCR, there is no need to turn off
the recorder before the timer recording
starts.
• To record on a DVD
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling
Timer Settings” on page 61.
• To make more detailed timer settings
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling
Timer Settings” on page 61.
You can use the GUIDE Plus+ system to set
the timer to record a programme up to seven
days in advance.
</M/m/,
If there is not enough space for a timer
recording, the recorder automatically erases
old titles recorded on the HDD.
The oldest played title is erased. Set “Auto
Title Erase” of the “Timer Settings” to “On”
in the “Recording” setup (page 107).
Protected titles are not erased.
To search for a programme by category
or by keyword, select “Search” in the
Menu Bar. See “Searching for a
Programme using the GUIDE Plus+
System” on page 48 for more
information about searching for a
programme.
You can select a programme from “My
TV.”
• When the recorder is connected to a set top box
receiver and you want to record using the GUIDE
Plus+ system, turn on the set top box receiver and
connect the set top box controller.
• Do not operate your set top box receiver just
before or during a timer recording. This may
prevent the accurate recording of a programme.
One Button Recording (GUIDE
Plus+)
Auto Title Erase (HDD only)
Select a programme using </M/m/
,.
The ShowView system is a feature that
simplifies setting the timer. Just enter the
ShowView programming number listed in
the TV programme guide. The date, time, and
programme position of that programme are
set automatically.
Check that the programme positions are
correctly set in “Programme Setting” in the
“Basic” setup (page 96).
Press x REC STOP.
Note that it may take a few seconds for the
recorder to stop recording, and that the
recording cannot be stopped within the first
minute of recording.
x REC
STOP
1
With the GUIDE Plus+ system turned
off, press SCHEDULE.
2
Press the red button (“ShowView”).
3
Press the number buttons to enter the
ShowView programming number.
• If you make a mistake, press < and reenter the correct number.
,continued
56
4
Press ENTER.
The date, start and stop times,
programme position, etc. setting appear.
The recorder is ready to start recording.
• To record on a DVD
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling
Timer Settings” on page 61.
• To make more detailed timer settings
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling
Timer Settings” on page 61.
6
Setting the timer manually
You can also select the programme
position using the yellow button
(“Channels”).
7
Number
buttons
SCHEDULE
</M/m/,,
ENTER
Rec. Mode Adjust
1
2
With the GUIDE Plus+ system turned
off, press SCHEDULE.
Press the green button (“Manual”).
(normal recording)
To cancel the Quick Timer
Press x REC STOP.
Note that it may take a few seconds for the
recorder to stop recording.
If there is not enough space for a timer
recording, the recorder automatically erases
old titles recorded on the HDD.
The oldest played title is erased. Set “Auto
Title Erase” of the “Timer Settings” to “On”
in the “Recording” setup (page 107).
Protected titles are not erased.
Each press advances the time in 30 minute
increments. The maximum duration is six
hours.
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer
Settings” on page 61.
To stop recording during timer recording
Auto Title Erase (HDD only)
Press z REC repeatedly to set the
duration.
To confirm, change, or cancel a timer
recording
Press the green button (“Save”).
The date, start and stop times,
programme position, etc. setting appear.
The recorder is ready to start recording.
z REC
x REC
STOP
Using the Quick Timer function
You can set the recorder to record in
30 minute increments.
The time counter decreases minute by minute
to 0:00, then the recorder stops recording (the
power does not turn off). Even if you turn off
the recorder during recording, the recorder
continues to record until the time counter
runs out.
Note that the Quick Timer function does not
work if “TV Direct Rec.” is set to “On” in the
“Recording” setup (page 107).
8
To stop recording during timer recording
Press x REC STOP.
Note that it may take a few seconds for the
recorder to stop recording.
Press the green button (“Next”).
The display for entering characters
appears.
To change the title name, select a
character on the keyboard using </M/
m/,, and press ENTER.
To switch between upper-case, lowercase, or characters with accents, press the
yellow button (“Keyboard”).
Colour
buttons
See “Checking/Changing/Cancelling Timer
Settings” on page 61.
If there is not enough available disc space for
the recording, the recorder automatically
adjusts the recording mode to enable the
entire programme to be recorded. Set “Rec.
Mode Adjust” of the “Timer Settings” to
“On” in the “Recording” setup (page 107).
Select the input source using M/m,
and select the programme position
using the number buttons or M/m.
57
Timer Recording
To confirm, change, or cancel a timer
recording
Timer Recording
There are three methods to setting the timer
within the GUIDE Plus+ system: One Button
Recording, ShowView, and setting the timer
manually.
Recording TV programmes
using the ShowView system
Press z REC repeatedly until the counter
appears in the front panel display. The
recorder returns to normal recording mode.
Rec. Mode Adjust
3
4
5
If there is not enough available disc space for
the recording, the recorder automatically
adjusts the recording mode to enable the
entire programme to be recorded. Set “Rec.
Mode Adjust” in the “Recording” setup to
“On” (page 107).
Set the date using the number buttons
and </M/m/,. Then press the
green button (“Next”).
Auto Title Erase (HDD only)
If there is not enough space for a timer
recording, the recorder automatically erases
old titles recorded on the HDD.
Set “Auto Title Erase” in the “Recording”
setup to “On” (page 107). The oldest played
title is erased. Protected titles are not erased.
Set the start time using the number
buttons and </M/m/,. Then press
the green button (“Next”).
Set the stop time using the number
buttons and </M/m/,. Then press
the green button (“Next”).
If the timer settings overlap
If one or more timer settings overlap, a
message appears. To change the timer
settings, see “Checking/Changing/
Cancelling Timer Settings” on page 61.
,continued
58
1-14
59
You can adjust the recording picture quality
and picture size.
OPTIONS
Before recording starts, press
OPTIONS to select “Rec. Settings,”
and press ENTER.
Select the item you want to adjust,
and press ENTER.
The adjustment display appears.
Example: Rec. NR
“Rec. Mode”:
Selects the recording mode for the
desired recording time and picture
quality. For more information, see
“Recording mode” on page 54.
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
+R
-RWVR -RWVideo
You can change or cancel timer settings using
the SCHEDULE list.
Number
buttons
Colour
buttons
TV GUIDE
SCHEDULE
</M/m/,
OPTIONS
b Note
When dubbing (page 85), the chapter marks in the
dubbing source are not retained in the dubbed title.
“Rec. Video Equalizer”: Adjusts the
picture in greater detail.
Press M/m to select the item you want to
adjust, then press ENTER.
• Contrast: Changes the contrast.
• Brightness: Changes the overall
brightness.
• Colour: Makes the colours deeper or
lighter.
3
HDD
Creating chapters in a title
The recorder can automatically divide a
recording (a title) into chapters by inserting
chapter marks at approximately 6 minute
intervals during recording. To disable this
function, set “Auto Chapter” in the
“Recording” setup to “Off” (page 107).
When recording to the HDD, a DVD-R (VR
mode) or a DVD-RW (VR mode), you can
insert and erase chapter marks manually
(page 81).
“Rec. NR” (noise reduction): Reduces
noise contained in the video signal.
2
Checking/Changing/
Cancelling Timer
Settings
Timer Recording
• If one programme contains two picture sizes, the
selected size is recorded. However, if the 16:9
signal cannot be recorded as 16:9, it is recorded as
4:3.
• When playing a 16:9 size picture recorded as 4:3,
the image is fixed to 4:3 Letter Box regardless of
the setting in “TV Type” of “Video” setup
(page 101).
• Remnants of images may appear on your screen
when using “Rec. NR.”
• “Rec. Video Equalizer” does not affect the input
of the DV IN jack and does not work with RGB
signals.
“DVD Rec. Picture Size” works with
DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (Video mode)
when the recording mode is set to HQ,
HSP, SP, LSP, or ESP. For all other
recording modes, the screen size is fixed
at “4 : 3.”
For DVD-Rs/DVD-RWs (VR mode), the
actual picture size is recorded regardless
of the setting. For example, if a 16:9 size
picture is received, the disc records the
picture as 16:9 even if “DVD Rec.
Picture Size” is set to “4 : 3.”
For DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs, the screen
size is fixed at “4 : 3.”
</M/m/,,
ENTER
1
b Notes
“HDD Rec. Picture Size”/“DVD Rec.
Picture Size”:
Sets the picture size of the programme to
be recorded.
• 4 : 3 (default): Sets the picture size to
4:3.
• 16 : 9: Sets the picture size to 16:9
(wide mode).
• Auto (HDD only): Automatically
selects the actual picture size.
Adjusting the recording picture
quality and size
Changing timer settings
1
With the GUIDE Plus+ system turned
off, press SCHEDULE.
The SCHEDULE list appears.
Adjust the setting using </M/m/,,
and press ENTER.
The default setting is underlined.
“Rec. NR”: (weak) Off 1 ~ 2 ~ 3
(strong)
“Rec. Video Equalizer”:
• Contrast: (weak) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (strong)
• Brightness: (dark) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (bright)
• Colour: (light) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (deep)
Repeat steps 2 and 3 to adjust any other
items.
2
Select the timer setting you want to
change using M/m.
,continued
60
3
Press the green button (“Edit”).
z Hint
You can also extend the recording time while
recording by pressing OPTIONS and selecting
“Extend Rec..”
Cancelling timer settings
1
b Note
The SCHEDULE list appears.
The new settings become effective when you exit
the GUIDE Plus+ system.
2
Select the timer setting you want to
cancel using M/m.
3
Press the red button (“Delete”).
About the PDC/VPS function
In the left column, select an item
using the red button (“Back”) or the
green button (“Next”), and adjust
using the number buttons or </M/m/
,.
You can change the date, start time, stop
time, programme position, or input
source.
The cursor moves to the right column.
5
Press the corresponding colour button
repeatedly to change settings.
• Red button (“Media”): Sets the
recording destination to either HDD or
DVD.
• Green button (“Frequency”): Selects
the recording pattern. The item changes
as follows:
Once t Daily t Mon-Fri (Monday
to Friday) t Mon-Sat (Monday to
Saturday) t Sun (every Sunday) t
...... t Sat (every Saturday) t Once
• Yellow button (“Rec Mode”): Selects
the recording mode (page 54).
6
7
PDC/VPS signals are transmitted with TV
programmes in some broadcast systems.
These signals ensure that timer recordings are
made regardless of any broadcast delays,
early starts, or broadcast interruptions.
Recording From
Connected Equipment
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
HDD
To close the SCHEDULE list
+R
DVD
INPUT
SELECT
Press TV GUIDE or SCHEDULE.
To use the PDC/VPS function
Select “VPS / PDC” in step 7 above.
When you turn on this function, the recorder
starts scanning the channels before the timer
recording starts. If you are watching TV
when scanning starts, a message will appear
on the TV screen. If you want to watch TV,
switch to your TV’s tuner or turn off the
PDC/VPS channel scan function.
Note that if you turn off the PDC/VPS
channel scan function, the timer recording
will not start.
-RWVR -RWVideo
When the timer settings overlap
The programme that starts first has priority
and the second programme starts recording
only after the first programme has finished.
Timer Recording
4
With the GUIDE Plus+ system turned
off, press SCHEDULE.
61
</M/m/,,
ENTER
OPTIONS
will be cut off
When the recordings start at the same
time
The programme that is set last has priority. In
this example, timer setting B is set after A, so
the first part of timer setting A will not be
recorded.
To temporarily turn off PDC/VPS channel
scan
Press OPTIONS and select “PDC/VPS Scan
Off.”
To ensure that the PDC/VPS function works
properly, turn off the recorder before the
timer recording starts. This will
automatically turn on the PDC/VPS channel
scan function while the recorder remains off.
When the end time of one recording and
the start time of another are the same
After finishing the previous recording, the
other recording may be delayed.
Press , to display “Extend Time.”
Press the yellow button (“Extend
Time”) repeatedly to select the
duration time or to set the PDC/VPS
function.
The item changes as follows:
+0 Minutes t +10 Minutes t
+30 Minutes t +60 Minutes t VPS /
PDC t +0 Minutes
See “About the PDC/VPS function”
below.
b Note
z REC
x REC
STOP
REC MODE
cz
SYNCHRO
REC
Recording from connected
equipment with a timer
(Synchro Rec)
You can set the recorder to automatically
record programmes from connected
equipment that has a timer function (such as
a satellite tuner). Connect the equipment to
the LINE 3/DECODER jack of the recorder
(page 28).
When the connected equipment turns on, the
recorder starts recording a programme from
the LINE 3/DECODER jack.
1
Before recording, select HDD or DVD.
If you select DVD, insert a recordable
DVD (see “1. Inserting a Disc” on
page 33).
When “PDC/VPS” is set to “On” for one or more
timer recordings, the start times may change in the
event of a broadcast delay or early start.
2
Set “Synchro Rec.” to “Record to
HDD” or “Record to DVD” in the
“Recording” setup (page 107).
,continued
62
1-15
63
3
4
Press INPUT SELECT repeatedly to
select “L3.”
Select the desired audio signal when
recording a bilingual programme to
the HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR
mode).
Press OPTIONS to select “Line Audio
Input,” and press ENTER. Then select
“Bilingual,” and press ENTER.
For details about bilingual recording, see
page 55.
Press REC MODE repeatedly to select
the recording mode.
For details about the recording mode, see
page 54.
6
7
Set the timer on the connected
equipment to the time of the
programme you want to record, and
turn it off.
Press c z SYNCHRO REC.
The SYNCHRO REC indicator lights up
on the front panel. The recorder is ready
to start Synchro-Recording.
The recorder automatically starts
recording when it receives an input
signal from the connected equipment.
The recorder stops recording when the
connected equipment turns off.
Recording from connected
equipment without a timer
• The recorder starts recording only after detecting
a special control signal from the connected
equipment. The beginning of the programme may
not be recorded regardless of whether or not the
recorder’s power is on or off.
• During Synchro-Recording, other operations,
such as normal recording, cannot be performed.
• To use the connected equipment while the
recorder is standing by for Synchro-Recording,
cancel Synchro-Recording by pressing c z
SYNCHRO REC. Be sure to turn off the
connected equipment and press c z SYNCHRO
REC to reset Synchro-Recording before the timer
recording starts.
• The Synchro Rec function does not work when
“Line3 Input” of “Scart Setting” is set to
“Decoder” in the “Video” setup (page 103).
• The Synchro Rec function does not work with
some tuners. For details, see the tuner’s operating
instructions.
• While the recorder is standing by for SynchroRecording, the Auto Clock Set function
(page 100) does not work.
• To use the Synchro Rec function, you must first
set the recorder’s clock correctly.
You can record from a connected VCR or
similar device. To connect a VCR or similar
device, see “Connecting a VCR or Similar
Device” on page 28. Use the DV IN jack on
the front panel if the equipment has a DV
output jack (i.LINK jack).
1
2
Regardless of whether or not the programme
is a Synchro Rec programme, the programme
that starts first has priority and the second
programme starts recording only after the
first programme has finished.
First
programme
To cancel Synchro Rec
Second
programme
Press c z SYNCHRO REC.
The SYNCHRO REC indicator on the
recorder turns off.
If you connect a digital video camera with
a DV IN jack
See “DV Dubbing” on page 91 for an
explanation of how to record from the DV IN
jack.
Press INPUT SELECT to select an input
source according to the connection
you made.
Select the desired audio signal when
recording a bilingual programme to
the HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR
mode).
z Hint
You can adjust the settings for the recording picture
before recording. See “Adjusting the recording
picture quality and size” on page 60.
b Notes
• When recording a video game image, the screen
may not be clear.
• Any programme that contains a Copy-Never copy
guard signal cannot be recorded. The recorder
continues to record, but a blank screen will be
recorded.
Press OPTIONS to select “Line Audio
Input,” and press ENTER. Then select
“Bilingual,” and press ENTER.
For details about bilingual recording, see
page 55.
To stop recording
Press x REC STOP or c z SYNCHRO
REC.
The connected equipment starts playback
and the playback image is recorded by
this recorder.
To stop recording, press x REC STOP
on this recorder.
If you select DVD, insert a recordable
DVD (see “1. Inserting a Disc” on
page 33).
The front panel display changes as
follows:
3
Press the pause (or play) button on the
connected equipment to cancel the
playback pause status.
Press HDD or DVD.
programme
position
If the timer settings of a SynchroRecording and another timer recording
overlap
7
Timer Recording
5
b Notes
4
Press REC MODE repeatedly to select
the recording mode.
For details about the recording mode, see
page 54.
will be cut off
5
Insert the source tape into the
connected equipment and set to
playback pause.
6
Press z REC.
This recorder starts recording.
64
65
3
4
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
To resume playback from the point where
you stopped (Resume Play)
When you press H again after you stop
playback, the recorder resumes playback
from the point where you pressed x.
To start from the beginning, press OPTIONS
to select “Play Beginning,” and press
ENTER. Playback starts from the beginning
of the title/track/scene.
Select “Play,” and press ENTER.
Playback starts from the selected title.
Playing
HDD
Select the title, and press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
Playback
-RWVR -RWVideo
DVD
VCD
+R
CD
DATA DVD DATA CD
HDD
DVD
Z (open/
close)
</M/m/,,
ENTER
OPTIONS
/
H
X
The point where you stopped playing is
cleared when:
– you open the disc tray (except for HDD).
– you play another title (except for HDD).
– you switch the Title List menu to Original
or Playlist (HDD/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in
VR mode only).
– you edit the title after stopping playback.
– you change the settings on the recorder.
– you turn off the recorder (VIDEO CD/CD/
DATA DVD/DATA CD only).
– you make a recording (except for HDD/
DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode).
– you disconnect the mains lead.
>
x
PBC (Playback Control) allows you to play
VIDEO CDs interactively using the menu on
your TV screen.
When you start playing a VIDEO CD with
PBC functions, the menu appears.
Select an item using the number buttons and
press ENTER. Then, follow the instructions
in the menu (press H when “Press
SELECT” appears).
The PBC function of Super VIDEO CDs does
not work with this recorder. Super VIDEO
CDs are played in continuous play mode
only.
b Note
You cannot resume playback during TV Pause.
To play restricted DVDs (Parental Control)
To change the angles
1
Press HDD or DVD.
• If you select DVD, insert a disc (see “1.
Inserting a Disc” on page 33).
• If you insert a DVD VIDEO, VIDEO
CD, CD, DATA DVD, or DATA CD,
press H. Playback starts.
2
Press TITLE LIST.
For details about the Title List, see “3.
Playing the Recorded Programme (Title
List)” on page 35.
Example: DVD+RW
If you play a restricted DVD, the message
“Do you want to temporarily change the
Parental Control level to *?” appears on your
TV screen.
If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene
are recorded on the disc, “
” appears in
the front panel display. Press OPTIONS
during playback to select “Change Angle,”
and press ENTER.
1
Select “OK” and press ENTER.
The display for entering your password
appears.
Press x.
2
Enter your four-digit password using the
number buttons.
To playback quickly with sound (Scan
Audio)
3
When you press M during playback of a
title recorded in the HDD, you can play
quickly with dialogue or sound (“x1.3”
appears).
No sound is output when you press M two
or more times to change search speed.
Press ENTER to select “OK.”
The recorder starts playback.
To register or change the password, see
“Parental Control (DVD VIDEO only)” on
page 108.
To stop playback
You can lock the disc tray to prevent children
from ejecting the disc.
When the recorder is turned on, hold down x
until “LOCKED” appears in the front panel
display. The Z (open/close) button does not
work while the Child Lock is set.
To unlock the disc tray, hold down x until
“UNLOCKED” appears in the front panel
display when the recorder is turned on.
One Touch Play
If you use the SMARTLINK connection, you
can easily start playing.
Press H. The recorder and your TV
automatically turn on and the TV’s input is
switched to the recorder. Playback starts
automatically.
One Touch Menu
If you use the SMARTLINK connection, you
can easily display the Title List.
Press TITLE LIST. The recorder and your
TV automatically turn on and the TV’s input
is switched to the recorder. The Title List
appears.
z Hints
• You can also use the H button in step 3
(page 66) to start playback.
• Even if you select “Factory Setup” in the
“Others” setup (page 110), the Child Lock
remains set.
,continued
66
1-16
Playback
SUBTITLE
TITLE LIST
.
When you play a DVD VIDEO, or a finalised
DVD+RW, DVD-RW (Video mode),
DVD+R, or DVD-R (Video mode), you can
display the disc’s menu by pressing TOP
MENU or MENU.
To play VIDEO CDs with PBC functions
Number
buttons
AUDIO
TOP MENU
MENU
To use the DVD’s Menu
To lock the disc tray (Child Lock)
67
• Angles and subtitles cannot be changed with titles
recorded on this recorder.
• Slideshows made with a DVD camcorder can
only be played. Other play functions, such as fast
forward, cannot be used.
To check the position of the buttons below, see the illustration on page 66.
For MP3, JPEG, or DivX operations, see “Playing MP3 Audio Tracks, JPEG Image Files, or
DivX® Video Files” on page 73.
Operations
AUDIO
Selects one of the audio tracks recorded on the disc when pressed
repeatedly in normal playback mode.
-RVR
DVD
CD
VCD
-RVR : Selects the main or sub sound.
HDD -RWVR
VCD
SUBTITLE
: Selects stereo or monaural audio tracks.
CD
Selects a subtitle language when pressed repeatedly.
DVD
/
(instant replay/
instant advance)
HDD
+RW
-RWVR
-RWVideo
+R
-RVR
-RVideo
DVD
Replays the scene/briefly fast forwards the scene.
. (previous)/> (next)
(fast reverse/fast forward)
Notes on playing DVDs with a DTS sound
track
Goes to the beginning of the previous/next title/chapter/scene/
track.
For the HDD, you cannot go to the beginning of the previous/
next title.
DTS audio signals are output only through the
DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) jack.
When you play a DVD with DTS sound tracks, set
“DTS” to “On” in the “Audio” setup (page 104).
Fast reverses/fast forwards the disc when pressed during
playback.
Search speed changes as follows:
3
Adjusting the picture quality
fast reverse fast forward
m1 T t 1M*1
m2 T T t t 2M
*2
m3 T T T t t t 3M*2
When you press and hold the button, fast forward/fast reverse
continues at the selected speed until you release the button.
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
DVD
VCD DATA DVD *
* DivX video file only
*1
Plays in slow motion when pressed for more than one second in
pause mode.
Plays one frame at a time when pressed briefly in pause mode.
(slow, freeze frame)
HDD
+RW
-RWVideo
+R
-RVideo
DVD
1
-RWVR
Press </, to adjust the setting, and
press ENTER.
The default settings are underlined.
“FNR”: (weak) Off 1 2 3 (strong)
“BNR”: (weak) Off 1 2 3 (strong)
“MNR”: (weak) Off 1 2 3 (strong)
2 3
“Sharpness”*: (weak) Off 1
(strong)
“PB Video Equalizer”:
• Contrast: (weak) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (strong)
• Brightness: (dark) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (bright)
• Colour: (light) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (deep)
• Hue: (red) –3 ~ 0 ~ 3 (green)
Repeat steps 2 and 3 to adjust any other
items.
+R
DATA CD *
When you press M once during playback of a title recorded in
the HDD, you can play quickly with sound (“x1.3” appears).
*2 m3 and 3M are only available for the HDD and DVDs.
Playback
• When playing DTS-encoded CDs, excessive
noise will be heard from the LINE1-TV/LINE 3/
DECODER/LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) jacks.
To avoid possible damage to the audio system,
the consumer should take proper precautions
when the LINE1-TV/LINE 3/DECODER/LINE
2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L) jacks of the recorder are
connected to an amplification system. To enjoy
DTS Digital Surround™ playback, an external
DTS decoder must be connected to the DIGITAL
OUT jack of the recorder.
• Set the sound to “Stereo” using the AUDIO
button when you play DTS sound tracks on a CD
(page 68).
DVD : Selects the language.
Select an item, and press ENTER.
The adjustment display appears.
“FNR” (frame noise reduction):
Reduces noise contained in the
luminance element of the video signal.
“BNR” (block noise reduction):
Reduces “block noise” or mosaic like
patterns in the picture.
“MNR” (mosquito noise reduction):
Reduces the faint noise appearing around
the outlines of the images. The noise
reduction effects are automatically
adjusted within each setting range
according to the video bit rate and other
factors.
“Sharpness”:
Sharpens the outlines of the images.
“PB Video Equalizer” (Playback video
equalizer):
Adjusts the picture in greater detail.
Select an item and press ENTER.
• Contrast: changes the contrast.
• Brightness: changes the overall
brightness.
• Colour: makes the colours deeper or
lighter.
• Hue: changes the colour balance.
Notes on playing DTS sound tracks on a
CD
Buttons
HDD -RWVR
2
b Notes
Playback options
Press OPTIONS during playback to
select “Video Settings,” and press
ENTER.
* “1” softens the outlines of the images. “2”
enhances the outlines and “3” enhances them
more than “2.”
-RVR
VCD *
* Playback direction only
X (pause)
Pauses playback.
To resume normal playback, press H.
,continued
68
b Notes
• If the outlines of the images on your screen
become blurred, set “BNR” and/or “MNR” to
“Off.”
• Depending on the disc or the scene being played,
the above BNR, MNR, or FNR effects may be
hard to discern. And, these functions may not
work with some screen sizes.
• When using the “Sharpness” function, noise
found in the title may become more apparent. In
this case, it is recommended that you use the BNR
function with the “Sharpness” function. If the
condition still does not improve, set the
“Sharpness” level to “Off.”
Pausing a TV Broadcast
(TV Pause/Pause Live TV)
Playing from the beginning of
the programme you are
recording (Chasing Playback)
You can pause a current TV broadcast, and
then continue watching the programme at a
later time. This is useful when you receive an
unexpected phone call or visitor while
watching TV.
1
HDD
While viewing a TV broadcast with
this recorder, press X.
Press OPTIONS while recording to select
“Chasing Playback,” and press ENTER.
The picture pauses. You can pause the
picture for up to three hours.
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
DVD
+R
VCD DATA DVD
b Notes
DATA CD
1
2
Press OPTIONS during playback to
select “Audio Settings,” and press
ENTER.
Select “AV SYNC,” and press ENTER.
“AV SYNC”:
When the video is delayed, this function
delays the audio for synchronization with
the video (0 to 120 milliseconds). Larger
numbers indicate a longer audio delay for
synchronization with the video. When
dubbing to a VCR or other video
recording equipment, be sure to return
this setting to 0 ms (default).
3
Press </, to adjust the setting, and
press ENTER.
• For DVD-RWs (VR mode), this function does not
work when recording:
– on a 1x-speed DVD-RW.
– in the HQ or HSP recording mode.
• The DVD’s picture on your TV screen freezes for
a few seconds when you fast forward/fast reverse
or instant replay/advance the recording.
• Chasing Playback is possible from one minute or
more after recording starts.
• Even if you fast forward the recorded programme,
there will always be a time difference of about
one minute or more between the recorded
programme and the current TV broadcast.
TV pause
2
Press X or H again to resume
watching the programme.
b Notes
• Paused titles are not saved to the HDD.
• This function is cancelled when:
– x (stop) is pressed.
– PROG +/– is pressed.
– DVD is pressed.
– Z (open/close) is pressed.
– TITLE LIST is pressed.
– INPUT SELECT is pressed.
– the recorder is turned off.
– a timer recording or Synchro-Recording is
started.
– the PDC/VPS function is “On” and channel
scan is started.
– DV dubbing or regular dubbing is started.
• It may take one minute or more to resume
playback of the paused programme.
• Even if you fast forward the recorded programme,
there will always be a time difference of about
one minute or more between the recorded
programme and the current TV broadcast.
Playing a previous recording
while making another
(Simultaneous Rec and Play)
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
DVD
VCD
*1
Simultaneous Rec and Play function does not
work when you record:
– on a 1x-speed DVD-RW.
– in the HQ or HSP recording mode.
*2
Picture noise may appear depending upon the
condition of the recording, or when playing a
title recorded in the HQ or HSP recording mode.
The picture freezes for a few seconds when you
use fast forward/fast reverse or instant replay/
advance.
You can also play a DVD VIDEO, VIDEO
CD, Super VIDEO CD, CD, DATA DVD, or
DATA CD while recording on the HDD.
Example: Play another title on the HDD
while recording to the HDD.
1
While recording, press TITLE LIST to
display the HDD Title List.
2
Select the title you want to play, and
press ENTER.
3
Select “Play” from the sub-menu, and
press ENTER.
Playback starts from the selected title.
Example: Play a DVD while recording to
the HDD.
1
While recording, press DVD and insert
the DVD into the recorder.
2
Press TITLE LIST to display the DVD
Title List.
3
Select the title you want to play, and
press ENTER.
4
Select “Play” from the sub-menu, and
press ENTER.
Playback starts from the selected title.
+R
CD
DATA DVD DATA CD
“Simultaneous Rec and Play” allows you to
view a previously recorded programme while
recording programmes. Playback continues
even if a timer recording starts. Use this
function as follows:
• While recording to the HDD:
Play another title on the HDD.
Play a previously recorded programme on a
DVD by pressing DVD.
70
• While recording to a DVD:
Play a previously recorded programme on
the HDD by pressing HDD.
• While recording to a DVD-RW (VR
mode)*1:
Play another title on the same DVD-RW
(VR mode) disc.*2
Playback
Playback starts from the beginning of the
programme you are recording.
When you fast forward to the point that you
are recording, Chasing Playback returns to
normal playback.
Adjusting the delay between
the picture and sound (AV
SYNC)
HDD
-RWVR
“Chasing Playback” allows you to view the
recorded part of a programme while the
recording is being made. You do not need to
wait until the recording finishes.
69
b Note
You cannot play a DVD, DivX video or VIDEO
CD recorded in the NTSC colour system while
recording on the HDD. When playing a DivX video
or VIDEO CD, be sure to set “Colour System” to
“PAL” in the “Video” setup (page 103).
71
1-17
The display for entering the number
appears.
Example: Title Search
Searching for a Title/
Chapter/Track, etc.
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
DVD
VCD
Playing MP3 Audio
Tracks, JPEG Image
Files, or DivX® Video
Files
+R
CD
The number in parentheses indicates the
total number of titles, tracks, etc.
DATA DVD DATA CD
You can search a disc by title, chapter, scene
or track. As titles and tracks are assigned
individual numbers, select the title or track by
entering its number. You can also search for
a scene using the time code.
DATA DVD DATA CD
Press the number buttons to select the
number of the title, chapter, track,
time code, etc., you want.
You can play MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image
files, and DivX video files on DATA CDs
(CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs) or JPEG
image files and DivX video files on DATA
DVDs (DVD-ROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/
DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs).
For example: Time Search
To find a scene at 2 hours, 10 minutes,
and 20 seconds, enter “21020.”
If you make a mistake, select another
number.
3
Press x.
To pause playback or slideshow
Press X.
AUDIO
SUBTITLE
b Note
“Title Search” is not applicable to the HDD.
OPTIONS
1
For MP3 discs, playback starts from the
first MP3 audio track on the disc.
For JPEG files, a slideshow of the
pictures on the disc begins.
For DivX video files, playback starts
from the first DivX video file on the disc.
If the disc contains MP3 audio tracks,
JPEG image files, and DivX video files,
only the DivX video files are played back
when H is pressed.
If the disc contains MP3 audio tracks and
JPEG image files, only the JPEG image
files are played back when H is
pressed.
To stop playback or slideshow
Press ENTER.
The recorder starts playback from the
selected number.
ENTER
Press H.
Playback
Number
buttons
2
2
/
.
m
H
Press OPTIONS during playback to
select a search method, and press
ENTER.
</M/m/,,
ENTER
OPTIONS
>
x
X
To play the beginning of the MP3 audio
track or DivX video file
Press OPTIONS to select “Play Beginning,”
and press ENTER.
To fast forward or fast reverse an MP3
audio track or DivX video file
Press m/M during playback.
To go to the next or previous MP3 audio
track, JPEG image file or DivX video file
Press . or > during playback. If you
repeatedly press . or >, you will go to
the next or previous album. (Except JPEG
image file)
“Title Search” (for DVDs)
“Chapter Search” (for HDD/DVDs)
“Track Search” (for CDs/DATA CDs)
“Search” (for VIDEO CDs)
“Album Search” (for DATA DVDs/
DATA CDs)
“Time Search” (for HDD/DVDs/DATA
DVDs*/DATA CDs*): Searches for a
starting point by entering the time code.
1
Insert a disc.
See “1. Inserting a Disc” on page 33.
To play DivX video file in slow motion/one
frame at a time (Playback direction only)
Press y/C in pause mode.
To go to the next or previous album
(Except for DivX video files)
* DivX video file only
Press
“File Search” (for DATA DVDs/DATA
CDs)
/
during playback or slideshow.
To display the registration code for this
recorder
Select “Registration Code” in the “Others”
setup (page 110).
,continued
72
To rotate a picture
Press OPTIONS while the JPEG image is
displayed to select “Rotate Right” or “Rotate
Left,” and press ENTER.
z Hints
• Press AUDIO to switch between stereo or
monaural audio tracks when playing MP3 audio
tracks.
• You can change the audio track when playing
MP3 or MPEG audio of DivX video files using
the AUDIO button.
• You can display subtitles when playing DivX
video files using the SUBTITLE button.
• You can rotate a JPEG image using the </,
buttons when the image is displayed.
• Some JPEG files, especially files of three million
pixels or more, may lengthen the slideshow
interval.
• Rotated JPEG images will not be saved when you
switch to another folder.
• Images larger than 720 × 480 will be reduced to
720 × 480 when displayed.
• The following images are not displayed:
– progressive JPEG image files
– greyscale JPEG image files
– 4:1:1 JPEG image files
• When you attempt to play a broken file or a file
that does not satisfy the play conditions,
appears but the recorder cannot play the file.
• The recorder cannot play a DivX video file of size
more than 720 (width) × 576 (height)/4 GB.
MP3 audio tracks, JPEG image
files, or DivX video files that
the recorder can play
MP3 is an audio compression technology that
satisfies certain ISO/MPEG regulations.
JPEG is an image compression technology.
You can play MP3 (MPEG1 Audio Layer 3)
format audio tracks and JPEG image files on
DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD-RWs)
or JPEG image files on DATA DVDs (DVDROMs/DVD+RWs/DVD+Rs/DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs).
DATA CDs and DATA DVDs must be
recorded according to ISO9660 Level 1,
Level 2 or Joliet format for the recorder to
recognize the DivX video files and JPEG
image files.
DATA CDs must be recorded according to
ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2 or Joliet format for
the recorder to recognize the MP3 tracks.
DivX® is a video file compression
technology, developed by DivX, Inc. This
product is an official DivX® Certified
product. You can play DATA CDs and
DATA DVDs that contain DivX video files.
You can also play discs recorded in
MultiSession/Border.
See the instructions supplied with the disc
drives and the recording software (not
supplied) for details on the recording format.
The recorder can play the following tracks
and files:
– MP3 audio tracks with the extension
“.mp3.”
– JPEG image files with the extension “.jpeg”
or “.jpg.”
– JPEG image files that conform to the DCF*
image file format.
– DivX video file with the extension “.avi” or
“.divx.”
About playback order of
albums, tracks, and files
Albums play in the following order:
Structure of disc contents
Tree 1
Tree 2
Tree 3
Tree 4
Tree 5
ROOT
Playback
b Notes
About MP3 audio tracks, JPEG
image files, and DivX video
files
73
* “Design rule for Camera File system”: Image
standards for digital cameras regulated by JEITA
(Japan Electronics and Information Technology
Industries Association).
b Notes
• The recorder will play any data with the extension
“.mp3,” “.jpeg,” “.jpg,” “.avi,” or “.divx” even if
they are not in MP3, JPEG, or DivX format.
Playing these data may generate a loud noise
which could damage your speaker system.
• The recorder does not conform to audio tracks in
mp3PRO format.
• The recorder may not play a DivX video file
when the file has been combined from two or
more DivX video files.
• Depending on the disc, normal playback may not
be possible. For example, the picture may be
unclear, playback may not appear smooth, the
sound may skip, and so on.
• Depending on the disc, playback may take some
time to start.
• Some files cannot be played.
Note on MultiSession/Border discs
If audio tracks and images in Music CD
format or Video CD format are recorded in
the first session/border, only the first session/
border will be played back.
b Note
The recorder may not be able to play some DATA
CDs/DATA DVDs created in the Packet Write
format.
Album
MP3 audio track/
JPEG image file/
DivX video file
When you insert a DATA CD/DATA DVD
and press H, the numbered tracks (or files)
are played sequentially, from 1 through 7.
For JPEG image files, press
to go to the
next album. (For instance, when you want to
go from 1 to 2.) Any sub-albums/tracks (or
files) contained within a currently selected
album take priority over the next album in the
same tree. (Example: C contains D so 4 is
played before 5.)
z Hints
• If you add numbers (01, 02, 03, etc.) to the front
of the track/file names when you store the tracks
(or files) in a disc, the tracks and files will be
played in that order.
• Since a disc with many trees takes longer to start
playback, it is recommended that you create
albums with no more than two trees.
,continued
74
1-18
75
b Notes
• Depending on the software you use to create the
DATA DVD/DATA CD, the playback order may
differ from the above illustration.
• No more than a total of 999 individual folders can
be played. (Folders that do not contain JPEG/
MP3/DivX files are counted as well.)
• No more than a total of 999 folders and 9999 files
can be played. (Files other than JPEG/MP3/DivX
files, and folders that do not contain JPEG/MP3/
DivX files are counted as well.)
• No more than 999 folders and files can be
recognized in a single folder. (Folders that do not
contain JPEG/MP3/DivX files are counted as
well.)
• Proceeding to the next or another album may take
some time.
• This recorder supports MP3 audio bit rates up to
320 kbps.
Erasing and Editing
Before Editing
This recorder offers various edit options for
various disc types.
b Notes
HDD
-RWVR
+RW
-RVR
-RWVideo
Edit features
Original
title
Playlist
title
+R
Original
title
Playlist
title
Erase (page 78)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Protect (page 78)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Title Name (page 78)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
A-B Erase (page 79)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes*
Erase Titles (page 79)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Erasing and Editing
• You may lose the edited contents if you remove
the disc or a timer recording starts while editing.
• DVD discs created by DVD video cameras
cannot be edited on this recorder.
• If a message appears and indicates that the disc’s
control information is full, erase or edit
unnecessary titles.
• When editing a DVD+R or DVD-R, finish all
editing before finalising the disc. You cannot edit
a finalised disc.
-RVideo
Divide (page 80)
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Set Thumbnail (page 78)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Chapter mark (page 81)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Creating and Editing a
Playlist (page 81)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Change Order (page 83)
No
No
No
Yes
No
Combine (page 83)
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
* DVD+RW only
,continued
76
To open up disc space
To open up disc space on a DVD+RW or
DVD-RW (Video mode), erase the title with
the largest number in the title list.
“Set Thumbnail”: Changes the title’s
thumbnail picture that appears in the
Title List (page 36).
“Make a Playlist”: Adds the entire title to
the Playlist title as one scene (page 83).
Erasing and Editing a
Title
Largest title number
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
z Hints
• You can erase multiple titles at one time
(page 79).
• You can automatically erase titles that have
already played (page 107).
• You can label or re-label DVDs (page 40).
b Note
CHAPTER
MARK
O RETURN
.
mc
You can display the Playlist titles in the Title
List (Playlist), or the Original titles in the
Title List (Original). To switch the two Title
Lists, press </, while a Title List is
displayed. To create and edit a Playlist, see
page 81.
Erasing multiple titles (Erase
Titles)
CHAPTER
MARK
ERASE
TITLE LIST
</M/m/,,
ENTER
OPTIONS
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
>
1
CM
Press TITLE LIST.
For HDD titles or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs
in VR mode, press </, to switch the
Title Lists, if necessary.
2
Select “OK” and press ENTER.
The titles are erased.
To erase all titles on the disc
You can reformat the HDD, DVD+RW, or
DVD-RW to make the disc or drive blank.
To format the HDD, see “Format” on
page 110.
To format a DVD+RW or DVD-RW disc, see
“8. Reformatting a disc” on page 43.
Erasing a section of a title
(A-B Erase)
HDD
+RW
-RWVR
-RVR
You can select a section (scene) in a title and
erase it. Note that erasing scenes in a title
cannot be undone.
1
Press OPTIONS to select “Erase
Titles,” and press ENTER.
After step 2 of “Erasing and Editing a
Title,” select “A-B Erase” and press
ENTER.
The display for setting point A appears.
The title starts to play.
• To return to the beginning of the title,
press X and then press ..
The display for selecting titles to be
erased appears.
Press TITLE LIST.
For HDD titles or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs
in VR mode, press </, to switch the
Title Lists, if necessary.
2
+R
You can select and erase more than one title
at one time using the OPTIONS menu.
X
1
-RWVR -RWVideo
6
Erasing and Editing
To switch between the Playlist and
Original Title List
DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) playlist titles cannot
be protected.
When you finish selecting titles,
select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The list of the titles to be erased appears
for confirmation.
• To change the selection, select
“Change,” and repeat from step 3.
+R
This section explains the basic edit functions.
Note that editing is irreversible. To edit the
HDD or DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode)
without changing the original recordings,
create a Playlist title (page 81).
For the HDD and DVD-RWs (VR mode),
you can erase any title.
For DVD-Rs and DVD+Rs, the available disc
space does not increase even if you erase
titles.
See “Erasing and Editing a Title” on page 78
or “Erasing multiple titles (Erase Titles)” on
page 79.
5
77
Select a title, and press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
3
Select an option, and press ENTER.
You can make the following edits to the
title.
“Erase”: Erases the selected title. Select
“OK” when asked for confirmation.
“Protect”: Protects the title. “ ” appears
next to the protected title.
“Title Name”: Allows you to enter or reenter a title name (page 39).
“A-B Erase”: Erases a section of the title
(page 79).
“Divide”: Divides a title into two titles
(page 80).
3
Select a title, and press ENTER.
A check mark appears in the check box
next to the selected title.
• To clear the check mark, press ENTER
again.
• To clear all of check marks, select
“Reset.”
4
Playback point
2
Select point A using m/M, and
press ENTER.
Playback pauses.
Repeat step 3 to select all of the titles
you want to erase.
,continued
78
1-19
79
3
Press ENTER if point A is correct.
If point A is incorrect, select point A
using c/C, and press ENTER. The
display for setting point B appears.
4
Select point B using m/M, and
press ENTER.
Playback pauses.
5
Press ENTER if point B is correct.
6
Creating chapters manually
HDD
-RVR
*
You can manually insert a chapter mark at
any point you like during playback or
recording.
* Only playlist titles can be divided for DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs (VR mode).
Press CHAPTER MARK at the point where
you want to divide the title into chapters.
1
Each time you press the button, “Marking ...”
appears on the screen and the scenes to the
left and right of the mark become separate
chapters.
Press TITLE LIST.
Press </, to switch the Title Lists, if
necessary.
2
Select a title, and press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
3
To erase chapter marks
Select “Divide,” and press ENTER.
You can combine two chapters by erasing the
chapter mark during playback.
Press ./> to search for a chapter
number, and while displaying the chapter
containing the chapter mark you want to
erase, press CHAPTER MARK ERASE.
The current chapter combines with the
previous chapter.
The display for setting the dividing point
appears, and the title starts to play.
• To return to the beginning of the title,
press X and then press ..
The scene is erased. The display for
setting point A appears.
• To continue, go to step 2.
• To finish, select “Quit.”
b Notes
z Hint
A chapter mark is inserted after the scene was
erased. The chapter mark divides the title into
separate chapters on either side of the mark.
• Images or sound may be momentarily interrupted
at the point where you erase a section of a title.
• Sections shorter than five seconds may not be
erased.
• For DVD+RWs, the erased section may be
slightly different from the points you selected.
-RVR
If you want to dub a long title to a disc but do
not want to reduce the picture quality, divide
the title into two shorter titles. Note that
dividing a title cannot be undone.
Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
b Notes
-RWVR
4
• When dubbing, any chapter marks you enter will
be erased.
• To insert a chapter mark manually during
recording, set “Auto Chapter” to “Off” in the
“Recording” setup (page 107).
Select the dividing point by pressing
m/M, and press ENTER.
Playback pauses.
5
HDD -RWVR
-RVR
Playlist edit allows you to edit or re-edit
without changing the actual recordings. You
can create up to 97 Playlist titles.
Example: You have recorded the final few
matches of a football tournament on a DVDRW/DVD-R (VR mode). You want to create
a digest with the goal scenes and other
highlights, but you also want to keep the
original recording.
Original
Playlist
In this case, you can compile highlight scenes
as a Playlist title. You can even rearrange the
scene order within the Playlist title.
The Playlist title calls up data from the
original titles for playback. When an original
title is used for a Playlist title, the original
title cannot be edited and erased.
b Note
Press ENTER if the dividing point is
correct.
Playlist titles containing titles recorded with the
“Copy-Once” copy protection signal cannot be
dubbed or moved (page 87).
If the dividing point is incorrect, select
the dividing point using c/C, and
press ENTER. The display asks for
confirmation.
• To change the dividing point, press M.
6
Creating and Editing a
Playlist
Erasing and Editing
If point B is incorrect, select point B
using c/C, and press ENTER. The
display asks for confirmation.
• To reset point A, press M and
O RETURN, and go to step 2.
• To reset point B, press M and repeat
step 4.
• To preview the title without scenes to
be erased, select “Preview” (except for
DVD+RWs).
Dividing a title (Divide)
HDD -RWVR *
Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The title is divided in two.
z Hint
After a title is divided, the title name prior to
division is assigned to both the first and second
parts.
,continued
80
1
Press TITLE LIST.
8
If the Title List (Original) appears, press
<.
2
The title moves to the new location.
• To move more titles, go to step 3.
• To finish, select “Quit,” and press
ENTER.
The picture may pause when the edited scene is
played.
If the OUT point is incorrect, select the
OUT point using c/C, and press
ENTER.
The selected scene is added to the scene
list.
• To add more scenes, go to step 5.
Press OPTIONS to select “Create a
Playlist,” and press ENTER.
9
3
b Note
Press ENTER if the OUT point is
correct.
To add the entire title to the Playlist title
as one scene (Make a Playlist)
When you finish adding scenes, press
m.
1
Press TITLE LIST. If the Title List
(Playlist) appears, press ,.
2
Select the title and press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
3
Select “Make a Playlist,” and press
ENTER.
The selected title is added to the Title List
(Playlist).
The title name is the same as the Original
title name.
Select “Select,” and press ENTER.
Combining multiple Playlist
titles (Combine)
HDD -RWVR
1
-RVR
Press TITLE LIST.
If the Title List (Original) menu appears,
press <.
2
Press OPTIONS to select “Combine,”
and press ENTER.
A Total duration of the selected
scene
4
Select the title you want to include in
the Playlist title, and press ENTER.
The display for setting the start point (IN)
appears. The title starts to play.
• To return to the beginning of the title,
press X and then press ..
5
6
Select the IN point using m/M,
and press ENTER.
C Selected scene
and press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
“Move”: Changes the scene order using
</, and press ENTER.
“Erase”: Erases the scene. When asked
for confirmation, select “OK.”
• To add more scenes, press M and go to
step 5.
• To add more scenes from another title,
select “Select” and go to step 4.
• To preview all of the captured scenes in
the listed order, select “Preview.”
select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The title of the created Playlist is added
to the Title List (Playlist). The title name
is the title name of the first scene.
Playback pauses.
2
Select a title, and press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
3
Select “Play,” and press ENTER.
3
Select a title, and press ENTER.
A number indicating the order in which
you selected the title appears.
To cancel the selection, press ENTER
again.
-RWVR
-RVR
You can change the Playlist title order within
the Title List (Playlist).
1
Repeat step 3 to select all of the titles
you want to combine.
To cancel all of the selections, select
“Reset.”
Press TITLE LIST.
If the Title List (Original) appears, press
<.
2
4
5
Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The list of titles to be combined appears.
To change the selection, select “Change”
and go to step 3.
Press OPTIONS to select “Change
Order,” and press ENTER.
11 When you finish editing the scene list,
Press ENTER if the IN point is correct.
Select the OUT point using m/M,
and press ENTER.
Press TITLE LIST. If the Title List
(Original) appears, press <.
Moving a Playlist title (Change
Order)
10 Select the scene you want to re-edit,
Playback pauses.
If the IN point is incorrect, select the IN
point using c/C, and press ENTER.
The display for setting the end point
(OUT) appears.
7
B Total number of scenes
1
Erasing and Editing
The display for selecting titles appears.
To play the Playlist title
81
z Hint
When a Playlist title is created, the IN and OUT
points will become chapter marks, and each scene
will become a chapter.
3
4
Select the title you want to move, and
press ENTER.
6
Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
The titles are combined.
Select a new location for the title
using M/m, and press ENTER.
,continued
82
1-20
83
b Notes
z Hint
After titles are combined, the title name is the title
name of the first title prior to combination.
Dubbing (HDD y DVD)
b Note
Before Dubbing
When the number of chapters in the title to be
combined exceeds the limit, the chapters at the end
are combined into a single chapter.
Dividing a Playlist title (Divide)
HDD -RWVR
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
+R
You can divide a Playlist title. For operations,
see page 80.
If you want to record from a digital video
camera connected to the DV IN jack, see
“DV Dubbing” on page 91. To record from
equipment connected to the LINE IN jacks,
see “Recording from connected equipment
without a timer” on page 65.
Before you start…
• You cannot record both the main and sub
sound on DVD+RWs, DVD-RWs (Video
mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs (Video
mode). For bilingual programmes, set
“Bilingual Recording” of “DVD Rec.
Settings” to either “Main” (default) or
“Sub” in the “Recording” setup (page 107).
• The chapter marks in the dubbing source
are not retained in the dubbed title. When
“Auto Chapter” is set to “On” in the
“Recording” setup (page 107), chapter
marks are automatically inserted at
approximately 6 minute intervals.
About “Dub Mode”
With this recorder, the recording mode for
dubbing is displayed as “Dub Mode.” Three
dubbing methods are available: High-speed
Dubbing, Original Dubbing, and Rec Mode
Conversion Dubbing. Read the following and
select according to the required time, disc
space, and picture quality.
Dubbing at high-speed (High-speed
Dubbing)
HDD , +RW / -RWVR / -RWVideo /
/ -RVR / -RVideo
+R
Allows you to dub what you have stored in
the HDD to a high-speed DVD (8x-speed
DVD+RWs/6x-speed DVD-RWs/16x-speed
DVD+Rs/16x-speed DVD-Rs, or slower
versions of each disc type), without changing
the recording mode.
Set “Dub Mode” to “Fast” in the steps of
“Dubbing a single title (Title Dubbing)”
(page 88) or “Dubbing multiple titles (Dub
Selected Titles)” (page 89).
When dubbing multiple titles, you can select
“Fast” if there are one or more titles that can
be dubbed at high speed in the selected titles.
However, titles that cannot be dubbed at high
speed are dubbed in the Original Dubbing
mode.
The minimum required time is as follows
(approximate).
Dubbing (HDD y DVD)
In this section, “dubbing” refers to “copying
a recorded title on the internal hard disk drive
(HDD) to another disc, or vice versa.” You
can select to dub one title at a time (Title
Dubbing – see “Dubbing a single title (Title
Dubbing)” on page 88), or multiple titles all
at once (Multiple Title Dubbing – see
“Dubbing multiple titles (Dub Selected
Titles)” on page 89).
Before you start, read the following
precautions, which are common to both
dubbing methods.
-RVR
• You cannot make a recording while dubbing.
• To play a dubbed disc on other DVD equipment,
finalise the disc (page 41).
• You cannot dub from DVD VIDEOs to the HDD.
• Thumbnails that you have set for the originally
recorded title (page 36) will not be retained in the
dubbed title.
• When dubbing to a DVD+R DL disc, the video
may be momentarily interrupted at the point
where the layers switch.
z Hints
• When you dub a Playlist title, it is recorded as an
Original title.
• When dubbed from a DVD to the HDD, the
picture size and the sound types originally
recorded are retained.
,continued
84
Speed*2 6x
6x
High- HighRec. speed speed
mode DVD- DVD+
RW
RW
8x
8x
2.4x
High- High- DVD+R
speed speed (Double
DVD-R DVD+R Layer)
HQ
Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
10 min. 10 min. 8 min. 8 min. 25 min.
HSP
Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
6 min. 6 min. 5 min. 5 min. 16 min.
40 sec. 40 sec.
40 sec.
Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
5 min. 5 min. 3 min. 3 min. 12 min.
45 sec. 45 sec. 30 sec.
LSP
Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
4 min. 4 min. 3 min. 3 min. 10 min.
ESP
Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
3 min. 3 min. 2 min. 2 min. 8 min.
20 sec. 20 sec. 30 sec. 30 sec. 20 sec.
LP
Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
2 min. 2 min. 2 min. 2 min. 6 min.
30 sec. 30 sec.
15 sec.
EP
Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
1 min. 60
1 min. 60
60
40 sec. min.*3 15 sec. min.*3 min.*3
SLP
Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
1 min. 60
56 sec. 60
60
15 sec. min.*3
min.*3 min.*3
*1
The values in the above table are for reference
only. Actual times for dubbing also require time
for creating disc’s control information and other
data.
*2
This is the maximum recording speed of this
recorder. The recording speed cannot exceed the
value indicated in the above table even when
using discs that support higher recording speeds.
In addition, depending on the disc condition, the
recorder may be unable to record at the
maximum recording speed indicated in the table.
*3
High-speed dubbing is not available when
dubbing titles recorded in EP and SLP mode to
DVD+RWs and DVD+Rs.
Rec Mode Conversion Dubbing
HDD n +RW / -RWVR / -RWVideo /
/ -RVR / -RVideo
+R
• High-speed Dubbing is not available for the
following titles:
– Titles recorded in HQ+.
– Titles that contain both main and sub sounds
(except DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode)).
– Titles recorded in mixed picture size (4:3 and
16:9 etc.) (except DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR
mode)).
– Dubbing from DVD to HDD
– Dubbing 16:9 size title from HDD to
DVD+RW/DVD+R
– When dubbing a title with a picture size of 16:9
recorded in LP, EP, or SLP mode to a DVD-RW
or DVD-R in Video mode.
• When dubbed to a DVD-RW (Video mode)/
DVD+RW/DVD+R/DVD-R (Video mode), the
“seams” that are left over from editing may
remain on the disc. If you edit a title, use the
Original Dubbing or Rec Mode Conversion
Dubbing method. This will smooth out the
“seams.”
Allows you to dub from the HDD to a DVD
or vice versa, in a dubbing mode that differs
from the original recordings. For example,
when you dub an HQ title (data size is large)
in SP mode, you can reduce the data size,
saving more titles using less space.
Select a mode different from the original
recording in “Dub Mode” in the steps of
“Dubbing a single title (Title Dubbing)”
(page 88) or “Dubbing multiple titles (Dub
Selected Titles)” (page 89). When dubbing
multiple titles, all of the selected titles will be
recorded in same recording mode.
z Hint
Dubbing in the recording mode of the source title
smoothes out the “seams” that are left over from
editing.
Original Dubbing
HDD n +RW / -RWVR / -RWVideo /
/ -RVR / -RVideo
+R
b Notes
• For a title whose picture size (16:9 or 4:3) is
mixed:
– When dubbed from the HDD to DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs (Video mode), the picture size is
determined by the setting in “DVD Rec. Picture
Size” (page 60).
– When dubbed from the HDD to DVD-RWs/
DVD-Rs (Video mode) in LP, EP or SLP mode,
the picture size is always 4:3.
– When dubbed from HDD to DVD+RW or
DVD+R, the picture size is always 4:3.
• The picture quality will not improve even if a title
is converted to a recording mode of better picture
quality.
Original Dubbing allows you to make smooth
dubbings by de-emphasizing the “seams” that
are left over from editing. In this case, the
recording mode is set to the same recording
mode that the source title was recorded in.
To set the “Dub Mode” to “Original,” you
must make your selection from the “Dub
Selected Titles” display (page 89).
Note that you cannot select “Original” when
using the Dubbing method explained in
“Dubbing a single title (Title Dubbing)”
(page 88).
Dubbing restriction
You cannot dub movies and other DVD
VIDEOs to the HDD. Also, when dubbing
from a DVD to the HDD, a grey, blank screen
will be recorded for scenes that contain a
copy protection signal.
Dubbing
Copy
protection
signals
Copy-Free
(No copy
protection
signal)
Copy-Once
HDD
HDD
,
,
+RW
-RWVR
-RWVideo
+R
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR
-RVR
*
*
* CPRM-compatible DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR
mode) only
CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable
Media) is a coding technology that protects
copyrights for images.
Move
HDD , -RWVR / -RVR
Titles containing “Copy-Once” copy
protection signals can be moved only from
HDD to DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode)*
(after the title is moved, the original title in
the HDD is erased). The “Move” function is
performed using the same procedure as
dubbing (page 88). Titles containing “CopyOnce” copy protection signals are indicated
with
.
Dubbing (HDD y DVD)
SP
b Notes
,
Required times for High-speed Dubbing from
HDD to DVD (for 60-minute programme)*1
85
b Notes
b Note
• The following titles in the HDD cannot be moved.
– Protected titles
– Playlist titles
– Original titles referenced from the playlist
• When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway, no
part of the title will be moved to the dubbing
target. However, note that this will decrease the
free disc space for DVD+Rs/DVD-Rs.
• Even if you erase a scene that contains a copy
protection signal, the recording restrictions on
that title are retained.
If the recording mode of the dubbing source title is
unknown when dubbing from a DVD to the HDD,
“Dub Mode” is automatically set to “SP” in the
“Dub Selected Titles” display (page 89).
* CPRM-compatible DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR
mode) only.
86
87
1-21
6
7
Dubbing
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
1
Insert the DVD that you are going to
dub to or from.
Press HDD or DVD to select the
source.
3
Press TITLE LIST.
4
Select a title, and press ENTER.
Press </, to switch the Title Lists, if
necessary.
The sub-menu appears.
5
Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
The remaining time of dubbing appears
in the front panel display.
1
Insert the DVD that you are going to
dub to or from.
2
6
Press HDD or DVD to select the
source.
Repeat step 5 to select all of the titles
you want to dub.
7
Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
3
Press TITLE LIST.
To automatically adjust the dubbing mode
If there is not enough available space on the
target disc, the recorder automatically selects
a dubbing mode with lower picture quality
according to the available space. If there is
insufficient disc space in the selected
dubbing mode, the following display appears
after step 8.
Press </, to switch the Title Lists, if
necessary.
4
Press OPTIONS to select “Dub
Selected Titles,” and press ENTER.
5
Select titles in the order you want to
dub, and press ENTER.
The titles are numbered in the selected
order.
• To cancel the selection, press ENTER
again.
• To cancel all of the selections, select
“Reset.”
Select “Dubbing,” and press ENTER.
The display for selecting the dubbing
mode appears.
If a title with
(page 87) is selected
in the title list, a confirmation display is
displayed.
To “Move,” select “OK.”
To stop dubbing
This is displayed in red when the size
exceeds the available space on the
dubbing target media.
B Direction of dubbing
C Available space on the disc to be
dubbed (approximate)
D Information about the title to be
dubbed
F Order of dubbing
The display for selecting the dubbing
mode appears.
8
Select a dubbing mode using M/m.
Fast*
Original
* From the HDD to a DVD only.
Appears when available for the title
(page 85).
9
Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
The remaining time of dubbing appears
in the front panel display.
To automatically adjust the dubbing mode
Select “OK” and go to step 8.
To manually select another dubbing mode,
select “Cancel,” and go to step 7.
A Size of the title (approximate)
: Indicates titles containing
“Copy-Once” copy protection
signals (page 87). When you select
a title with
, the display asks
for confirmation. To “Move,”
select “OK.”
Press OPTIONS to select “Stop Dubbing,”
and press ENTER. When asked for
confirmation, select “OK,” and press
ENTER.
When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway,
no part of the title will be moved to the
dubbing target. However, note that this will
decrease the free disc space for DVD+Rs/
DVD-Rs.
A Total size of the selected titles
Dubbing (HDD y DVD)
2
A maximum of 30 selected titles can be
dubbed at once.
* From the HDD to a DVD only.
Appears when High-speed Dubbing is
available for the title (page 85).
8
E
Dubbing multiple titles (Dub
Selected Titles)
Select a dubbing mode using M/m.
Fast*
+R
Dubbing a single title (Title
Dubbing)
Select “Dub Mode.”
If there is not enough available space on the
target disc, the recorder automatically selects
a dubbing mode with lower picture quality
according to the available space. The same
dubbing mode is set for all of the titles. If disc
space is insufficient for the selected dubbing
mode, the following display appears after
step 9 of “Dubbing multiple titles (Dub
Selected Titles)” on page 89.
This is displayed in red when the size
exceeds the available space on the
dubbing target media.
B Direction of dubbing
C Available space on the disc to be
dubbed (approximate)
z Hint
You can turn off the recorder during dubbing. The
recorder completes dubbing even after being turned
off.
D “PL”: Indicates a Playlist title.
Select “OK” and go to step 9.
To manually select another dubbing mode,
select “Cancel,” and go to step 8.
E Dubbing mode and the space that
remains after dubbing
(approximate)
,continued
88
89
b Notes
To stop dubbing
Press OPTIONS to select “Stop Dubbing,”
and press ENTER. When asked for
confirmation, select “OK,” and press
ENTER.
When dubbing (Move) is stopped partway,
no part of the title will be moved to the
dubbing target. However, note that this will
decrease the free disc space for DVD+Rs/
DVD-Rs.
DV Dubbing
Before DV Dubbing
This section explains dubbing with a digital
video camera via the DV IN jack on the front
panel. If you want to dub by way of the LINE
IN jacks, see “Recording from connected
equipment without a timer” on page 65.
The DV IN jack on this recorder conforms to
the i.LINK standard.
Follow the instructions in “Preparing for DV
dubbing,” and then move on to the section on
dubbing. For more information about
i.LINK, see “About i.LINK” on page 123.
z Hint
You can turn off the recorder during dubbing. The
recorder completes dubbing even after being turned
off.
• You cannot make a recording while DV dubbing.
• The DV IN jack is for input only. It will not
output signals.
• You cannot use the DV IN jack when:
– signal input to the DV IN jack on the front panel
or recorder operation cannot be performed
correctly when using a digital video camera
(see “About i.LINK” on page 123). Connect the
camera to the LINE IN jack and follow the
instructions of “Recording from connected
equipment without a timer” on page 65.
– the input signal is not in DVC-SD format. Do
not connect a MICRO MV format digital video
camera even if it has an i.LINK jack.
– the images on the tape contain copy protection
signals, which limit recording.
• If you want to play the disc on other DVD
equipment, finalise the disc (page 41).
Hookups
DVD recorder
Preparing for DV dubbing
DV Dubbing
You can connect a digital video camera to the
DV IN jack on the recorder to record or edit
from a DV/Digital8 format tape. Operation is
straightforward because the recorder will fast
forward and rewind the tape for you – you do
not need to operate your digital video camera.
Do the following to start using the “DV Edit”
functions of this recorder.
See the instruction manual supplied with the
digital video camera as well before
connecting.
to DV IN
i.LINK cable (not supplied)
DV output
z Hint
If you plan to do additional editing on a disc after
the initial dub, use the DV IN jack and record on a
DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode) or HDD.
Digital video camera
: Signal flow
1
Press HDD or DVD to select the
recording destination.
If you select DVD, insert a disc (see “1.
Inserting a Disc” on page 33).
2
Insert the source DV/Digital8 format
tape into your digital video camera.
For the recorder to record or edit, your
digital video camera must be set to video
playback mode.
,continued
90
1-22
91
3
Press INPUT SELECT on the remote
repeatedly to select “DV.”
The front panel display changes as
follows:
programme
position
4
Press REC MODE on the remote
repeatedly to select the recording
mode.
The recording mode changes as follows:
For details about the recording mode, see
page 54.
5
Press OPTIONS on the remote to
select “DV Audio Input,” and press
ENTER. Then, select the setting for the
audio input.
6
Recording an Entire DV
Format Tape (One Touch
Dubbing)
• You cannot connect more than one piece of
digital video equipment to the recorder.
• You cannot control the recorder using another
device or another recorder of the same model.
• You cannot record date, time, or the contents of
the cassette memory onto the disc.
• If you record from a DV/Digital8 format tape that
is recorded in multiple sound tracks, such as a
tape with multiple sampling frequencies (48 kHz,
44.1 kHz, or 32 kHz), no sound or an unnatural
sound will be output when playing back the
sampling frequency switch point on the disc.
• In order to use this recorder’s “Auto Chapter”
setting (page 93, 94), be sure to correctly set the
clock on your digital video camera before
shooting.
• The recorded picture may be momentarily
affected or the start and end points of a title may
be different from what you have set if the source
DV/Digital8 format tape is in any of the following
conditions. In this case, see “Recording from
connected equipment without a timer” (page 65).
– There is a blank space in the recorded portion of
the tape.
– The tape’s time code is not sequential.
– If the picture size or the recording mode on the
tape being dubbed changes.
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
+R
You can record the entire contents of a DV/
Digital8 format tape onto a disc with a single
press of the ONE-TOUCH DUB button on
the recorder. The recorder controls the digital
video camera for the whole process, and
completes the recording.
z Hints
• If you set “Finalise Disc” of “One Touch
Dubbing” to “Auto” in the “DVD” setup
(page 109), the recorded disc (except DVD-RW
(VR mode)) will automatically be finalised after
recording is finished.
• You can play back a previously recorded title on
the HDD while One Touch Dubbing is in
progress.
b Notes
• When a blank space between the recordings on
the tape continues for more than five minutes,
One Touch Dubbing ends automatically.
• The recorder records a blank for five minutes
before it stops dubbing. To stop the blank
recording, press x REC STOP.
How chapters are created
The contents dubbed to the HDD or DVD
become a single title. When “Auto Chapter”
is set to “On” in the “Recording” setup, this
title is divided into chapters. When dubbing
to the HDD or a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR
mode), each shooting session on the tape
becomes a chapter on the disc. For other
discs, the recorder divides the title into
chapters at approximately 6 minute intervals.
DV Dubbing
“Stereo1” (default): Records original
sound only. Normally select this when
dubbing a DV format tape.
“Mix”: Records both stereo 1 and 2.
“Stereo2”: Records additional audio
only.
Select “Mix” or “Stereo2” only if you
have added a second audio channel when
recording with your digital video camera.
You are ready to start dubbing. Select
one of the dubbing methods on the
following pages.
b Notes
Follow steps 1 to 6 of “Preparing for DV
dubbing” on page 91, and press ONETOUCH DUB on the recorder.
The recorder rewinds the tape and then starts
recording the tape contents.
When the recording is finished, the recorder
rewinds the tape in the digital video camera.
Adjust the dubbing picture quality and
size.
To stop during recording
Press x REC STOP.
Note that it may take a few seconds for the
recorder to stop recording.
Before dubbing starts, press OPTIONS
to select “Rec. Settings,” and adjust the
recording settings (page 60).
z Hint
You can turn off the recorder during dubbing. The
recorder completes dubbing even after being turned
off.
92
93
2
Program Edit
HDD
+RW
-RVR
-RVideo
-RWVR -RWVideo
8
Select “DV EDIT,” and press ENTER.
The display asks if you want to start
selecting scenes.
When you finish adding scenes, press
m.
Data capacity required for the dubbing.
This is displayed in red when the size
exceeds the available space on the
dubbing target media.
The scene list is displayed.
+R
You can select scenes from a DV/Digital8
format tape, and then automatically record
selected scenes to the HDD or a DVD.
To use this function, do the following:
• If you have previously saved a
program, the display asks if you want to
edit an existing program or to create a
new program. To resume editing the
existing program, select “Saved Data,”
and go to step 9.
Connect your digital video camera and
prepare for recording
m
3
C Scene information block
Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
9
The display for setting the IN point (start
of the scene) appears.
The scene starts to play.
How chapters are created
The contents dubbed to the HDD or DVD
become a single title. When “Auto Chapter”
is set to “On” in the “Recording” setup, this
title is divided into chapters. When dubbing
to the HDD or a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR
mode), each shooting session on the tape and
each selected scene becomes a chapter on the
disc. For other discs, the recorder divides the
title into chapters at approximately 6 minute
intervals.
1
Follow steps 1 to 6 of “Preparing for
DV dubbing” on page 91, and press
SYSTEM MENU.
Select the scene information block
you want to edit using </,, and
press ENTER.
The sub-menu appears.
“Move”: Changes the scene order using
</, and ENTER.
“Erase”: Erases the scene. When asked
for confirmation, select “OK.”
“Preview”: Plays the selected scene.
• To add more scenes, press M and go to
step 4.
Dub the selected scenes
After you have selected the scenes, the
recorder will fast forward and rewind the tape
automatically and record the scenes to the
HDD or a DVD.
4
10 When you finish editing the scene list,
Select the IN point using m/M,
and press ENTER.
Select the OUT point using m/M,
and press ENTER.
To automatically adjust the dubbing mode
If there is not enough available space on the
target disc, the recorder automatically selects
a dubbing mode with lower picture quality
according to the available space. The same
dubbing mode is set for all of the titles. If disc
space is insufficient for the selected dubbing
mode, the following display appears after
step 12.
Select “OK” and go to step 12.
If you do not want to change the dubbing
mode, select “Cancel.” However, note that
dubbing will end before the title is finished.
Playback pauses.
7
Press x REC STOP.
Note that it may take a few seconds for the
recorder to stop recording.
The display for entering the title name
appears. To enter a new name, select
“Enter,” and follow the explanations on
page 39.
Press ENTER if the IN point is correct.
If the IN point is incorrect, select the IN
point using c/C, and press ENTER.
The display for setting the OUT point
(end of the scene) appears.
6
To stop during recording
select “OK,” and press ENTER.
Playback pauses.
5
The recorder starts recording the tape
contents as programmed.
B Total number of scenes
DV Dubbing
Select and edit the scenes you want to dub
Using the recorder’s remote control, fast
forward or rewind the tape to select the
scenes. At this point, the selected scenes are
not copied to the disc. The recorder only
remembers the IN and OUT points of the
scenes that you selected for dubbing. You can
also erase or change the order of the scenes.
m
12 Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
A Total duration of the scene
Press ENTER if the OUT point is
correct.
11 Select “OK,” and press ENTER.
If the OUT point is incorrect, select the
OUT point using c/C, and press
ENTER.
The selected scene is added to the scene
information block.
• To add more scenes, go to step 4.
The title name is fixed, and the display
asks if you want to start recording.
To change the disc media, select “Media”
and press M/m. To change the dubbing
mode, select “Dub Mode” and press M/
m.
94
b Notes
• If you set the beginning of the tape as the IN point
and the end point as the OUT point, the IN and
OUT points may move slightly during dubbing.
• You cannot set a scene to be shorter than one
second.
95
1-23
1
Select “Programme Setting” in “Basic,”
and press ENTER.
Settings and Adjustments
Aerial Reception and
Language Settings
(Basic)
The “Basic” setup helps you to make tuner,
clock, and programme position settings for
the recorder.
1
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
2
3
Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
2
Press M/m to select the programme
position, and press ENTER.
AFT
Press M/m repeatedly until the programme
position you want is displayed.
The programme positions are scanned in the
order shown in the table below.
• If you know the number of the programme
position you want, press the number
buttons. For example, for programme
position 5, first press “0” and then press
“5.”
• To disable a programme position, enter
“00.” The disabled programme positions
will be skipped when you press PROG +/–.
• To select a cable or satellite programme
position, press M/m until the programme
position you want is displayed.
Select “On” to turn on AFT.
On
Turns on the Auto Fine
Tuning function.
Normally, select this.
Off
Allows you to adjust the
pictures manually.
• If the Auto Fine Tuning function does not
work effectively, select “Off” and press ,.
Press M/m to obtain a clearer picture, and
press <.
Receivable channels
TV system
Name
Changes or enters a new station name (up to
5 characters). The recorder must receive
programme position information (for
instance, SMARTLINK information) for
station names to appear automatically.
Select “Basic,” and press ENTER.
The “Basic” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
To turn off the display, press SYSTEM
MENU repeatedly.
Channel
3
Select the item you want to change using
</,, and change the settings using M/
m and press ENTER.
Channel coverage
BG (West European E2 – E12 VHF
Countries, except
Italia A – H VHF
those listed below)
E21 – E69 UHF
S1 – S20 CATV
S21 – S41 HYPER
S01 – S05 CATV
R1 – R12 VHF
R21 – R69 UHF
S1 – S20 CATV
S21 – S41 HYPER
4
To enter characters, see page 39.
To preset another programme position,
repeat from step 2.
PAY-TV/CANAL+
Sets the PAY-TV/Canal Plus channels.
For details, see page 31.
System
Select an available TV system (page 97).
Programme Setting
BG
Presets programme positions manually.
If some programme positions could not be set
using the “Easy Setup” function, you can set
them manually.
If there is no sound or if the picture is
distorted, the wrong tuner system may have
been preset during “Easy Setup.” Set the
correct tuner system manually in the steps
below.
I
Select this when in Great
Britain/Ireland.
L
Select this when in France.
South Africa 4 – 13
VHF
S1 – S20 CATV
Select “NICAM” or “Standard.”
Select this when in East
European countries.
Ireland A – J VHF
B21 – B69 UHF
Audio
Select this when in West
European countries, except
those listed in “Receivable
channels” on page 97.
DK
S01 – S05 CATV
I (Great Britain/
Ireland)
NICAM
Normally, select this.
Standard
Select this if the sound from
NICAM broadcasts is not
clear.
S21 – S41 HYPER
S01 – S05 CATV
L* (France)
F2 – F10 VHF
F21 – F69 UHF
B – Q CATV
S21 – S41 HYPER
* To receive broadcasts in France, select “L.”
,continued
96
Tuning the French CATV channels
This recorder can scan the CATV channels B
to Q and the HYPER frequency channels S21
to S41. On the Channel Set menu, the
channels are indicated as S1 to S44. For
example, channel B is indicated by Channel
Set number S1, and channel Q is indicated by
Channel Set number S23 (see the table
below). If the CATV channel you want to
preset is indicated by its frequency (for
example, 152.75 MHz), refer to the table
below to find the corresponding channel
number.
Corresponding
channel
Channel
Set
number
Receivable
Frequency
range (MHz)
B
S1
116.75–124.75
C
S2
124.75–132.75
D
S3
132.75–140.75
D
S4
140.75–148.75
E
S5
148.75–156.75
F
S6
156.75–164.75
S7
164.75–172.75
S8
172.75–180.75
H
S9
180.75–188.75
H
S10
188.75–196.75
I
S11
196.75–204.75
J
S12
204.75–212.75
J
S13
212.75–220.75
K
S14
220.75–228.75
L
S15
228.75–236.75
236.75–244.75
L
S16
M
S17
244.75–252.75
N
S18
252.75–260.75
N
S19
260.75–268.75
O
S20
268.75–276.75
P
S21
276.75–284.75
P
S22
284.75–292.75
Q
S23
292.75–300.75
S21
S24
299.25–307.25
S22
S25
307.25–315.25
S23
S26
315.25–323.25
S24
S27
323.25–331.25
Corresponding
channel
Channel
Set
number
Receivable
Frequency
range (MHz)
S25
S28
331.25–339.25
S26
S29
339.25–347.25
S27
S30
347.25–355.25
S28
S31
355.25–363.25
S29
S32
363.25–371.25
S30
S33
371.25–379.25
S31
S34
379.25–387.25
S32
S35
387.25–395.25
S33
S36
395.25–403.25
S34
S37
403.25–411.25
S35
S38
411.25–419.25
S36
S39
419.25–427.25
S37
S40
427.25–435.25
S38
S41
435.25–443.25
S39
S42
443.25–451.25
S40
S43
451.25–459.25
S41
S44
459.25–467.25
Press M/m until the selected programme
position row moves to the desired
programme position.
The selected programme position is
inserted at the new programme position.
4
5
Press ENTER to confirm the setting.
Select the programme position for which
you want to set or change the TV guide
page using PROG +/– or number buttons.
• The TV guide page numbers (Example:
P301) appear automatically when the
recorder detects them.
• If no page numbers are detected (P000),
you have to set the appropriate TV
guide page number manually.
To change the programme position of
another station, repeat from step 2.
Some broadcast systems provide a Teletext
service* in which complete programmes and
their data (title, date, programme position,
recording start time, etc.) are stored day by
day. A TV guide page corresponds to each
day of the week. When recording a
programme, the recorder automatically takes
the programme name from the Teletext pages
and stores it as the title name. The TV guide
page numbers depend entirely on the
broadcast itself and may be subject to change.
If so, you may have to set those TV guide
page numbers manually in the TV Guide
Page menu.
Programme Sort
Select “Programme Sort” in “Basic,” and
press ENTER.
* Not available in some areas.
1
2
2
Auto Programme Title Labelling
(TV Guide Page)
After the programme positions have been set,
you can change the order of each programme
position in the display list.
1
3
97
Press M/m to select the row containing
the programme position you want to
move, and press ENTER.
• To display other pages for programme
positions 4 to 99, press M/m repeatedly.
3
Select the TV guide page number you
want to modify, and press ENTER.
4
Press the number buttons or </M/m/,
to enter the TV guide page number, and
press ENTER to confirm the setting.
• If you make a mistake, re-enter the
correct number.
• To return to the original settings, press
O RETURN.
5
To set or change another TV guide page
number, repeat steps 3 and 4 above.
Select “TV Guide Page” in “Basic,” and
press ENTER.
The TV Guide Page menu appears.
Settings and Adjustments
F
G
Settings and Adjustments
DK (East European
Countries)
z Hint
To view Teletext information on your TV screen
during a broadcast, switch to your TV’s tuner by
pressing TV/DVD.
,continued
98
1-24
99
b Notes
• In step 4 above, enter “000” if you do not want to
use the TV guide page number for automatic
labelling. The recorder will instead store a default
title name (programme position, start time - stop
time).
• Refer to the Teletext information on your TV
screen to obtain the TV guide page number with
programme titles and their start times.
• If the Teletext TV guide has a page which always
shows the programmes for the current day, this
page should be input for all days.
• If you start recording more than three minutes
before the programme is scheduled to start, the
correct label information may not be transferred.
• Note that this function may not work correctly
with programmes broadcast from some stations.
• If the broadcast system updates the Teletext
information at the moment recording starts, the
title label may not correspond to the recorded
programme. In this case, you may have to
manually enter the correct title (page 39).
Clock
Auto Adjust (Auto Clock Set)
z Hint
If you set “Auto Adjust” to “On,” the Auto Clock
Set function is activated whenever the recorder is
turned off.
The Auto Clock Set function does not work while
the recorder is standing by for Synchro-Recording.
To set the clock manually
If the Auto Clock Set function did not set the
clock correctly for your local area, try another
station for the Auto Clock Set function or set
the clock manually.
1
Select “Clock” in “Basic,” and press
ENTER.
2
Select “Auto Adjust,” and press ENTER.
2
Select “Auto Adjust,” and press ENTER.
3
4
Select “On,” and press ,.
Press M/m repeatedly until the
programme position of the station that
carries a time signal appears, and press
ENTER.
4:3 Pan Scan
1
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
2
3
Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
Select “Video,” and press ENTER.
The “Video” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
b Note
Depending on the disc, “4:3 Letter Box” may be
selected automatically instead of “4:3 Pan Scan” or
vice versa.
Selects the type of video signals output from
the HDMI OUT jack. When you select
“Auto” (default), the recorder outputs video
signals of the highest resolution acceptable
for your TV. If the picture is not clear, natural
or to your satisfaction, try another option that
suits the disc and your TV/projector, etc. For
details, refer also to the instruction manual
supplied with the TV/projector, etc.
Select “Off,” and press ENTER.
Select “Present Time,” and press
ENTER.
Press M/m to set the day, and press ,.
Set the month, year, hour, and minutes in
sequence. Press </, to select the item
to be set, then press M/m to set the
numbers. The day of the week is set
automatically.
Video Output
Auto
TV Type
Sets the picture size when playing back a title
recorded from 16:9 size video (page 60) or a
16:9 size commercial DVD video.
Select the playback picture size according to
the type of connected TV (wide-screen/wide
mode TV or conventional 4:3 screen TV).
1920×1080i Sends 1920×1080i video
signals.
16 : 9
To change the numbers, press < to
return to the item to be changed, and
press M/m.
6
• If the recorder does not receive a time
signal from any station, “Auto Adjust”
returns to “Off” automatically and the
menu for setting the clock manually
appears on the screen.
4:3 Letter Box
HDMI Resolution
5
3
4
16 : 9
Press ENTER to start the clock.
4:3 Letter
Box
Select this when connecting
to a 4:3 screen TV. Displays a
wide picture with bands on
the upper and lower portions
of the screen.
4:3 Pan
Scan
Select this when connecting
to a 4:3 screen TV.
Automatically displays a
wide picture on the entire
screen and cuts off the
portions that do not fit.
OSD (On-Screen Display)
Switches the display language on the screen.
Select this when connecting
to a wide-screen TV or TV
with a wide mode function.
Normally, select this.
1280×720p
Sends 1280×720p video
signals.
720×480/
576p
Sends 720×480/576p video
signals.
b Note
Even when a setting other than “Auto” is selected
and the connected TV cannot accept the resolution,
the recorder automatically adjusts the video signals
that are suitable for the TV.
,continued
100
4:3 Output
This setting is effective only when you set
“TV Type” of “Video Output” to “16 : 9” in
the “Video” setup.
Adjust this setting to watch 4:3 aspect ratio
signals. If you can change the aspect ratio on
your TV, change the setting on your TV, not
this recorder.
Note that this setting is effective only for
HDMI connection.
Full
Normal
Select this when you can
change the aspect ratio on
your TV.
Select this when you cannot
change the aspect ratio on
your TV. Shows a 4:3 size
video with the aspect ratio as
it is.
16:9 aspect ratio TV
On
Off
Outputs the component video
signals. Select this when you
want to view progressive
signals.
Outputs no signals.
b Notes
• When you set “Line1 Output” of “Scart Setting”
to “RGB,” you cannot set “Component Out” to
“On.”
• When you connect the recorder to a monitor or
projector via only the COMPONENT VIDEO
OUT jacks, do not select “Off.” If you select
“Off” in this case, the picture may not appear.
Scart Setting
Pause Mode (HDD/DVDs only)
Sets the method of inputting/outputting
signals from the SCART jacks on the rear
panel of the recorder. Select an option for
each of the items below according to the
combination of jacks and methods that you
are going to use.
Selects the picture quality in pause mode.
1
Select “Progressive Output,” and press
ENTER.
2
Select “On,” and press ENTER.
The display asks for confirmation.
3
Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
The video switches to a progressive
signal for 5 seconds.
RGB
Outputs RGB signals.
If video signal appears OK, select “Yes,”
and press ENTER.
If picture is distorted, select “No,” and
press ENTER.
Video
Outputs video signals.
S Video
Outputs S-video signals.
4
Line1 Output
Selects a method of outputting video signals
for the LINE 1 – TV jack.
b Notes
Progressive Mode
DVD software can be divided into two types:
film based software and video based
software. Video based software is derived
from TV and displays images at 25 frames/50
fields (30 frames/60 fields) per second. Film
based software is derived from film and
displays images at 24 frames per second.
Some DVD software contains both Video
and Film.
In order for these images to appear natural on
your screen when output in progressive mode
(50 or 60 frames per second), the progressive
video signal needs to be converted to match
the type of DVD software that you are
watching.
You can fine-tune the progressive 525p/625p
video signal that is output when you set
“Progressive Output” to “On.”
Note that you must connect to a progressive
format TV using the COMPONENT VIDEO
OUT jacks (page 17).
Auto
Video
• If your TV does not accept S-video or RGB
signals, the image will not be displayed in the
selected method on the TV screen even if you
select “S Video” or “RGB.” See the instructions
supplied with your TV.
• You cannot select “RGB” when “Component
Out” above is set to “On.”
• SMARTLINK is available only when “Video” is
selected.
Line3 Input
Selects a method of inputting video signals
for the LINE 3/DECODER jack. The picture
will not be clear if this setting does not match
the type of video input signal.
Automatically detects the
software type (Film-based or
Video-based) and selects the
appropriate conversion mode.
Normally select this position.
Video/
RGB
Inputs video signals or RGB
signals.
Decoder
Select this when connecting
to a PAY-TV/Canal Plus
analogue decoder. If you
connect to a cable box/
satellite receiver such as
CanalSat, do not select this
option.
S Video
Inputs S-video signals.
Line3 Output
Selects a method of outputting video signals
for the LINE 3/DECODER jack.
Fixes the conversion mode to
the mode for Video-based
software.
b Note
Video
Outputs video signals.
S Video
Outputs S-video signals.
Auto
The picture, including
subjects that move
dynamically, is output with
no jitter. Normally select this
position.
Frame
The picture, including
subjects that do not move
dynamically, is output in high
resolution.
101
Colour System
Selects the colour system when playing
VIDEO CDs (including Super VIDEO CDs)/
DivX video files.
PAL
Plays a disc in PAL colour
system.
NTSC
Plays a disc in NTSC colour
system.
Auto Display
On
Automatically displays
information on the screen
when the recorder is turned
on, etc.
Off
Displays information only
when DISPLAY is pressed.
Screen Saver
Settings and Adjustments
Component Out
Selects whether or not to output video signals
from the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks.
Progressive Output
If your TV accepts progressive (525p/625p)
format signals, set “Progressive Output” to
“On.” You will enjoy accurate colour
reproduction and high quality images.
Settings and Adjustments
Select “Clock” in “Basic,” and press
ENTER.
Video settings will adjust items related to the
image, such as size and colour.
Choose the settings according to the type of
TV, tuner, or decoder connected to the DVD
recorder.
b Note
Turns on the Auto Clock Set function when a
programme position in your local area
broadcasts a time signal.
1
Video Settings (Video)
The screen saver image appears when you do
not use the recorder for more than 10 minutes
while an on-screen display, such as the
System Menu, is displayed on your TV
screen. The screen saver image helps prevent
your display device from becoming damaged
(ghosting).
On
Turns on the screen saver
function.
Off
Turns off the function.
When picture noise appears after you set the
recorder to progressive format, hold down x, and
press PROGRAM – (minus) on the unit.
102
103
1-25
Audio Settings (Audio)
The “Audio” setup allows you to adjust the
sound according to the playback and
connection conditions.
1
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
2
3
Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
Select “Audio,” and press ENTER.
The “Audio” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
Audio Connection
b Note
The following setup items switch the method
of outputting audio signals when you connect
a component such as an amplifier (receiver)
with a digital input jack.
For connection details, see “Step 3:
Connecting the Audio Cords” on page 20.
Select “Dolby Digital,” “MPEG,” “DTS,”
“48kHz/96kHz PCM,” and “Audio(HDMI)”
after setting “Digital Out” to “On.”
If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment
not compatible with DOLBY DIGITAL signals, the
“D-PCM” signals will be automatically output even
when you select “Dolby Digital.”
PCM
Select this when the recorder
is connected to an audio
component without a built-in
MPEG decoder. If you play
MPEG audio sound tracks,
the recorder outputs stereo
signals via the DIGITAL
OUT (COAXIAL or
OPTICAL) jack.
Select “Audio Connection” in “Audio,”
and press ENTER.
MPEG
Select this when the recorder
is connected to an audio
component with a built-in
MPEG decoder.
b Note
If the playback sound is distorted, set this
item to “On.” The recorder reduces the audio
output level.
This function affects the output of the
following jacks:
– LINE 2 OUT R-AUDIO-L jacks
– LINE 1 – TV jack
– LINE 3/DECODER jack
On
Select this when the playback
sound from the speakers is
distorted.
Off
Normally select this position.
If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment
not compatible with MPEG audio signals, the
“PCM” signals will be automatically output even
when you select “MPEG.”
2
Select “Digital Out,” and press ENTER.
3
4
On
Normally select this
position.
Off
The influence of the
digital circuit upon the
analogue circuit is
minimal.
• DTS (DVD VIDEOs only)
Selects whether or not to output DTS signals.
On
Select this when the recorder
is connected to an audio
component with a built-in
DTS decoder.
Off
Select this when the recorder
is connected to an audio
component without a built-in
DTS decoder.
Select “On,” and press ENTER.
Set the digital output signal.
Select this when the recorder
is connected to an audio
component lacking a built-in
Dolby Digital decoder. The
surround effects of output
signals are determined by the
“Downmix” setting item in
the “Audio” setup.
Dolby
Digital
Select this when the recorder
is connected to an audio
component with a built-in
Dolby Digital decoder.
96kHz/
24bit
All signals containing
96 kHz/24 bit are output
without conversion.
However, the signals are
output at 48 kHz/16 bit if
copyright-protected signals
are contained.
b Notes
• “48kHz/96kHz PCM” setting has no effect when
audio signals are output from the LINE 2 OUT
(R-AUDIO-L) jacks or LINE 1 – TV/LINE 3/
DECODER jack. If the sampling frequency is
96 kHz, signals are simply converted to analogue
signals and output.
• If the HDMI OUT jack is connected to equipment
not compatible with 96 kHz signals, 48 kHz PCM
will be automatically output even when you select
“96kHz/24bit.”
• Audio(HDMI)
Selects the type of audio signal output from
the HDMI OUT jack.
Auto
Normally, select this
position. Outputs the
optimum audio signal that
can be received by the TV
based on the “Digital Out”
setting (page 104).
PCM
Converts Dolby Digital or
96 kHz PCM signals to
48 kHz/16 bit PCM.
b Notes
b Note
• Dolby Digital (HDD/DVDs only)
Selects the type of Dolby Digital signal.
D-PCM
The audio signals of DVD
VIDEOs are converted to
48 kHz/16 bit and output.
When HDMI output is performed to equipment not
compatible with DTS signals, the signals will not be
output regardless of the “DTS” setting.
• A loud noise (or no sound) will be output if you
connect the recorder to a TV that is not
compatible with DOLBY DIGITAL/DTS signals
and “Auto” is selected. In this case, select
“PCM.”
• Set “Digital Out” to “On” when outputting
compressed audio signals to an HDMI
compatible TV.
,continued
104
Audio DRC (Dynamic Range Control)
(DVDs only)
Selects the dynamic range (difference
between soft and loud sounds) setting when
playing a DVD that conforms to “Audio
DRC.” This affects the output from the
following jacks:
– LINE 2 OUT R-AUDIO-L jacks
– LINE 1 – TV jack
– LINE 3/DECODER jack
– DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or
OPTICAL)/HDMI OUT jack only when
“Dolby Digital” is set to “D-PCM”
(page 104).
HQ Setting
Selects the HQ mode used for recording on
the HDD (page 54).
Recording Settings
(Recording)
The “Recording” setup allows you to adjust
recording settings.
1
2
3
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
Standard
Normally select this position.
Select “Recording,” and press
ENTER.
TV Mode
Makes low sounds clear even
if you turn the volume down.
The “Recording” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
Wide
Range
Gives you the feeling of
being at a live performance.
HQ+
Records in higher quality
(approximate 15 Mbps).
HQ
Records in the standard HQ
mode.
Bilingual Recording (for all recordable
discs except DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs in VR mode)
Selects the sound to be recorded on the
recordable disc. This setting is not necessary
when recording on DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs (VR
mode) that record both the main and sub
sounds.
Dolby
Surround
Normally select this position.
Multi-channel audio signals
are output to two channels for
enjoying surround sounds.
Normal
Multi-channel audio signals
are downmixed to two
channels for use with your
stereo.
Bilingual Recording
Selects the sound to be recorded on the HDD.
Main+Sub
Records the main and sub
sounds for the bilingual
programme.
Synchro Rec.
Selects the recording destination used for
Synchro-Recording (page 63).
Sub
Records the sub sound for the
bilingual programme.
Record to
DVD
Records to DVDs.
HDD Rec. Settings
Records the sub sound for the
bilingual programme.
Turns off the TV Direct Rec
function.
Records to the HDD.
On
Sub
Off
Record to
HDD
Auto Chapter
Rec. Mode Adjust
Records the main sound for
the bilingual programme.
Allows you to easily record
what you are watching on the
TV.
Records the main sound for
the bilingual programme.
Timer Settings
Main
On
Off
Automatically adjusts the
recording mode to enable the
entire programme to be
recorded (page 57).
Turns off the function.
Auto Title Erase (HDD only)
On
Automatically erases old
titles recorded on the HDD
(page 57).
Off
Turns off the function.
Selects whether to automatically divide a
recording (a title) into chapters during
recording or dubbing.
On
Inserts chapter marks at
approximately 6 minute
intervals.
Off
No chapter mark is inserted.
Settings and Adjustments
Switches the method for mixing down to two
channels when you play a DVD which has
rear sound elements (channels) or is recorded
in Dolby Digital format. For details on the
rear signal components, see “4. Displaying
the Playing Time and Play Information” on
page 37. This function affects the output of
the following jacks:
– LINE 2 OUT R-AUDIO-L jacks
– LINE 1 – TV jack
– LINE 3/DECODER jack
– DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or
OPTICAL)/HDMI OUT jack when “Dolby
Digital” is set to “D-PCM” (page 104).
Selects whether to directly start recording
using the SMARTLINK feature (page 34).
This setting is effective only when you
connect the recorder to your TV via the
SCART jacks.
Main
Downmix (DVDs only)
105
TV Direct Rec. (HDD/DVD+RW/DVD-RW/
DVD+R/DVD-R only)
DVD Rec. Settings
Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
Settings and Adjustments
Audio ATT (attenuation)
48kHz/
16bit
• MPEG (DVD VIDEOs only)
Selects the type of MPEG audio signal.
If you connect a component that does not
accept the selected audio signal, a loud noise
(or no sound) will come out from the
speakers, and may affect your ears or cause
speaker damage.
1
• 48kHz/96kHz PCM (DVD VIDEOs only)
Selects the sampling frequency of the audio
signal.
b Notes
• The actual chapter mark interval may vary
depending on the amount of information
contained in the video to be recorded.
• Chapter marks are automatically inserted where
the recordings start on the tape when “Auto
Chapter” is set to “On” during DV dubbing to the
HDD or a DVD-RW/DVD-R (VR mode).
b Note
If you change the recording mode while dubbing
from a DVD to the HDD, the sound recorded in the
source (DVD) is applied regardless of this setting.
106
107
1-26
5
• When you have already registered a
password, the display for entering the
password appears.
Disc Settings (DVD)
Select “Level,” and press ENTER.
The selection items for “Level” are
displayed.
The “DVD” setup allows you to adjust
parental control, language and other DVD
related settings.
1
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
2
3
Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
b Note
If you select a language in “DVD Menu,”
“Subtitle,” or “Audio” that is not recorded on the
DVD VIDEO, one of the recorded languages will
be automatically selected.
2
Select “DVD,” and press ENTER.
The lower the value, the stricter the
limitation.
Discs rated higher than the selected level
will be restricted.
Enter your four-digit password using the
number buttons, then select “OK” and
press ENTER.
The “DVD” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
6
3
Select “Standard,” and press ENTER.
The selection items for “Standard” are
displayed.
• If you forget your password, you will have to
reset it by selecting “Parental Control” of
“Factory Setup” in the “Others” setup (page 110).
• When you play discs which do not have the
Parental Control function, playback cannot be
limited on this recorder.
• Depending on the disc, you may be asked to
change the Parental Control level while playing
the disc. In this case, enter your password, then
change the level.
4
Select a geographic area as the playback
limitation level, and press ENTER.
The area is selected.
• When you select “Others,” press the
number buttons to select and enter an
area code in the table (page 127). Then
select “OK” and press ENTER.
Format DVD-RW (DVD-RW only)
The recorder automatically starts formatting
in VR mode or Video mode, whichever is
selected below, when a new, unformatted
DVD-RW is inserted.
VR
Automatically formats the
disc in VR mode.
Video
Automatically formats the
disc in Video mode.
One Touch Dubbing
Displays the following options for the One
Touch Dub function.
Finalise Disc (for all recordable discs
except DVD-RW in VR mode)
Selects whether or not to finalise the disc
automatically following One Touch Dubbing
(page 93).
Auto
Automatically finalises the
disc following One Touch
Dubbing.
Manual
Allows you to finalise the
disc manually.
Settings and Adjustments
b Notes
Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be
limited according to a predetermined level,
such as the age of the users. Scenes may be
blocked or replaced with different scenes.
Select “Parental Control” in “DVD,” and
press ENTER.
• If you have not entered a password, the
display for registering a new password
appears.
Select the level, and press ENTER.
The Parental Control setting is complete.
To cancel the Parental Control setting for
the disc, set “Level” to “Off” in step 6.
To change the password, select
“Password” in step 3, and press ENTER.
When the display for registering a
password appears, enter a new four-digit
password using the number buttons, then
select “OK” and press ENTER.
Parental Control (DVD VIDEO only)
1
z Hint
If you select “Others” in “DVD Menu,” “Subtitle,”
or “Audio,” select and enter a language code from
“Language Code List” on page 127 using the
number buttons.
Language (DVD VIDEO only)
DVD Menu
Switches the language for the DVD menu.
Audio
Switches the language of the sound track.
When you select “Original,” the language
given priority in the disc is selected.
Subtitle
Switches the language of the subtitles
recorded on the disc.
When you select “Audio Follow,” the subtitle
language changes according to the language
you selected for the sound track.
108
109
Factory Setup
Remote Control Settings/
Factory Settings (Others)
Allows you to select the setup settings by
group, and return them to their default
settings. Note that all of your previous
settings will be lost.
Easy Setup
(Resetting the Recorder)
The “Others” setup allows you to set up other
operational settings.
1
Select “Factory Setup” in “Others,” and
press , or ENTER.
The display for selecting a group of
settings appears.
Select this to run the “Easy Setup”
programme.
2
Select the group of settings you want to
return to default from “Basic,” “Video,”
“Audio,” “Recording,” “DVD,”
“Others,” “Parental Control,” and “All,”
and press , or ENTER.
1
2
3
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
Select “Others,” and press ENTER.
The “Others” setup appears with the
following options. The default settings
are underlined.
3
Select “Start,” and press ENTER.
The selected settings return to their
default settings.
4
Press ENTER when “Finish” appears.
1
2
3
Press SYSTEM MENU while the
recorder is in stop mode.
Select “SETUP,” and press ENTER.
Select “Easy Setup,” and press
ENTER.
Format
You can erase all titles recorded on the HDD.
Dimmer
Adjusts the lighting of the front panel display.
Normal
Bright lighting.
Save
Power
Low lighting. Turns off the
lighting when the power is
off.
Select “Start.”
Follow the instructions for “Easy
Setup” (page 25) from step 2.
Settings and Adjustments
4
5
Command Mode
Changes the Command Mode of the recorder
if other DVD equipment is assigned the same
Command Mode. For details, see “If you
have a Sony DVD player or more than one
Sony DVD recorder” on page 23.
Registration Code
Displays the registration code of DivX video
files for this recorder.
For more information, go to http://
www.divx.com/vod on the Internet.
110
111
1-27
Picture noise appears.
Additional Information
Troubleshooting
If you experience any of the following
difficulties while using the recorder, use this
troubleshooting guide to help remedy the
problem before requesting repairs. Should
any problem persist, consult your nearest
Sony dealer.
Power
The power does not turn on.
, Check that the mains lead is connected
securely.
Picture
There is no picture.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
, Try the following: 1Turn the recorder off
and on again. 2Turn the connected
equipment off and on again. 3Disconnect
and then connect the HDMI cord again.
, If the HDMI OUT jack is used for video
output, changing the “HDMI Resolution”
setting of “Video Output” in the “Video”
setup may solve the problem (page 101).
Connect the TV and the recorder using a
video jack other than the HDMI OUT, and
switch the TV’s input to the connected
video input so that you can see the onscreen displays. Change the “HDMI
Resolution” setting of “Video Output” in
the “Video” setup, and switch the TV’s
input back to HDMI. If the picture still does
not appear, repeat the steps and try other
options.
, The recorder is connected to an input device
that is not HDCP compliant (page 17).
, Depending on the setting combination for
“TV Type” and “4:3 Output,” the edge of
the screen may be hidden or displayed with
black bands, or the left and right sides of the
image may flicker. In this case, change the
settings on your TV, not on this recorder.
Depending on the connected equipment,
the video signals of the selected HDMI
resolution may not be output.
, When connecting the DVI equipment,
720×480/576p video signals are output
even when an option other than 720×480/
576p is selected.
, When connecting the DVI equipment and a
PC monitor that is HDCP compliant, only
720×480/576p video signals may be output.
There is no picture or the picture noise
appears when connected to the DV IN
jack.
, Try the following: 1Turn the recorder off
and on again. 2Turn the connected
equipment off and on again. 3Disconnect
and then connect the i.LINK cable again.
TV programme reception does not fill the
screen.
, Set the channel manually in “Programme
Setting” in the “Basic” setup (page 96).
, Select the correct source using the INPUT
SELECT button, or select a channel of any
TV programme using the PROG +/–
buttons.
TV programme pictures are distorted.
, Reorient the TV aerial.
, Adjust the picture (see the TV’s instruction
manual).
, Place the recorder and TV farther apart.
, Place the TV and any bunched aerial cables
farther apart.
, The aerial cable is connected to the
AERIAL OUT jack on the recorder.
Connect the cable to the AERIAL IN jack.
TV channels cannot be changed.
, The channel is disabled (page 97).
, A timer recording started, which changed
the channels.
The picture from equipment connected to
the recorder’s input jack does not appear
on the screen.
, If the equipment is connected to the LINE 1
– TV jack, select “L1” in the front panel
display by pressing PROG +/– or INPUT
SELECT.
If the equipment is connected to the LINE 2
IN jacks, select “L2” in the front panel
display by pressing PROG +/– or INPUT
SELECT.
If the equipment is connected to the LINE
3/DECODER jack, select “L3” in the front
panel display by pressing PROG +/– or
INPUT SELECT.
If the equipment is connected to the DV IN
jack, (this is usually for a digital video
camera connection), select “DV” in the
front panel display by pressing INPUT
SELECT.
Additional Information
,
Re-connect all connecting cords securely.
The connecting cords are damaged.
Check the connection to your TV (page 13).
Switch the input selector on your TV (such
as to “VCR”) so that the signal from the
recorder appears on the TV screen.
Check that “Scart Setting” in the “Video”
setup is set to the appropriate item that
conforms to your system (page 103).
If you connect the recorder to your TV via
only the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
jacks, set “Component Out” of “Video
Output” in the “Video” setup to “On”
(page 102).
This recorder cannot record NTSC signals.
When playing a double-layer DVD, the
video and audio may be momentarily
interrupted at the point where the layers
switch.
There is no picture or the picture noise
appears when connected to the HDMI OUT
jack.
, If the picture output signal from your
recorder passes through your VCR to get to
your TV, or if you are connected to a
combination TV/VIDEO player, the copyprotection signal applied to some DVD
programmes could affect picture quality. If
you still experience this problem even when
you connect your recorder directly to your
TV, try connecting your recorder to your
TV’s S VIDEO input.
, You have set the recorder to progressive
format even though your TV cannot accept
the progressive signal. In this case, hold
down x, and press PROGRAM – (minus)
on the unit.
, Even if your TV is compatible with
progressive format (525p/625p) signals, the
image may be affected when you set the
recorder to progressive format. In this case,
hold down x, and press PROGRAM –
(minus) on the unit and the recorder is set to
normal (interlace) format.
, You are playing a DVD recorded in a colour
system that is different from your TV.
, Noise may appear in the pictures recorded
on the HDD, which is due to the
characteristics of HDD, and is not a
malfunction.
, When playing a double-layer DVD, the
video and audio may be momentarily
interrupted at the point where the layers
switch.
The playback picture or TV programme
from the equipment connected through the
recorder is distorted.
, If the playback picture output from a DVD
player, VCR, or tuner goes through your
recorder before reaching your TV, the copyprotection signal applied to some
programmes could affect picture quality.
Disconnect the playback equipment in
question and connect it directly to your TV.
The picture does not fill the screen.
, Set “TV Type” of the “Video Output” in the
“Video” setup in accordance with the
screen size of your TV (page 101).
,continued
112
The picture does not fill the screen, even
though the picture size is set in “TV Type”
of the “Video Output” in the “Video” setup.
The programme position number in the
programme listing does not match the
broadcast station.
, The picture size of the title is fixed.
, There may be more than one channel lineup
for your area. To change the channel lineup,
select “Editor” in the Menu Bar of the
GUIDE Plus+ system (page 52).
The picture is black and white.
, Check that “Line1 Output” of the “Scart
Setting” in the “Video” setup is set to the
appropriate item that conforms to your
system (page 103).
, If you are using a SCART cord, be sure to
use one that is fully wired (21 pins).
GUIDE Plus+ system
GUIDE Plus+ system does not appear.
, Try the following: 1Turn the recorder off
and on again. 2Turn the connected
equipment off and on again. 3Disconnect
and then connect the HDMI cord again.
, The HDMI OUT jack is connected to a DVI
device (DVI jacks do not accept audio
signals).
, The equipment connected to the HDMI
OUT jack does not conform to the audio
signal format, in this case set
“Audio(HDMI)” of “Audio Connection” to
“PCM” in the “Audio” setup (page 105).
Programme listings for some programme
positions are missing.
, The programme guide data may not be
updated. Turn off the recorder and let the
recorder receive the programme guide data.
, Some broadcast stations support only two
days of data. For details, see the following
website:
www.europe.guideplus.com
, All of the GUIDE Plus+ data could not be
received because the reception is poor.
Sound distortion occurs.
, Set “Audio ATT” in the “Audio” setup to
“On” (page 104).
Sound is noisy.
, When playing a CD with DTS sound tracks,
noise will come from the LINE 2 OUT RAUDIO-L jacks, LINE 1 – TV jack, or
LINE 3/DECODER jack (page 69).
The programme listing is not up to date.
, The recorder was in use during the time that
the GUIDE Plus+ data was scheduled to be
downloaded.
, All of the GUIDE Plus+ data could not be
received because the reception is poor.
The sound volume is low.
, The sound volume is low on some DVDs.
The sound volume may improve if you set
“Audio DRC” in the “Audio” setup to “TV
Mode” (page 106).
, Set “Audio ATT” in the “Audio” setup to
“Off” (page 104).
Sound
There is no sound.
, Re-connect all connections securely.
, The connecting cord is damaged.
, The input source setting on the amplifier or
the connection to the amplifier is incorrect.
, The recorder is in reverse play, fastforward, slow motion, or pause mode.
, If the audio signal does not come through
the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or
OPTICAL)/HDMI OUT jacks, check the
“Audio Connection” settings in the
“Audio” setup (page 104).
, The recorder supports only MP3 audio and
MPEG audio for DivX video files. Press
AUDIO and select MP3 audio or MPEG
audio.
An alternate audio track cannot be
recorded or played.
, When recording from connected
equipment, set “Line Audio Input” in
OPTIONS menu to “Bilingual” (page 65).
, Multilingual tracks (main and sub) cannot
be recorded on DVD+RWs, DVD-RWs
(Video mode), DVD+Rs, or DVD-Rs
(Video mode). To record the language, set
“Bilingual Recording” of the “DVD Rec.
Settings” in the “Recording” setup to
“Main” or “Sub” before recording
(page 107). To record both the main and sub
sounds, record on DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs
(VR mode).
, Any discs other than the HDD or DVDRWs/DVD-Rs (VR mode) cannot be used
for recording both main and sub sounds. To
record on the HDD, set “Bilingual
Recording” of the “HDD Rec. Settings” in
the “Recording” setup to “Main+Sub”
(page 106).
, If you have connected an AV amplifier to
the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or
OPTICAL) jack and want to change the
audio track for HDD/DVD-RWs/DVD-Rs
(VR mode) during playback, set “Dolby
Digital” of the “Audio Connection” in the
“Audio” setup to “D-PCM” (page 104).
Playback
The recorder does not play any type of disc
(except HDD).
, The disc is upside down. Insert the disc with
the labelled side facing up.
, The disc is not correctly inserted.
, Moisture has condensed inside the recorder.
In this case, if the recorder is on, leave it on
(if it is off, leave it off) for about an hour
until the moisture evaporates.
, If the disc was recorded on another recorder
and was not finalised (page 41), the
recorder cannot play the disc.
The recorder does not start playback from
the beginning.
, Resume play was activated (page 67).
, You have inserted a DVD whose Title menu
or DVD menu automatically appears on the
TV screen when it is first inserted. Use the
menu to start playback.
The recorder starts playing automatically.
, The DVD VIDEO features an auto
playback function.
Playback stops automatically.
, If the DVD has an auto pause signal, the
recorder stops playback at the auto pause
signal.
,continued
114
1-28
Additional Information
, 1Even if you complete “Easy Setup,” TV
programme listings do not appear until the
recorder receives the GUIDE Plus+ data.
2Turn off the recorder, but do not unplug
it. 3Wait for 24 hours. It may take several
days for the recorder to receive the GUIDE
Plus+ data for all programme positions. If
the recorder does not receive the GUIDE
Plus+ data after 24 hours, set the host
channel manually (page 52).
, The country/region or postal code is
incorrect. Correctly set your country/region
and postal code (page 50).
, The host channel setup for your set top box
receiver is incorrect.
Set the host channel manually (page 52).
, When the recorder is connected to a set top
box receiver, the set top box receiver must be
turned on to download the GUIDE Plus+ data.
, Area numbers that cannot be received using
GUIDE Plus+ are set. Select “Easy Setup”
from “SETUP” in the System Menu, and
follow the on-screen instructions to make
the settings again (page 25).
, The “Time Lock” function on your cable
box is activated. Set this function to off.
, If the host channel has changed or moved,
the programme guide data cannot be
received. In this case, follow the steps in
“Searching for the GUIDE Plus+ host
channel” (page 51) to update the host
channel setting. If the problem still persists
after waiting for a day, search for the host
channel at the following website and set the
host channel manually (page 52).
www.europe.guideplus.com
No sound is output from the HDMI OUT
jack.
113
115
Some functions such as Stop, Search, or
Slow-motion Play cannot be performed.
, Depending on the DVD, you may not be
able to do some of the operations above. See
the instruction manual supplied with the
disc.
The language for the sound track cannot
be changed.
, Multilingual tracks are not recorded on the
DVD being played.
, The DVD VIDEO prohibits the changing of
the language for the sound track.
, Try changing the language using the DVD
VIDEO’s menu.
The subtitle language cannot be changed
or turned off.
, Multilingual subtitles are not recorded on
the DVD VIDEO.
, The DVD VIDEO prohibits changing of the
subtitles.
, Try changing the subtitle using the DVD
VIDEO’s menu.
, The subtitles cannot be changed for the
titles recorded on this recorder.
, Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD
VIDEO being played.
, You are trying to change the angles when
“
” does not appear in the front panel
display (page 66).
, The DVD VIDEO prohibits changing
angles.
, Try changing the angle using the DVD
VIDEO’s menu.
, The angles cannot be changed for the titles
recorded on this recorder.
, The angles cannot be changed during slow
motion playback or when playback is
paused.
The DivX video files do not play.
, The file is not created in DivX format.
, The file has an extension other than “.avi”
or “.divx.”
, The DATA CD (DivX video)/DATA DVD
(DivX video) is not created in a DivX
format that conforms to ISO9660 Level 1/
Level 2 or Joliet.
The MP3 audio tracks do not play.
, The MP3 audio tracks are not recorded in a
format that the recorder can play (page 73).
The JPEG image files do not play.
, The JPEG image files are not recorded in a
format that the recorder can play (page 73).
, Progressive JPEG images cannot be played.
TV Pause does not work.
Recording does not stop immediately
after you press x REC STOP.
, You are recording to the HDD or the HDD
is full.
, It will take a few seconds for the recorder to
input disc data before recording can stop.
Recording/Timer recording/
Editing
Recording does not stop after you press
x.
, Press x REC STOP.
The programme position cannot be
changed from the programme position you
are recording.
Timer recording is not complete or did not
start from the beginning.
, Set the TV’s input source to “TV.”
, There was a power failure during recording.
If the power recovers when there is a timer
recording, the recorder resumes recording.
Should the power failure continue for more
than 1 hour, reset the clock (page 100).
, Other timer setting overlapped the timer
setting (page 63).
, Disc space was not enough.
, The PDC/VPS function is working.
Recording does not start immediately
after you press z REC.
, Operate the recorder only after “LOAD,”
“FORMAT,” or “INFOWRITE” disappears
from the front panel display.
Nothing was recorded even though you set
the timer setting correctly.
, There was a power failure during recording.
, The recorder’s internal clock stopped due to
a power failure that lasted for more than 1
hour. Reset the clock (page 100).
, The channel was disabled after the timer
recording was set. See “Programme
Setting” on page 96.
, The programme position was hidden after
the timer recording was set. (See “Making
changes to the GUIDE Plus+ System” on
page 50.)
, Disconnect the mains lead from the mains,
and connect it again.
, “PDC/VPS Scan Off” was selected in the
OPTIONS menu (page 62).
, The programme contains copy protection
signals that restrict copying.
, Other timer setting overlapped the timer
setting (page 63).
Contents previously recorded were
erased.
, Data that is not playable on this recorder but
was recorded on a DVD with a PC will be
erased from the disc when the disc is
inserted.
, “Auto Title Erase” of the “Timer Settings”
in the “Recording” setup is set to “On”
(page 107).
The PDC/VPS function does not operate.
, Check that the clock and date are set
correctly.
, Check that the PDC/VPS time you set is the
correct one (there might be a mistake in the
TV programme guide). If the broadcast you
wanted to record did not send the good
PDC/VPS information, the recorder will not
start recording.
, If the reception is poor, the PDC/VPS signal
might be altered and the recorder might not
start recording.
, “PDC/VPS Scan Off” is selected (page 62).
, The PDC/VPS function may not work if the
GUIDE Plus+ host channel setup is not
complete.
, The PDC/VPS function does not work
when the GUIDE Plus+ data is being
downloaded.
Recording from the equipment
with a timer
Nothing was recorded even though you set
the Synchro-Rec setting correctly.
, You forgot to turn off the connected
equipment. Turn off the connected
equipment and set the recorder to SynchroRec standby mode (page 63).
, The recorder was not set to the SynchroRecording standby mode. Press
c z SYNCHRO REC to have the recorder
stand by for recording. Make sure the
SYNCHRO REC indicator lights up on the
front panel (page 63).
, The equipment is not connected to the LINE
3/DECODER jack of the recorder.
, The recorder is connected to the TV output
jack of the connected equipment.
Synchro-Recording does not complete.
, The timer setting for the connected
equipment overlapped the recorder’s timer
setting (page 64).
, There was a power failure during the
recording.
,continued
116
The recorder automatically starts
recording when the satellite receiver is
turned on.
The clock does not appear in the front
panel display when the recorder is turned
off.
The disc tray does not open and
“LOCKED” appears in the front panel
display.
, The Synchro-Rec function was activated.
Turn off the satellite receiver and cancel the
Synchro-Rec function (page 63).
, “Dimmer” in the “Others” setup is set to
“Save Power” (page 110).
, The disc tray is locked. Cancel the Child
Lock (page 67).
Dubbing
The disc tray does not open and “TRAY
LOCKED” appears in the front panel
display.
Remote control
The remote does not function.
You dubbed a title, but the title did not
appear in the HDD Title List.
, The title contained a copy protection signal,
so it was moved (page 87).
High-speed dubbing is not possible.
, The title cannot be dubbed at high-speed
(page 86). Even if A-B erasure is performed
so that a title does not contain mixed picture
sizes, it is still treated as a title with mixed
picture sizes.
Display
, Contact your Sony dealer or local
authorized Sony service facility.
, Batteries are weak.
, The remote is too far from the recorder.
, The remote’s manufacturer code returned to
the default setting when you replaced the
batteries. Reset the code (page 22).
, The remote is not pointed at the remote
sensor on the recorder.
, Different command modes are set for the
recorder and remote. Set the same
command mode (page 23). The default
command mode setting for this recorder and
the supplied remote is DVD3.
, Press x (stop) on the unit while the
recorder is turned off to check the current
command mode.
The disc tray does not open and you
cannot remove the disc after you press Z
(open/close).
, Turn off the recorder. Once the clock
appears in the front panel display,
disconnect the mains lead. (If the recorder
does not turn off or if the clock does not
appear in the front panel display, disconnect
the mains lead anyway.) Connect the mains
lead again while pressing down A on the
recorder, and release the button when the
disc tray opens. Then, keep [/1 on the
recorder pressed for about ten seconds until
“WELCOME” appears in the front panel
display.
The clock has stopped.
The TIMER REC indicator is flashing.
, The disc does not have enough space.
, Insert a recordable disc inside the recorder.
, The inserted DVD is protected (page 41).
The recording mode indication is
incorrect.
, When the recording or dubbing is less than
ten minutes, or if a picture with little
movement is displayed for more than ten
minutes, the recording mode indication may
be displayed incorrectly. Note that the
actual recording or dubbing itself was
correctly made in the selected recording
mode.
, After playing titles recorded in EP and SLP
mode, the recording mode indication may
change depending on the recorded
programme.
Others
The recorder does not operate properly.
, Restart the recorder. Press down [/1 on the
recorder for more than ten seconds until
“WELCOME” appears in the front panel
display.
, When static electricity, etc., causes the
recorder to operate abnormally, turn off the
recorder and wait until the clock appears in
the front panel display. Then, unplug the
recorder and after leaving it off for a while,
plug it in again.
“RECOVERY” appears in the front panel
display.
Five numbers or letters are displayed in
the front panel display.
, The hard disk error occurred. Press down
[/1 on the recorder for ten seconds until
“WELCOME” appears in the front panel
display. If this does not resolve the problem,
format the recorder’s HDD by pressing
down the HDD button on the recorder for
more than ten seconds until “FORMAT”
appears in the front panel display. Note that
all the contents recorded on the HDD will
be erased. If this does not fix the problem,
contact your nearest Sony dealer.
, The recorder’s recovery function was
activated when the recorder was turned on
because the power was turned off or failed
during recording. Leave the recorder on
until “RECOVERY” disappears from the
front panel display.
117
“FAN ERROR” appears in the front panel
display.
, Check that the vent on the rear of the
recorder is not blocked. Then, immediately
disconnect the mains lead. Leave the
recorder off for a while, then re-connect the
mains lead, and press [/1 on the recorder.
Mechanical sound is heard when the
recorder is off.
, While the recorder is adjusting the clock for
the Auto Clock Set function, scanning the
programme positions for the PDC/VPS
function or updating the EPG information,
operational noises (such as the internal fan)
may be heard, even when the power is off.
This is not a malfunction.
Additional Information
, Set the clock again (page 100).
, The clock stopped due to a power failure
that lasted for more than 1 hour. Reset the
clock (page 100).
Additional Information
The angles cannot be changed.
, There is no DVD inside the recorder.
, There is not enough disc space for the
recording.
, The set top box was turned off.
, The set top box controller was incorrectly
connected (page 13).
, The settings in “Setup” in the Menu bar
have been changed (page 50).
, The recorder was in the process of dubbing
(HDDyDVD).
, The recorder was in the process of DV
Dubbing.
, The DivX video file is larger than 720
(width) × 576 (height).
“HDD ERROR” appears in the front panel
display.
, The self-diagnosis function was activated
(see the table on page 120).
The disc tray does not open after you press
Z (open/close).
, It may take a few seconds for the disc tray
to open after you have recorded or edited a
DVD. This is because the recorder is adding
disc data to the disc.
118
119
1-29
Notes about the discs
Self-diagnosis Function
(When letters/numbers
appear in the display)
When the self-diagnosis function is activated
to prevent the recorder from malfunctioning,
a five-character service number (e.g., C 13
00) with a combination of a letter and four
numbers appears in the front panel display. In
this case, check the following table.
Cause and/or corrective
First three
characters of action
the service
number
C 13
C 31
There is a problem in the
HDD.
, Contact your nearest
Sony dealer or local
authorized service
facility.
The DVD is dirty.
, Clean the disc with a soft
cloth.
E XX
To prevent a malfunction, the
(xx is a number) recorder has performed the
self-diagnosis function.
, Contact your nearest
Sony dealer or local
authorized Sony service
facility and give the fivecharacter service number.
Example: E 61 10
• To keep the disc clean, handle the disc by its
edge. Do not touch the surface. Dust,
fingerprints, or scratches on the disc may
cause it to malfunction.
On operation
• If the recorder is brought directly from a
cold to a warm location, or is placed in a
very damp room, moisture may condense
on the lenses inside the recorder. Should
this occur, the recorder may not operate
properly. In this case, if the recorder is on,
leave it on (if it is off, leave it off) for about
an hour until the moisture evaporates.
• When you move the recorder, take out any
discs and do not apply shock or vibration to
the hard disk drive. If you don’t, the disc or
hard disk drive may be damaged (page 3).
• Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or
heat sources such as hot air ducts, or leave
it in a car parked in direct sunlight as the
temperature may rise considerably inside
the car.
• After playing, store the disc in its case.
• Clean the disc with a cleaning cloth. Wipe
the disc from the centre out.
On adjusting volume
Do not turn up the volume while listening to
a section with very low level inputs or no
audio signals. If you do, the speakers may be
damaged when a peak level section is played.
• Do not use solvents such as benzine,
thinner, commercially available cleaners, or
anti-static spray intended for vinyl LPs.
• Do not use the following discs.
– A disc that has a non-standard shape (e.g.,
card, heart).
– A disc with a label or sticker on it.
– A disc that has cellophane tape or sticker
adhesive on it.
On cleaning
Clean the cabinet, panel, and controls with a
soft cloth slightly moistened with a mild
detergent solution. Do not use any type of
abrasive pad, scouring powder or solvent
such as alcohol or benzine.
On cleaning discs, disc/lens cleaners
On replacement of parts
Do not use cleaning discs or disc/lens
cleaners (including wet or spray types).
These may cause the recorder to
malfunction.
In the event that this unit is repaired, repaired
parts may be collected for reuse or recycling
purposes.
Specifications
System
Laser: Semiconductor laser
Channel coverage:
PAL/SECAM (B/G, D/K, I, L)
VHF: E2 to E12, R1 to R12, F2 to F10,
Italian A to H, Ireland A to J, South
Africa 4 to 13
UHF: E21 to E69, R21 to R69, B21 to
B69, F21 to F69
CATV: S01 to S05, S1 to S20, France
B to Q
HYPER: S21 to S41
The above channel coverage merely ensures
the channel reception within these ranges. It
does not guarantee the ability to receive
signals in all circumstances. For details, see
“Receivable channels” (page 97).
Video reception: Frequency synthesizer
system
Audio reception: Split carrier system
Aerial out: 75-ohm asymmetrical aerial
socket
Timer: Clock: Quartz locked/Timer
indication: 24-hour cycle (digital)/
Power back-up duration: 1 hour
Video recording format: MPEG-2,
MPEG-1
Audio recording format/applicable
bit rate: Dolby Digital 2 ch
256 kbps/128 kbps (in EP and SLP
mode)
,continued
120
Supplied accessories:
Mains lead (1)
Aerial cable (1)
Remote commander (remote) (1)
Set top box controller (1)
R6 (size AA) batteries (2)
About i.LINK
The DV IN jack on this recorder is i.LINKcompliant for digital video cameras. This
section describes the i.LINK standard and its
features.
Specifications and design are subject to
change without notice.
What is i.LINK?
i.LINK is a digital serial interface for
handling digital video, digital audio and other
data in two directions between equipment
having the i.LINK jack, and for controlling
other equipment.
i.LINK-compatible equipment can be
connected by a single i.LINK cable. Possible
applications are operations and data
transactions with various digital AV
equipment. When two or more i.LINKcompatible equipment are connected to this
recorder in a daisy chain, operations and data
transactions are possible with not only the
equipment that this recorder is connected to
but also with other devices via the directly
connected equipment.
Note, however, that the method of operation
sometimes varies according to the
characteristics and specifications of the
equipment to be connected, and that
operations and data transactions are
sometimes not possible on some connected
equipment.
Compatible colour systems
This recorder is designed to record using the
PAL colour system and play back using the
PAL or NTSC colour systems.
The signals of the SECAM colour system can
be received or recorded but played back in the
PAL colour system only. Recording of video
sources based on other colour systems cannot
be guaranteed.
b Note
Normally, only one piece of equipment can be
connected to this recorder by the i.LINK cable (DV
connecting cable). When connecting this recorder
to i.LINK-compatible equipment having two or
more i.LINK jacks (DV jacks), see the instruction
manual of the equipment to be connected.
General
Power requirements: 220-240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Power consumption: 46 W
Dimensions (approx.):
430 × 73 × 328 mm (width/height/
depth) incl. projecting parts
Hard disk drive capacity: 160 GB
Mass (approx.): 4.7 kg
Operating temperature: 5ºC to 35ºC
Operating humidity: 25% to 80%
About the name “i.LINK”
i.LINK is a more familiar term for IEEE 1394
data transport bus proposed by SONY, and is
a trademark approved by many corporations.
IEEE 1394 is an international standard
standardized by the Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers.
i.LINK baud rate
i.LINK’s maximum baud rate varies
according to the equipment. Three maximum
baud rates are defined:
S100 (approx. 100 Mbps*)
S200 (approx. 200 Mbps)
S400 (approx. 400 Mbps)
The baud rate is listed under “Specifications”
in the instruction manual of each equipment.
It is also indicated near the i.LINK jack on
some equipment.
The maximum baud rate of equipment on
which it is not indicated such as this unit is
“S100.”
When units are connected to equipment
having a different maximum baud rate, the
baud rate sometimes differs from the
indicated baud rate.
* What is Mbps?
Mbps stands for megabits per second, or the
amount of data that can be sent or received in one
second. For example, a baud rate of 100 Mbps
means that 100 megabits of data can be sent in
one second.
i.LINK functions on this
recorder
For details on how to dub when this recorder
is connected to other video equipment having
DV jacks, see page 91.
The DV jack on this recorder can only input
DVC-SD signals. It cannot output signals.
The DV jack will not accept MICRO MV
signals from equipment such as a MICRO
MV digital video camera with an i.LINK
jack.
For further precautions, see the notes on
page 91.
For details on precautions when connecting
this recorder, also see the instruction manuals
for the equipment to be connected.
Required i.LINK cable
Use the Sony i.LINK 4-pin-to-4-pin cable
(during DV dubbing).
i.LINK and
122
121
Additional Information
Inputs and outputs
LINE 2 OUT
(AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/10 kilohms
(VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p
(S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,
C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL)
LINE 2 IN
(AUDIO): Phono jack/2 Vrms/more than
22 kilohms
(VIDEO): Phono jack/1.0 Vp-p
(S VIDEO): 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,
C: 0.3 Vp-p (PAL)
LINE 1 – TV: 21-pin
CVBS IN/OUT
S-Video/RGB OUT (upstream)
LINE 3/DECODER: 21-pin
CVBS IN/OUT
S-Video/RGB IN
S-Video OUT (downstream)
Decoder
DV IN: 4-pin/i.LINK S100
DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL):
Optical output jack/–18 dBm
(wave length: 660 nm)
DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/
0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
(Y, PB/CB, PR/CR):
Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p,
PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p
G-LINK: mini jack
HDMI OUT: HDMI 19pin-Standard
Connector
Additional Information
The DVD/CD is not inserted
correctly.
, Re-insert the disc
correctly.
Notes About This
Recorder
are trademarks.
123
1-30
Front panel
Guide to Parts and Controls
For more information, see the pages in parentheses.
Remote
J TV/DVD button (22)
K TOP MENU/Red button (66)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
L CHAPTER MARK/Yellow button
(81)
CHAPTER MARK ERASE/Blue
button (81)
A [/1 (on/standby) button (25)
M SYSTEM MENU button (94, 96)
TITLE LIST button (35, 66, 78)
TV GUIDE button (45)
B Front panel display (126)
N INFO (information) button (45)
O SCHEDULE button (57)
E TIMER REC indicator (56)
SYNCHRO REC indicator (63)
D A (open/close) button (33)
P </M/m/,/ENTER button (25)
F H (play) button (66)
G x (stop) button (66)
R OPTIONS button (43)
H
S PAGE
I z REC button (33)
/
L
C Disc tray (33)
Q O RETURN button (78)
buttons (35, 73)
DV IN jack (91)
M ONE-TOUCH DUB button (93)
N PROGRAM +/– buttons (33)
The + button has a tactile dot*.
O INPUT SELECT button (63, 91)
P REC MODE button (33)
Q LINE 2 IN (S VIDEO/VIDEO/
L(MONO) AUDIO R) jacks (29)
(remote sensor) (22)
J x REC STOP button (33)
* Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating
the recorder.
U mc / CM (search/slow/
freeze frame) buttons (68)
A HDD button (33)
DVD button (33)
B [/1 (on/standby) button (25)
C Z (open/close) button (33)
D PROG (programme) +/– buttons (33)
The + button has a tactile dot*.
E Number buttons (57, 72)
The number 5 button has a tactile dot*.
F INPUT SELECT button (65, 91)
G AUDIO button (68)
The AUDIO button has a tactile dot*.
H SUBTITLE button (68)
I MENU/Green button (66)
V H (play) button (66)
X (pause) button (68)
x (stop) button (66)
Additional Information
T ./> (previous/next)/DAY +/–
buttons (68)
K HDD button/indicator (33)
DVD button/indicator (33)
The H button has a tactile dot*.
W DISPLAY button (37)
X z REC button (33)
x REC STOP button (33)
c z SYNCHRO REC button (63)
REC MODE button (33)
Y TV 2 (volume) +/– buttons (22)
Z TV [/1 (on/standby) button (22)
wj TV PROG (programme) +/– buttons
(22)
The + button has a tactile dot*.
wk TV t button (22)
* Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating
the recorder.
,continued
124
Front panel display
125
Language Code List
For details, see page 109.
The language spellings conform to the ISO 639: 1988 (E/F) standard.
HDD
DVD
SMARTLINK
DVD NICAM
VCD TV
A HDD/DVD indicators
Displays the selected media and the
playing/recording status.
• Clock
• Programme position
• TV Direct Rec indication (33):
“TV” appears in the right most two
digits.
B Dubbing direction indicator
C SMARTLINK indicator (18)
E NICAM indicator (55)
D Displays the following:
F TV indicator (33)
• Playing time
• Current title/chapter/track/index
number
• Recording time/recording mode
G Disc type*
H
Code Language
Code Language
Code Language
1183
1186
1194
1196
1203
1209
1217
1226
1229
1233
1235
1239
1245
1248
1253
1254
1257
1261
1269
1283
1287
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1305
1307
1311
1313
1326
1327
1332
1334
1347
1349
1350
1352
1353
1356
1357
1358
1363
1365
1369
1376
1379
1393
1403
1408
1417
1428
1435
1507
1508
1509
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1521
1525
1527
1528
1529
1531
1532
1534
1535
1538
1539
1540
1543
1557
1564
1572
1581
1587
1613
1632
1665
1684
1697
1067
1070
1079
1093
1097
1103
1105
1109
1130
1142
1144
1145
1149
1150
1151
1157
1165
1166
1171
1174
1181
(angle) indicator (66)
* Displays DATA CDs as “CD.”
Rear panel
Afar
Abkhazian
Afrikaans
Amharic
Arabic
Assamese
Aymara
Azerbaijani
Bashkir
Byelorussian
Bulgarian
Bihari
Bislama
Bengali;
Bangla
Tibetan
Breton
Catalan
Corsican
Czech
Welsh
Danish
German
Bhutani
Greek
English
Esperanto
Spanish
Estonian
Basque
Persian
Finnish
Fiji
Faroese
French
Frisian
Irish
Scots Gaelic
Galician
Guarani
Gujarati
Hausa
Hindi
Croatian
Hungarian
Armenian
Interlingua
Interlingue
Inupiak
Indonesian
Icelandic
Italian
Hebrew
Japanese
Yiddish
Javanese
Georgian
Kazakh
Greenlandic
Cambodian
Kannada
Korean
Kashmiri
Kurdish
Kirghiz
Latin
Lingala
Laothian
Lithuanian
Latvian;
Lettish
1345 Malagasy
A AERIAL IN/OUT jacks (13)
F LINE 3/DECODER jack (15)
B HDMI OUT (high-definition
multimedia interface out) jack (17, 20)
G AC IN terminal (21)
Area Code
For details, see page 108.
C LINE 2 OUT (R-AUDIO-L/VIDEO)
jacks (17, 20)
H LINE 1 – TV jack (17)
I DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL/
OPTICAL) jack (20)
D LINE 2 OUT (S VIDEO) jack (17)
J G-LINK jack (13)
E COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
(Y, PB/CB, PR/CR) jacks (17)
126
1436
1463
1481
1482
1483
1489
1491
1495
1498
1501
1502
1503
1505
1506
Maori
Macedonian
Malayalam
Mongolian
Moldavian
Marathi
Malay
Maltese
Burmese
Nauru
Nepali
Dutch
Norwegian
Occitan
(Afan)Oromo
Oriya
Punjabi
Polish
Pashto;
Pushto
Portuguese
Quechua
RhaetoRomance
Kirundi
Romanian
Russian
Kinyarwanda
Sanskrit
Sindhi
Sangho
SerboCroatian
Singhalese
Slovak
Slovenian
Samoan
Shona
Somali
Albanian
Serbian
Siswati
Sesotho
Sundanese
Swedish
Swahili
Tamil
Telugu
Tajik
Thai
Tigrinya
Turkmen
Tagalog
Setswana
Tonga
Turkish
Tsonga
Tatar
Twi
Ukrainian
Urdu
Uzbek
Vietnamese
Volap k
Wolof
Xhosa
Yoruba
Chinese
Zulu
1703 Not specified
Code Area
Code Area
Code Area
Code Area
2044
2047
2046
2057
2070
2079
2090
2092
2115
2165
2174
2109
2248
2238
2254
2276
2304
2363
2362
2376
2390
2379
2427
2424
2436
2489
2501
2149
2499
2086
2528
2184
Argentina
Australia
Austria
Belgium
Brazil
Canada
Chile
China
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
India
Indonesia
Italy
Japan
Korea
Malaysia
Mexico
Netherlands
New Zealand
Norway
Pakistan
Philippines
Portugal
Russia
Singapore
Additional Information
Code Language
1027
1028
1032
1039
1044
1045
1051
1052
1053
1057
1059
1060
1061
1066
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Thailand
United
Kingdom
127
1-31
MEMO
1-32E
RDR-HX820/HX825
SECTION 2
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE: The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure.
Set
Case block assembly
(Page 2-2)
RD-064 board
(Page 2-2)
Tray assembly
(Page 2-3)
Hard disk
(Page 2-5)
DVD drive
(Page 2-6)
Power block
(Page 2-6)
Front panel assembly
(Page 2-3)
FL-166 board,
FR-257 board
(Page 2-4)
Hard disk section
(Page 2-4)
AV-106 board
(Page 2-7)
2-1
D. C. fan
(Page 2-5)
NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.
2-1. CASE BLOCK ASSEMBLY
3 Three special front point screws
4 Case block assembly
2 Two tapping screws
1 Two tapping screws
2-2. RD-064 BOARD
4 Flexible flat cable
(FRD-011) (CN201)
5 Five tapping screws
(+BV 3 x 8)
q; RD-064 board
3 Connector
(CN701)
9 Claw
2 Connector
(CN203)
1 Coating clip
6 Coating clip
8 Two Board to Board Connectors
(CN603, CN606)
7 Screw
(+B 3 x 6)
2-2
2-3. TRAY ASSEMBLY
Hole
3 Two claws
1 The stiff wire
4 Tray assembly
2 Open the tray.
2-4. FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY
1 Seven claws
2 Front panel assembly
2-3
2-5. FL-166 BOARD, FR-257 BOARD
2 Connector
(CN3101)
5 FL-166 board
3 Three tapping screws
(+BV 3 x 8)
(CN3102)
(CN3001)
4 FL cover
1 Flexible flat cable
(FLR-008)
6 Flexible flat cable
(FAR-005) (CN3003)
7 Connector
(CN3005)
8 Three tapping screws
(+BV 3 x 8)
9 FR-257 board
2-6. HARD DISK SECTION
5 Four tapping screws
(+BV 3 x 8)
A
6 Remove the Hard disk section
in the direction of the arrow A.
2 Connector
(CN1)
7 Connector
3 Tapping screw
(+BV 3 x 8)
4 Spring (FHC),
ground
2-4
1 Pin
2-7. HARD DISK
6 Remove the HDD shield plate
in the direction of the arrows A and B.
5 Hard disk section
B
A
4 HDD bracket (5.5)
2 Harness
(PH-077)
7 Hard disk
1
3 Four screws
2-8. D. C. FAN
4 Remove the D.C. fan
in the direction of the arrow.
2 Connector
(CN103)
3 Two tapping screws
(+BV 3 x 10)
1 Pin
2-5
2-9. DVD DRIVE
5 Remove the DVD section
in the direction of the arrow A.
4 Four tapping screws
(+BV 3 x 8)
8 DVD drive
2 Connector
(CN2)
7 Flexible flat
cable (FRD-011)
3 Flexible flat cable
(FRD-011) (CN201)
A
6 Two tapes
1 Pin
2-10.POWER BLOCK
3 Four tapping screws
(+BV 3 x 8)
2 Connector
(CN2)
1 Connector
(CN3)
4 Tapping screw
(+BV 3 x 10)
5 Power block
2-6
2-11.AV-106 BOARD
3 Four tapping screws
(+BV 3 x 8)
4 RD bracket
5 Pin
7 Pin
2 Tapping screw
(+BV 3 x 10)
1 Two large
type clamps
6 Pin
8 Connector
(CN103)
qd Connector
(CN3)
qf Five tapping screws
(+BV 3 x 8)
9 Connector
(CN701)
qg AV-106 board
q; Flexible flat cable
(FAR-005) (CN602)
qs Seven tapping screws
(+BV 3 x 10)
qa Screw
(+B 3 x 6)
2-7
2-12.CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
Power block
AV-106 board
FL-166 board
RD-064 board
FR-257 board
2-8E
RDR-HX820/HX825
SECTION 3
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM
J702
LINE 2 OUT
S VIDEO
VIDEO
AUDIO L
AUDIO R
RD-064 BOARD
C
AV-106 BOARD
Y
Y
TU401
AERIAL
B
IC902
V
VIDEO AMP SELECTOR
C
SCALER
TMDS DATA,CLOCK
IC904
C
IC702
CN902
HDMI
OUT
HDMI TX
IC901
Y
J703
TU VIDEO
TUNER
V,C,Y
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
Y - CB - CR
TUDV
IN
Y,CB,CR
OUT
3
RECVY,RECCCR
IC1401
AUDIO
J301
EURO MSP
SIF
3
AND GATE
6
DIGITAL OUT
COAXIAL
IC903
SUB CPU
TU SCL,TU SDA
X1401
18.432MHz
IC304
Y,C,Y/G,CR/R,CB/B
DIGITAL OUT
OPTICAL
X901
10MHz
S901
IDE D0-D15
RECVY,RECCCR
FL-166
BOARD (1/2)
J3101
LINE 2 IN
Y
DVD
UNIT
ADE A0-A4
7
Y,C,Y/G,CR/R,CB/B
Y2
IC803
S VIDEO
SPDIFOH
DAL,DAR
AUDIO L
AOUT L +/-,AOUT R +/-
L2
AIN L +/-,AIN R +/-
(MONO)
TUL,TUR
R2
AUDIO R
12
IC802
ADATAO
2
AUDIO
ADC/DAC
MUTING
HDD
UNIT
X201
25MHz
AODATAI
IC803
HT +/HR +/-
HDD DRIVE
IC302
V2
VIDEO
IC201
SPDIFO
2
VIDEO
SELECTOR
C2
C
AT2 DATA[0-15]
Y,R/C
6
DDATA[0-31]
768FSCHG
384FS48K
AUDIO
SELECTOR
768FSCHG
DADRS[0-12]
IC105,106
DAL,DAR
IC202,203
IC103
AMP
256Mbit
DDR
10
6
RISM3
20
V1
IC112
LOGIC
CN805
LINE1-TV
SCLK[0],RX[O]
IC605
AND GATE
AVLINK
IC102
RISMSTATUS2
V/Y OUT
XSYSRST
EEPROM
L1,R1
L1,R1 OUT
1
IC604
41
XPAMUTE
R.G.B
9
V/Y,C OUT
LINE3/DECODE
TX[0]
IC502
SUPER AND
MEMORY
(128Mbit)
2
IC605
L3,R3
HDATA[0-15]
3
AND GATE
TU SCL,TU SDA
V3
X801
27MHz
CLOCK
GEN
IC802
PLL
HADRS[6-31]
FSEL
HCS[0]
3
VMCLK
A768 FS48K
A768 FS441K
L3,R3 OUT
22
PHYDO[0-7]
X603
32,76kHz
IC604
EEP ROM
FR-257 BOARD (1/2)
IC3002
XITRST5
REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER
IC301
IC603
5V
AVLINK
BUFFER
FUNCTION
KEY
VIDEO
DECODER
IT CONTROL
REC656I
CLOCK.SYNC
IC701
UNSW6V
PHY
HDD,DVD
TIMER REC
SYNCHRO REC
IC601
X301
14.31818MHz
P FAIL DET
IC3001
X701
24,576MHz
LED DRIVE
4
4
UNSW6V
REG
SW3.4VC
SW5V
UNSW4V
S3101
POWER
X602
10MHz
UNSW3V
VDAC3.3V
D101
4
ND3101
FLUORESCENT
INDICATOR TUBE
REG
IC3101
SWITCHING REGULATOR
(SRV-2001EK)
FLD DRIVE
FL-166 BOARD (2/2)
D101
RECT
TPA+/-,TPB+/-
SW12V
HX825 ONLY
AC IN
UNSW4V
4
G LINK
1
IC1102
2
IR CONT
SW5V
UNSW12V
UNSW12V
FR-257 BOARD (2/2)
F101
UNSW6V
UNSW6V
IC1103
POWER
REGULATOR
UNSW-8V
UNSW-8V
X101
16MHz
FAN
3-1
3-2
DV IN
RDR-HX820/HX825
3-2. AV-106 BLOCK DIAGRAM
WIDE SELI 37
C
V
CVBS OUT 31
Q709
CB/B
Q710
43 MONO IN
6
Q1401,1402
SIF OUT
7
2 ANA IN+
SCL
9
12 SCL
TU L
SC1 OUT L 31
TU SCL
TU SDA
SYNCIN
CVIN1
(3/8)
RECCCR
6
AUDIO R
Y
CB
CR
RECVY
2
Q313
VSYNC
VSYNC OUT 65
47 CVBS2
X1401
18.432MHz
XTAL OUT 6
Q405,407
AGC
CONT
C/Cr
20 Cr IN
J703
OPTICAL OUT
OPTICAL
FSW
SYNCRO DET
XP VMUTE
L3G
L3B
TU SCL
SCLOCK 70
TU G MAX
TU AUTOP
22
39
35
31
23
TU SDA
SDATA 71
27
30
TU AFT
AFT OUT 16
26
42
38
TU SDA
J3101
47 SDA
12 TU CVBS
5
RIN
BI
6
9
5
8
3
10
1
FSW 52
FSW
Q807,808
FUNCTION SW IN
CN701
51 FB
L1 FB OUT 50
31 FS2
CVBS/YOUT 36
Y
2 ENC Y
R/C OUT 28
4 ENC C
G OUT 29
6 ENC R
B OUT 30
8 ENC G
C OUT AUX 34
10 ENC B
FS AUX 3
C
CR/R
Y/G
CB/B
19
16
15
11
CN805
10
LINE 1-TV
8
7
6
3
2
1
1
41
41
40
37
36
32
29
LINE 3/DECODE
28
27
24
23
22
22
9
3
7
5
15
6
17
8
(3/8)
6
COMPARATOR
BLANKING OUT
14
16
V/Y OUT3
Q309,310
UNSW12V
MUTING
RECG
RECB
RECVY
RECCCR
C
Y
CB/B
Y/G
TO/FROM
RD-064 BOARD
CN603
CR/R
ITSCK5
R/C OUT
POWER MUTE
SWITCH
G OUT
2
ITREQ5
Q305,309,311
D301
4
AOUTL+
AOUTLAINLAINL+
AINR+
AINR-
ITREQ5
ITSDI5
8
ITSDO5
Q306,308,312
5
XITRST5
7
NISE TX
D304
ITSCK5
6
1
POWER MUTE
SWITCH
AOUTR+
ITSDO5
3
D303
AOUTR-
ITSDI5
BO
CO
SPDIFO
CN502(1/2)
V/Y OUT1
12
NISE RX
FS L1 5
VIDEO
SELECTOR
13
DIAG
11
CN501
19
11 13 15 17 21 23
2
RISM STATUS5-2
TO/FROM
RD-064 BOARD
CN606
RISM RTS 0
(SEE PAGE 3-5)
RISM STATUS5-1
ITRST5
TX
RX
DIAG
XRMUTE
FROM
RD-064 BOARD
CN603
XLMUTE
(SEE PAGE 3-5)
CN601
FOR CHECK
1
CN502(2/2)
V IN 1
DIAG
20
SWITCH
XP AMUTE
(7/8)
IC803
20
7
DA-L
1
2
IC302
CVBS/YOUT 32
FL-166
BOARD
(1/2)
1
DA-R
42 AUX G
BLANKING IN
R2 IN
L3B
EURO INT
44 AUX B
V2 IN
L2 IN
L3G
B 22
INT 45
PARALLEL 7
40 AUX R/C
S2 SW
GIN
7
11
AUDIO R
10
38 AUX CVBS/Y
ASW2
AUDIO L
(MONO)
7
1
C2 IN
ASW3
VIDEO
4
Y2 IN
ASW4
C
9
ASW5
Y
2
4
VIN 3
ASW6
S VIDEO
CN3005
RECR
(SEE PAGE 3-5)
ASW1
3
24 L1 CVBS/Y
FSW
L3RC
ALL MUTE 41
G 20
LINE 2 IN
VIN 1
34
CVBS/YOUT 14
R/C 18
AUOUTL
46 SCL
AUOUTR
TU SCL
COAXIAL
DIGITAL OUT
MUTE 19
36 C2
J301
HDET
VDET2 OUT 75
57 Y2
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
CR - CB - Y
IC304
L3RC
DY AD
L3RC
RF AGC 11
Y/CVBS
SYNC SEP
VDET1 OUT 68
XTAL IN 5
13 SDA
SDA 10
16 C-Y IN
18 Cb IN
Q711
CR/R
SLICE OUT 80
TU R
SC1 OUT R 30
R
Q702,705
14 S-Y IN
V/Y OUT 1
2
3
BLANKING OUT
7
8
9 10 11
(7/8)
R/C OUT
IC802
G OUT
AV LINK
AUDIO
SELECTOR
FUNCTION SW OUT
BO/CI
A(L) IN 1
ASW1 3
(5/8)
ASW2 4
IC605
CLOCK GEN
ASW3 7
A(L) OUT 1
A(R) IN 1
TU L
V IN 3
V/Y OUT 3
L2 IN
R IN
G IN
R2 IN
BI
28 SCL2
IT SOUT 38
29 SDA2
IT SW 39
ASW6 16
CLKOUT 3
BI/CO
A(L) IN 3
13 L2 L IN
FS AUX IN 30
14 L2 R IN
AD L OUT 18
A(R) IN 3
A(L) IN3
A(R) OUT 3
A(R) IN3
IC202
25 L1 R IN
XVDCC 7
11 XRESET
XINTR 10
17
6
12
7
13
(5/8)
IC603
AINLX603
32,76kHz
AD R OUT 17
EU AU OUT R
2
XINT2
1
29 AUX L IN
6
FS L1 OUT 19
FUNCTION SW OUT
10 L4 L
L1 R OUT 22 A(R) OUT1
5 DA L IN
L1 L OUT 23
6 DA R IN
AUX R OUT 31
DA L
DA R
11 L4 R
ITSCK5
RISM RTS0
MONITOR 41
AUX L OUT 32
A(L) OUT1
A(R) OUT3
A(L) OUT3
RISM STATUS1 45
IT CONTROL
OND0
1
EEP SDA
66
5 SDA
(5/8)
IC604
EEPR011
EEP SCL
67
6 SCL
XEEP WP
68
7 WP
XOUT
12
XIN
14
IT XRST
20
AINR-
3
28 AUX R IN
ITSDO5
IT SCLK 40
TH601
AMP
EU AU OUT L
26 L1 L IN
A(R) IN1
A(L) OUT 3
XCIN
ITSDI5
(2/8)
FS L1 IN 27
5
A(L) IN1
RISM STATUS2 23
SCL 4
9
ITREQ5
IT REQ 18
CNVSS
SDA 5
2 TU R IN
BLANKING IN
8
ASW5 15
1 TU L IN
TU R
53 XCE
ASW4 8
A(R) OUT 1
FUNCTION SW IN
6
CEVISCK5
Y/G
CR
Cr OUT 21
M2
AUDIO OUT
Cb OUT 23
11 C IN
SH RXD2
(4/8)
EURO MSP
Q708
AUDIO L
CNVSS
IC1401
Y
VIDEO
L
CB
TU SLC
IN
OUT
Q707
V
TU SDA
DET OUT 17
TU VIDEO
TU DV
C
S VIDEO
G
Y
C-Y OUT 25
49 CVBS3
TU401
AERIAL
Q401,403
VIDEO
BUFFER
Y
38 C3
V2 IN
LINE 2 OUT
C
SH TXD2
59 Y3
C2 IN
Y
G
S-Y OUT 27
45 CVBS1
Y2 IN
J702
Y
C
C OUT 29
TX
(6/8)
VIDEO AMP
SELECTOR
RX
IC702
XIT PST
AV-106 BOARD
5
7
109 SYNCIN
AINL+
X602
10MHz
113 CVIN 1
2
3
1
AINR+
VSYNC
80 SYNC V1
(2/8)
IC203
52 HDET 1
AMP
58 SYNCRO DET
61 XP VMUTE
EURO INT
82 XINT3
XITRST5
(5/8)
FSW
100 BS C/N DET
IC601
56 XP AMUTE
P FAIL DET
UNSW6V
Q611-Q615
HX825 only
27 AVLINK OUT
AVLINK
BUFFER
IC1102
(8/8)
3
TU AUTOP
AVLINK IN
84 AUTO PRESET
P FAIL
51
LED STB 94
LED XRESET 93
IR CONT
104 TU G MAX
XOUT 11
X1101
16MHz
116 TU AFT1
XIN 13
XRESET 10
(8/8)
INT5 33
IC1103
J1101
Q1104
4
G LINK
3-3
1
2
TA3IN 21
26 CLK2
TXD1 28
24 TA2OUT
RXD2 27
RESET 5V
IR INT
IR BUSY
STB RXD
STB TXD
IR INT
IR BUSY
STB RXD
STB TXD
RESET 5V
SIRCSIN
FLD DATA
2
4
92 S2SW
FLD CLK
6
74 IR INT
DIMMER
21
73 IR BUSY
FLD STB
95
KEY0
96
43 RXD
42 TXD
77 IR RESET
3-4
1 VOUT VDD 2
KEY1
97
KEY2
98
11
SIRCS
9
DATA
6
DIM
CLK
DIM
4
CLK
10
DATA
8
12
13
14
15
CN602
LED STB
LED RST
SIRCS
LED DIM
LED CK
FLD STB
TO/FROM
FR-257 BOARD
(CN3003)
KEY0
(SEE PAGE 3-6)
LED DT
KEY1
KEY2
RDR-HX820/HX825
3-3. RD-064 (1/2) BLOCK DIAGRAM
(1/8)
(1/8)
RD-064 BOARD
IC102
XWP 7
IC103
EEPROM
SCL 6
RISM3
SDA 5
CN603
Q607
23
27
AT1DATA0
RECVY
AE3
RECCR
Q606
AE5
CB/B
Y/G
CR/R
30
26
42
Q602
YOUT
Q604
BOUT
CIN
34
Y2
52-50
Y9
VI 2A
HS
72
VS
73
DATACLK
40
23
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
RECB
RECG
RECR
FSW
31
1
VI 1B
SCL
28
35
8
VI 2B
SDA
29
39
17 VI 3B
22
35 FSS
RESETB
74
GOUT
AD6
ROUT
K23
WP
AE14,AC14
AD15,AE16
AD16,AE17
AE18,AC17
REC656I[0-7]
47-43
7
XLMUTE
XRMUTE
B6
34
REC656H
REC656V
R656CLKI
SDCL[0]
SDA[0]
AINR+
AINR-
AOUTRAOUTR+
AOUTL+
AOUTL-
REC656H
AB13
REC656V
AE15
R656CLKI
L21
CDCL0
K25
SDA0
XEYSRST
75
SPDIFO
AT2DATA[15]
H1,J3,J1,K3
K1,L3,L1,M3,
M4,L2,L4,K2
K4,J2,J4,H2
AT2RESET
AT2CS 1
M1
E1
AT2CS 0
F4
AT2ADR 2
F3
AT2ADR 1
F1
AT2ADR 0
F2
AT2TNTRQ
G4
AT2DMACK
G3
AT2IORDY
G2
AT2DIOR
G1
AT2DIOW
H4
AT2DMARQ
H3
25 AINL-
8
IDE DACK
UNIT
LED CK
TO/FROM
AV-106 BOARD
(CN602)
27
29
IDE INT
H DD0
1-3
5-7
10-15
61-64
AT2DATA[0-15]
6
24 AINL+
14
26 AINR+
ADCBC 6
27 AINR-
16
ALCLR 5
DACD 12
9
16 AOUTR-
7
15 AOUTR+
DACLR 9
15
17 AOUTL+
ZFLANL 4
18 AOUTL-
CL 2
17
AODATAI
P3 AODATAI
AOBCKI
P4 AOBCKI
AOLRCKI
T1 AOLRCKI
ADATAO
N4 ADATAO
ALRCKO
RTS[1]
SCLK[1]
DI 1
TX[1]
11 DACMC
CE 28
RX[1]
7 ADCMC
DACBCK 10
1
LED STB
LED RST
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
PHYDIO 7
V3,U4,W1,V2
U3,V1,U2,T4
PHYSCLK
PHYCTL 0
PHYCTL 1
V4
PHYLPS
W2
RTS1
PHYLREQ
U1
C19
ACLKI
B21
TX1
C24
RX1
DDATAO
H DD15
16
AT2CS[1]
AT2CS[0]
AT2ADR[2]
AT2ADR[1]
AT2ADR[0]
AT2TNTRQ
AT2DMACK
AT2IORDY
AT2DIOR
AT2DIOW
AT2DMARQ
H RESET N
47
H CS N1
48
H CS N0
49
H DA 2
50
H DA 1
51
H DA 0
53
H INTRQ
54
H DMACK
55
H IORDY
58
H DIOR N
59
H DIOW N
60
H DMARQ
LED DIM
HRHR+
RX P 27
DADRS0
DADRS12
AE20,AD19
AE19,AA18
AC18,AB18
AC19,AB20
AC21,AB21
AA19,AC22
B22
DBA0,DBA1
AE21,AD20
R3 BCKO
6 1Y 1A 1
DDQS0
LOGIC
SG1 14
8
4
5
7
DIN
SG16 29
2
7
8
CLK
6
8
DATA
P3 1
9
CLK
P4 2
5
10 XSTB
P1 12
7
11 XCLR
P2 13
D3004
D3005
D3003
Q3002
HDD
8
RISM STATUS1 3
IT-REQ5
4
RISM RTS0
5
IT-XRST5
7
IT-SIN5
6
IT-SCLK5
2
RISM STATUS2
1
11 4Y
4A 12
D19
TXO
8 3Y
3A 9
DDM0
DVD
TIMER REC
1A 1
KEY 0
3
HDD
KEY 1
4
UNIT
KEY 2
12
3
1
CN3001
2
PHYDIO[0-7]
S3012-S3014
DVD, HDD,
INPUT SELECT
S3006-S3009
PHYSCLK
PHYCTL 0
OPEN/CLOSE, CH+
CH-, REC MODE
3
TPB-
4
2
TPB+
5
1
LF701
TPA1P 46
2
3
D7
TPB1P 44
4
2 SCLK
TPB1N 43
6 CTL1
59 LPS
63 LREQ
5
C20
2A 4
A24
DDATA[0-31]
DADRS[0-12]
DBA[0,1]
IC105,IC106
DDM[0-3]
256Mbit DDR
DQ0
8,10,11,13
8,10,11,13
54,56,57,59
60,62,63,65 DQ15
CTSO
28-32
35-42
RTSO
DQ0
2,4,5,7
54,56,57,59
A0
A12
60,62,63,65
XWE 21
28-32
35-42
XCAS 22
DQ15
A0
A12
XRAS 23
2B 5
26,27 BA0.1
(5/8)
16,51 LDQS,UDQS
IC604
20,47 LDM,UDM
RX2
AND GATE
CTS2
(5/8)
IC605
R2 VCLKI
AND GATE
1Y 3
(1/8)
DDQS[0-3]
TX2
CN606
TPB-
X701
27,576MHz
XI 23
1B 2
6 2Y
TPATPB+
RESET B 55
2,4,5,7
RTS[0]
TPA+
CN701
XO 22
5 CTL0
PHYLPS
PHYLREQ
XSYSRST
AE13
RESET
D23
RXO
B20
SCLKO
C10
HCS5
H25
FSEL
DCLKNO
AE24
DCLKO
AD24
DCS
AD22
DRAS
AE23
DCAS
AD23
DWE
AC23
XWE 21
XCAS 22
XRAS 23
26,27
BA0,1
CK 45
16,51
LDSS,UDQ3
CK 45
XCK 46
20,47
LDM,UDM
XCK 46
CS 24
CS 24
2 1B
4 2A
2Y 6
RX[0]
HDATA0
H22-H24
C25
5 2B
9 3A
3Y 8
E22-E25
SCLK[0]
F22,24,25
10 3B
G23-G25
4Y 11
12 4A
RISMSTATUS2
HDATA15
D24,25
HDATA[0-15]
13 4B
(7/8)
IC802
PLL
FSEL 6
35-42
3 X1 IN
X801
27MHz
768FS48K 7
768FS441K 11
REF27M3 16
2
RD-064 BOARD(2/2)
(SEE PAGE 3-8)
HADRS6
A10-A17
A768FS48K
N2 AMCLK1
A768FS441K
R4 AMCLK2
HADRS30
D11-D15
VMCLK
D22
VMCLK
A22
TX2
C22
RX2
D18
CTS2
C11-C16
HOE B8
HWSO A7
HCSO C9
DQ0-DQ15
54,56,31
B10-B16
4 X2 OUT
1
44-51
384FS48K 9
768FSCHG 13
1-12,15
HADRS[6-30]
A0-A24
18-26
HOE
34 XOE
HWS[0]
(4/8)
IC502
SUPER AND
MEMORY
(128Mbit)
13 XWE
14 XRESET
HCS[0]
32 XCE
768FSOH
XSYSRST
3-5
PLAY, REC STOP,
REC, STOP, DUB
4
TPA-
3
RSTN 17
D0
PHYCTL 1
CN3102
S3001-S3005
TPA+
2
TPA1N 45
8,9
11,12
14,15
17,18
1
1
5
X201
25MHz
XI 23
C8 HDACKO
ITREQ
Q3001
D3002
HDD DRIVE
3B 10
3 1Y
GR1 31
GR12 42
IC201
XO 22
U24,U21
T21,U23
DDM3
4B 13
RISMSTATUS1
5V
(2/8)
V25,U22
U25,T22
DDQS3
11
STB
CN203
M22,23
N21-N25
P21-P25
R21,24,25
T23,V23,24
W21,22,25
AA22-AA25
AB24,25
AC25
4 2Y 2A 3
TX[0]
Y1
P2 LRCKO
(1/8)
IT-SOUT5
W3
A23
IC112
13
9
SYNCHRD REC
2
HT-
RX M 28
AT2RESET
PHY
PHYDIO 0
ABCKO
SPDIFOH
ADATAOH
ALRCKOH
ABCKOH
(SEE PAGE 3-8)
12
6
31
HT+
TX P 32
TX M 31
IC701
CDCD 8
RD-064 BOARD
(2/2)
DIAG
DVD
1
3
(6/8)
DDATA31
RX[2]
38
FLD DRIVE
4
CN3005
(7/8)
ZFLANR 3
TX[2]
LED DAT
25
IDE IORDY
IC3101
REMOTE COMMANDER
RECIEVER
LED DRIVE
AT2DATA[0]
2
384FS48K
TO/FROM
AV-106 BOARD
CN501
FLD STB
19
768FSCHG
(SEE PAGE 3-4)
35
CN3003
10
IC3001
AC13
R1
SIRCS
23
IDE R
AT1DMACK B5
33
21
IDE W
AT1DIOR D5
AUDIO ADC/DAC
AINL-
IDE DREQ
AT1DMARQ B4
REC656I7
1
IC803
AINL+
IDE RST
VCC 1
IC3002
REC656I0
X301
14.31818MHz
SPDIFO
ADE A0-A4
D6,D7
AT1INTRQ A5
16 VI 3A
RECVY V
BOUT
C6,C7
AT1 ADRO,ADR1
ADR2,CSO,CS1
2 VOUT
3
18
AT1DIOW A4
VDEC
TO/FROM
AV-106 BOARD
CN502
YOUT
A2,C3,A3,C4
AT1IORDY C5
IC301
RECCR V
AE9
AD8
AE7
ROUT
(3/8)
Q605
COUT
IDE D0-D15
AT1RESET E2
GOUT
Q603
38
AD10
CN201
E4,D2,C2,A1
DDAT[0-15]
Y
COUT
Q601
D4,B3,D3,B2
B1,C1,D1,E3
YIN
AT1DATA15
C
FL-166 BOARD(2/2)
5V
DDAT[16-31]
RECVY
RECCCR
FR-257 BOARD
3-6
CN3004
DV IN
S3101
POWER
ND3101
FLD
RDR-HX820/HX825
3-4. RD-064 (2/2) BLOCK DIAGRAM
RD-064 BOARD(2/2)
PXCLK
IC904 (8/8)
79 D0
REC656O 1 AD14,AB14
AC15,AB15
AC16,AD17
REC656O 7 AD18,AB17
23 DY2
SCALB[0-7]
HDMI TH
30 DY9
QB9 69
75
70
34 DI2
QG2 74
68 D7
67
65
39
75
42
77
43 DI9
80
61
82
QG9 83
58
117 DCLK
AB16
QB2 62
49 SDA
QR2 86
50 SCL
90
93
52 NRST
SCALY[0-7]
TX2+ 36
TX2- 35
D8
TX1+ 33
TX1- 32
TX0+ 30
TX0- 29
57 D15
TXC+ 27
TXC- 26
56 D16
SCALC[0-7]
49 D23
TMDS DATA 2+
TMDS DATA 2-
1
TMDA DATA 1+
TMDS DATA 1-
4
TMDS DATA 0+
TMDS DATA 0-
7
TMDS CLOCK+
TMDS CLOCK-
10
3
6
9
12
HDMI
CONNECTOR
QR9 95
QV
QH
QDE
QCLK
(1/8)
IC103(2/2)
96
97
98
99
2
1
80
66
RISM3
VSYNC
HSYNC
DE
IDCK
5 SPDIF
ALRCKOH
11 WS
ABCKOH
12 SCK
ADATAOH 7 SD3
IC902 (8/8)
SCALER
HPD 18
4 Y
A 1
19
IC906 (8/8)
CSCL 43
CSDA 44
RESET# 42
INT 17
AND GATE
SDA
SCL
16
15
CN902
MCLK 6
10 SD0
SPDIFOH
1
RD-064 BOARD
(1/2)
(SEE PAGE 3-5)
2
RD-064 BOARD
(1/2)
ADATAOH
ALRCKOH
ABCKOH
768FSOH
(SEE PAGE 3-5)
SCLK3
RTS2
RTS3
HCS2
RX3
A20
B22
C21
B9
D21
22
32
5
23
6
13
31
50
VSYNC
UCKO
INT11
PO1
INT10
MOD
UOO
SOT
51
30
34
37
25
21
SIN
UIO
PPG 0
TOO 0
INT 03
XRST
AN10
AN09
AN08
TXRST
SDA
SCK
TXINT
SDA0
SCL0
53
54
55
59
62
63
24
41
40
SCL
SDA
NRST
S901
NOM-DL
TX3
CST3
INT2
HDREQ1
SCLK2
D20
C18
L23
D8
D17
X0 14
X901
10MHz
X1 15
IC903 (8/8)
SUB CPU
XEXRST
TXD
RXD
DLON
TO IC910
3-7
1
PIN(Power Block)
3-8
CN901
3
6
7
4
Not Use
RDR-HX820/HX825
3-5. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM
SWITCHING REGULATOR
(SRV-2001EK)
RD-064 BOARD
IC601
1V REG
CN101
L
AC IN
F101
T3.15/250V
T101
SWITCHING
TRANSFORMER
D101
MAIN RECT
D301
Q301
12V REG
L301
D304
CN1
IC101
1
OSC
Q302
12V REG
D303
2
4
Q303
SW
PROTECT
CN2
1
L103
2
DVD
UNIT
GND
1
IN
D107
2
OUT
4
IC502
4
VR501
CN3
P502 3.15A
5
L502
IC501
SW1V
SW 3
EN
1
IC502
SW12V
HDD
UNIT
GND
SW5V
IC602
26
VDEC 3.3V 31
3.4V REG
34
PCONT
FLASH
MEMORY
(128Mbit)
9
UNSW 6V
15
SW3.4VC
18
27
FL501
4 VIN
VOUT 5
SW3.4V
CONT
3
30
10
IC201
1.8V REG
DV PHY
HDD DRIVE
SW5V
5 VIN
VOUT 4
UNSW6V
FL702
9
P201 3.15A
L601
P602 5A
IC202
IC701
UNSW12V
7
SHUNT REGULATOR
L201
D201
2
8
5V REG
6V ADJ
PC101
PHOTO COUPLER
SW5V
3
L501
D501
L601
4 VIN
38
UNSW 3V 23
SW12V
3
IC301
D106 L104
L602
19
22
UNSW 4V 35
P301 2A
N
LPF
CN606
SW 5V
L202
L201
UNSW4V
12
P601 2A
14 UNSW-8V
PCONT
15
D601
IC604
D502
IC802
IC803
PLL
AUDIO
ADC/DAC
BUFFER
TU401
5V
5V
30V
IC605
AV-106 BOARD
SW/BUFFER
L405
L406
SW5V
D1401
2
IC302
L401
4 VIN
7
2 OSC
3
1 VIN
L403
TU PCONT
IC1401
IC302
IC202,203
EURO MSP
LINE OUT
AUDIO AMP
19
L1401
SW5V-S
SW3.4VC
18
27
IC105
IC106
3 VO
VCC 2
IC1102
IC1103
IR CONTROL
COMPARATOR
IC108
8 VIN
VA PCONT
1
VOUT 1
EEPROM
SW3.4V
SW3.3V
2.5V REG
SWA-8V
IC102
512Mbit x2
DDR SDRAM
SW1V
Q301
CLT
30
CN501
UNSW-8V-A
RISM3
1
Q302
PS103
IC103
VOUT 4
CONT
SWA12V
IC102
VDEC3.3V REG
5 VIN
HX825
Q303
38
UNSW6V
L303
3.3V REG
Q304
UNSW12V-A
35
34
15
3
D101
23
31
2
IC101
9
UDEC3.3V
VOUT
L301
22
UNSW4V
LOGIC
PCONT
26
SW5V
IC112
V DEC
VOUT 4
CONT
9
IC301
1.8V REG
1 VIN
VOUT 5
UNSW4V 10
UNSW3V
TU30V REG
F101
0.63A
12
UNSW-8V
14
PCONT
15
PCONT
IC401
TU5V REG
8
5
UNSW6V
L404
IC402
CN101
UNSW12V
VDD25
CONT
IC109
VA PCONT
5
L101
L102
SW3.4V REG
L103
IC109
IC303
3.3V REG
TU5V REG
5 VIN
FAN REG
IC603
VOUT 4
SWA5V
IT CONTROL
ADJ
CTL
1
2
4
3
FAN CONT
VI
2
GND
VA PCONT
1 VO
3
FAN DET
83 47 86 49 50 48 55
IC104
5V REG
CN103
IC605
IC604
CLOCK
GEN
EEPROM
96 90
1
5
3.3V REG
2 VCC
5
7
UNSW5V-I
VO 4
Q101
3
IC601
FAN DET
P FAIL
DETECT
IC301
DIGITAL
OUT
OPTICAL
IC908
FOR CHECK
CN601
FAN CONT
FAN HI
Q616
PS602
0.63A
VOUT 4
CONT
UN5V
FAN HI
FAN OUT
PCONT
TU PCONT
CONT
1
FAN
5 VIN
FL PCONT
IC107
UNSW6V A
KEY0
1
INSEL PCONT
VIN 4
EN
FAN SPEED
3 SW
FAN DET
L101,102
6 VIN
FR/SIRCS 5V
VOUT 4
CONT
1
FL POW
IC907
1.8V REG
6 VIN
VOUT 4
1 CONT
IC904
IC906
IC903
HDMI TX
AND GATE
SUB CPU
IC902
SCALER
IC901
13
CN602
2.5V REG
IC909
Q601
7 VIN
VO 1
3.3V REG
VCC
5 VIN
UNSW6V-I
IC802
IC803
AUDIO
SELECTOR
VIDEO
SELECTOR
VOUT 4
CONT
1
PS102
0.63A
IC910
CN902
5V REG
IC801
SWA5V
Q715
UNSW5V-V
5V REG
L803
VIDEO 5V
VIDEO5V
VIN 6
5 VIN
25
Q601-Q605
Q606,607
BUFFER
BUFFER
CN502
Q716
4 VOUT
21
VOUT 4
CONT
+5V POWER
1
INSEL PCONT
L604
25
Q707-711
21
IC702
BUFFER
IC701
VIDE0 AMP
SELECTOR
L603
VIDEO5V
SWA5V
CN603
FR-257 BOARD
FL-166 BOARD
-3.3V REG
Q801
-50
REG
UNSW-8V-V
D703
D704
L702-L704
2
L701
D801
5
VEE
VOUT 6
CONT
1
IC3002
IC3001
REMOTE COMMANDER
RECEIVER
LED DRIVE
IC3101
FLD DRIVER
CN3102
FR 5V
11
9
FL POW 6V
13
KEY 0
3
CN3003
6
3
8
1
1
8
CN3001
2
10
3
Q3101,3102
OSC
1
4
D3108-D3111
6
7
8
5
9
S3101
POWER
3-9
3-10
T3101
DC/DC CONVERTER
TRANSFORMER
ND3101
52 F2
1 F1
FLUORESCENT
INDICATOR TUBE
HDMI
CONNECTOR
RDR-HX820/HX825
MEMO
3-11
3-12E
LED_DT
LED_RST
LED_CK
LED_STB
FLD_STB
KEY0
KEY1
KEY2
FR-257 BOARD
CN3005 6P
DGND
6
TPB5
TPB+
4
TPA3
TPA+
2
DGND
1
4-2
GND
TPA+
TPA-
DVD UNIT
FRD-011
FFC
4P
CN603
UNSW6V
UNSW6V
UNSW6V
SW5V
SW5V
SW5V
SW5V
UNSW3V
UNSW3V
UNSW3V
UNSW3V
SW3.4VC
SW3.4VC
SW3.4VC
SW3.4VC
VDEC3.3V
VDEC3.3V
VDEC3.3V
VDEC3.3V
GND
GND
GND
AINL+
AINR+
AOUTL+
SWA5V
FSW
RECVY
GND_V
VIDEO5V
GND_V
GND_V
CR/R
CB/B
GND_V
GND_V
RECR
Y/G
GND_V
GND_V
RECG
GND_V
GND_V
RECB/CSYNC
C
RECCCR
Y
GND_V
XRMUTE
AUGND
AUGND
AINR-
AUGND
AOUTL-
AUGND
AUGND
AUGND
AOUTR-
AUGND
AINL-
SPD_GND
AOUTR+
XLMUTE
SPDIFO
42P
GND
UNSW4V
UNSW6V
UNSW4V
N.C.
UNSW4V
RX[2]
UNSW4V
TX[2]
P-CONT
DIAG
IT-SOUT5
DGND
IT-XRST5
IT-REQ5
RISM-RTS[0]
IT-SIN5
RISM_STATUS1
IT-SCLK5
RISM_STATUS2
CN606 42P
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
CN501 42P
CN502
CB/B
GND_V
GND_V
RECR
Y/G
GND_V
GND_V
RECG
CR/R
GND_V
GND_V
RECB
C
GND_V
GND_V
RECCCR
Y
VIDEO5V
GND_V
RECVY
FSW
SWA5V
GND_V
XRMUTE
AUGND
AOUTL-
AINR-
AOUTL+
AINR+
AUGND
AUGND
AUGND
AUGND
AOUTR-
AINL-
AOUTR+
AINL+
AUGND
AUGND
SPD_GND
XLMUTE
SPDIFO
GND
GND
GND
GND
UNSW4V
UNSW4V
UNSW4V
UNSW4V
VDEC3.3V
VDEC3.3V
VDEC3.3V
VDEC3.3V
SW3.4VC
SW3.4VC
SW3.4VC
SW3.4VC
UNSW3V
UNSW3V
UNSW3V
UNSW3V
SW5V
SW5V
SW5V
SW5V
UNSW6V
UNSW6V
UNSW6V
UNSW6V
NC
RX
TX
DIAG
DGND
PCONT
ITSDO5
ITRST5
ITSDI5
RISM_RTS_0
ITREQ5
42P
RISM STATUS 5_1
ITSCK5
RISM STATUS 5_2
KEY2
KEY1
KEY0
FLD_STB
LED_STB
LED_CK
LED_RST
LED_DT
SIRCS_5V
SIRCS
FR_5V
LED_DIM
FL_POW
15
1
2
TPB+
TPB-
GND
7P
3
GND
CN203
4
HR+
7
5
6
HR-
6
CN701 6P
GND
5
42
HT-
4
41
HT+
3
40
2
39
GND
38
1
37
GND
36
DASP
40
14
35
39
40
34
38
39
GND
33
37
38
DASP
32
37
IDE_A3(CS1)
31
IDE_A4(CS0)
30
IDE_A2
29
IDE_A0
36
28
35
36
27
34
35
26
34
IDE_A2
25
N.C
IDE_A0
24
IDE_HD16
33
23
32
33
22
32
IDE_A1
21
IDE_INT
IDE_HD16
13
20
GND
31
19
IDE_DACK
30
31
18
CSEL
29
30
17
SIRCS_5V
BOARD TO BOARD
16
28
29
GND
IDE_INT
15
IDE_IORDY
14
27
13
27
12
IDE_IORDY
IDE_W
GND
9
GND
24
12
11
IDE_R
26
23
8
25
26
7
25
10
24
GND
6
GND
IDE_R
5
GND
4
28
IDE_DREQ
22
3
CSEL
IDE_DACK
21
2
23
GND
11
1
IDE_W
IDE_D15
19
42
22
18
41
21
GND
IDE_D13
40
IDE_DREQ
IDE_D13
39
20
IDE_D2
38
SIRCS
PD-138
HARNESS
37
19
N.C
13
10
36
18
GND
20
9
35
IDE_D15
13
34
IDE_D14
IDE_D0
17
IDE_D2
33
IDE_D1
16
17
IDE_D12
32
15
16
IDE_D3
12
31
14
15
11
12
30
14
IDE_D1
IDE_D14
10
11
29
IDE_D11
10
IDE_D3
IDE_D12
28
IDE_D4
IDE_D11
27
9
26
9
25
IDE_D4
24
IDE_D10
23
8
22
8
21
4-1
IDE_D5
IDE_D10
20
M
7
19
FL_POW_6V
7
18
IT_GND
8
IDE_D5
17
FR_5V
7
1
IDE_D6
6
16
6
2
1
3
2
IT_GND
3
LED_DT
5
4
FLD_STB
4
5
3
6
FR_5V
IT_GND
FL_POW_6V
FLR-008
FFC
7
4
8
CN3001
9
5
IT_GND
LED_CK
10
6
LED_DT
KEY0
2
11
FLD_STB
1
12
7
13
8
14
KEY0
LED_CK
15
CN3102 8P
IDE_D8
5
6
15
7
IDE_D7
4
5
IDE_D9
14
GND
3
4
IDE_D6
13
HR+
6
RH-056
HARNESS
3
IDE_D8
12
5
IDE_D7
9
4
HRGND
11
3
GND
IDE_RST
2
8
2
HT1
2
7
HT+
8
10
FAR-005
FFC
1
GND
6
HDD
UNIT
IDE_RST
5
F
40P
4
H
6
15
5
15
4
PCONT
UNSW4V
3
14
13
FR_5V
14
UNSW4V
12
LED_DIM
UNSW-8V
UNSW4V
11
FL_POW_6V
13
15P
GND
UNSW6V
10
CN602
12
IT_GND
11
UNSW4V
IT_GND
10
UNSW4V
9
2
UNSW4V
8
S2 SW
1
UNSW6V
9
UNSW6V
10
8
UNSW6V
7
C2 IN
SW5V
6
Y2 IN
7
UNSW6V
AN GND
6
UNSW6V
5
9
UNSW6V
4
8
3
7
5
L2 IN
4
V2 IN
AN GND
3
AN GND
GND
6
GND
UNSW6V
5
2
4
2
R2 IN
CN701 10P
UNSW12V
AU GND
GND
3
1
2
1
GND
1
BOARD TO BOARD
1
GND
IT_GND
CN1 4P
CN3 15P
IT_GND
5V
GND
GND
12V
CN103
7
3
1
FAN_DET
6
2
GND
FAN_OUT
2
12V
S2 SW
Y2 IN
AN GND
C2 IN
AN GND
V2 IN
AU GND
L2 IN
AU GND
CN3003 15P
4
3
5V
GND
C
3
5
GND
I
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
R2 IN
FL-166
BOARD
2
1
4
3
FAN
4
GND
5V
CN2 4P
POWER
3
1
5V
GND
GND
12V
2
2
4P
2
1
1
3
4
4
G
3
2
1
L
PH-077
HARNESS
D
1
E
GND
A
3
12V
B
2
1
CN3101 10P
SECTION 4
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
RDR-HX820/HX825
4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
16
3P
UNSW12V
CN101 15P
GND
GND
SW5V
AV-106 BOARD
UNSW-8V
PCONT
GND
BOARD TO BOARD
CN201 40P
IDE_D9
IDE_D0
N.C
RD-064 BOARD
IDE_A1
N.C
IDE_A4(CS0)
IDE_A3(CS1)
7P
SATA
J
FA-118
HARNESS
K
8P
RF-119
HARNESS
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
RDR-HX820/HX825
4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
WAVEFORMS
THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
(In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)
AV-106 BOARD
(For schematic diagrams)
• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF : µµF.
50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and
tantalums.
• All resistors are in ohms, 1/4 W (Chip resistors : 1 /10 W) un-less
otherwise specified.
kΩ=1000Ω, MΩ=1000kΩ.
• Caution when replacing chip parts.
New parts must be attached after removal of chip.
Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, because it is damaged by the heat.
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B,
unless otherwise noted.
• 2 : non flammable resistor
• 5 : fusible resistor
• C : panel designation
•
f
: internal component
• C : adjustment for repair
•
G
: IN/OUT direction of (+/–) B line
• U : B+ Line
• V : B– Line
• Circled numbers refer to waveforms.
• Voltages are dc between measurement point and ground.
• Readings are taken with a color-bar signals on DVD reference
disc.
• Readings are taken with a digital multimeter (DC 10MW).
• Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production tolerances.
1 X602
Note :
RD-064 BOARD
7 J703
4.2 Vp-p
8 J703
30.5 µs
3 J702
1.2 Vp-p
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
1.7 Vp-p
40 ns
2 X301
COMPONENT Y
1.7 Vp-p
H
69.8 ns
2.1 Vp-p
3 X701
9 CN805 r;
S-VIDEO C
1 X201
1.1 Vp-p
H
100 ns
2 X603
COMPONENT PR
1.2 Vp-p
H
2.0 Vp-p
H
40.7 ns
When indicating parts by reference number, please include
the board name.
4 J702
0 X1401 (RDR-HX820)
S-VIDEO Y
3.8 Vp-p
4 X801
1.6 Vp-p
H
4.5Vp-p
54.3ns
5 J702
37 ns
1.5Vp-p
100 ns
4.0Vp-p
5 X901
VIDEO
1.2 Vp-p
H
6 J703
COMPONENT PB
1.1 Vp-p
H
WAVEFORMS
AV-106/RD-064
4-3
4-4
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board.
3
2
1
4
5
7
6
8
10
9
11
AV-106 BOARD(1/8)
POWER
A
0
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES-
PS102
0.63A
CN101
15P
UNSW5V-V
JL101
GND
JL102
UNSW12V
2
B
TO
SWITCHING
REGULATOR
CN3
(SEE PAGE
4-42)
C
3
GND
4
UNSW6V
5
UNSW6V
6
UNSW6V
7
SW5V
8
UNSW6V
9
UNSW4V
10
UNSW4V
11
UNSW4V
12
GND
13
UNSW-8V
14
PCONT
15
GND-V
R135
0
B+
JL103
GND
B+
R160
0
1
R137
0
B+
JL104
GND-V
2
TO(7/8)
3
TO(3/8)
4
TO(3/8,5/8)
5
TO(5/8)
6
TO(4/8)
7
TO(8/8)
8
TO(2/8)
UNSW6V-A
R140
0
JL106
JL108
TO(6/8)
UNSW-8V-V
B+
JL105
JL107
1
UNSW-8V-V
UNSW12V-A
B+
R154
0
0
R111
10k
B-
JL109
UNSW12V-A
PS103
0.63A
UNSW6V-A
UNSW-8V-A
GND-A
R142 0
JL110
JL112
JL111
VA_PCONT
JL113
PCONT
FAN_DET
FAN_HI
FAN_CONT
IC102
R173 0
UNSW5V REG
7.8
2
1
JL114
UNSW6V-R
SW3.4VC
B+
R162 0
B+
R176 0
B+
C120
1u
B
25V
C118
0.01u
B
C119
1u
B
25V
L103
4.7uH
Q101
MUN2213T1
SWITCH
SW
2
3
H
4-5
C107 C108 C125
10
10
10
C
C
C
10V 10V 10V
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
ADJ
VO
FB1608
0uH
L101
4.7uH
R118
10
C128
470p
B
50V
C155
47u
16V
C130 C131 C135
0.1 0.1 10
B
B
C
16V 16V 10V
GND
Note :
VIN
GND
1
R108
4.7k
1/10W
R122
12k
± 0.5%
4
FB
IC109
MP2105DJ-LF-Z
5
GND-V
C114
1u
B
10V
3.4V REG
EN
FB1609
0uH
SW5V-S
R121
39k
± 0.5%
IC109
G
R170 0
R120
0
0.5
R115
8200
± 0.5%
GND-T
5
JL120
C123
47u
25V
C106
10u
6.3V
4
B+
C124
470u
10V
C105
1u
10V
3
B+
R114
15k
± 0.5%
R113
120k
± 0.5%
C151
0.01u
16V
2
GND-I
R169 0
1.2
1
5.2
6
0.1
R174 0
UNSW5V-I
0
GND-T
11
VREC3.3V
F101
0.63A
R148 0
VCC
5
5.1
4
B+
GND-R
GND
R168 0
TO(5/8)
F
GND-V
UNSW6V-T
3
CTL
GND
4
IC104
TK73400AU3G0L-C
5.8
GND
VO
3
3.3
2
IC107
TK11100CSCB-G
GND
1
SENSE
GND
CTL
VCC
5
B+
D101
EC21QS03L-TE12L
UNSW3V
6
3.3
R175 0
7
4.3
SW5V-R
UNSW4V
B+
8
5.0
E
IC102
SI-3033KS-TL
VDEC 3.3V REG
R102 0
FAN DRIVE
UNSW6V-I
R144
0
R146 0
B+
1.3
3
IC104
C117
100p
VO
GND
JL121
NP
2
IC107
1.3
FAN_DET
11.9
1
VI
FAN_OUT
ADJ
D
JL116
5.8
3P
GND
CN103
CTL
DC FAN
R104
470k
0.5%
L102
4.7uH
R107
100k
0.5%
C159 C160
10
10
B
B
6.3V 6.3V
C129
10
B
6.3V
C127
0.1
B
16V
4-6
POWER
AV-106 (1/8)
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board.
2
1
6
R218
22k
± 0.5%
JL540
JL538
C213
10u
C
10V
R223
10k
± 0.5%
JL548
EU-AU-OUT- R
R226
4700
± 0.5%
9 TO(7/8)
EU-AU-OUT- L
IC202
IC203
EQ
AMP
B-
B-
JL543
AOUTR+
JL547
JL544
AOUTR-
C214
10u
C
10V
AOUTR+
AOUTL+
AOUTL+
AOUTL-
4
3
2
C209
0.1u
B
0
-7.3
1
4
3
2
JL545
1
JL546
JL541
AOUTL-
C211
0.1u
B
JL549
XRMUTE
AOUTL-
C
JL542
AOUTL+
VEE
AOUTR+
VEE
IC202
NJM4558M-TE2
AOUTR-
IC203
NJM4558M-TE2
0
AOUTR-
0
-7.3
C217
47p
50V
0
SWA-8V
B
SPDIFO
C210
0.1u
B
JL550
JL551
VCC
JL560
RECVY
B+
8
C218
47p
50V
5
6
7
JL553
VIDEO5V
R224
4700
± 0.5%
SWA5V
R219
22k
± 0.5%
JL559
Y
B+
SWA12V
B+
JL562
RECCCR
C215
10u
C
10V
JL561
C
R225
4700
± 0.5%
JL558
L3B
17 TO(6/8)
R222
10k
± 0.5%
C216
10u
C
10V
E
CN502
1
42P
SPDIFO
2
XLMUTE
3
SPD_GND
4
AUGND
5
AUGND
6
AINL+
7
AOUTR+
8
AINL-
9
AOUTR-
10
AUGND
11
AUGND
12
AUGND
13
AUGND
14
AINR-
15
AOUTL+
16
AINR-
17
AOUTL-
18
AUGND
19
XRMUTE
20
GND_V
21
SWA5V
22
FSW
23
RECVY
24
GND_V
25
VIDEO5V
26
Y
27
RECCCR
28
GND_V
29
GND_V
30
C
31
RECB
32
GND_V
33
GND_V
34
CR/R
35
RECG
36
GND_V
37
GND_V
38
Y/G
39
RECR
40
GND_V
41
GND_V
42
CB/B
TO
RD-064
BOARD
(5/8)
CN603
(SEE PAGE
4-XX)
8
11.9
7
0
6
0
5
11.9
XRMUTE
0
XRMUTE
XLMUTE
0
10 TO(3/8)
XLMUTE
C212
0.1u
B
VCC
SPDIFO
D
R227
4700
± 0.5%
10
9
JL539
XLMUTE
AUDIO IN
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES-
8
7
SPDIFO
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
AV-106 BOARD(2/8)
A
5
4
3
JL552
CR/R
B+
JL556
L3G
SPD_GND
JL555
Y/G
JL554
L3RC
SIGNAL PATH
JL557
CB/B
VIDEO SIGNAL
F
CHROMA
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDIO
SIGNAL
20
REC
GND_V
FSW
TO(5/8,7/8)
AUGND
PB
AUDIO IN
AV-106 (2/8)
8
TO(1/8)
12
TO(3/8, 6/8, 7/8)
4-7
4-8
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
AV-106 BOARD(3/8)
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
15
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
SIGNAL PATH
AUDIO OUT
A
14
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES-
VIDEO SIGNAL
R310
5100
± 0.5%
R320
2200
CHROMA
AOUTRR311
5100
± 0.5%
R323
5600
± 0.5%
C313
560p
Y/CHROMA
Y
AUDIO
SIGNAL
REC
AOUTR+
R317
C310 2200
150p
IC302
LINE OUT
XLMUTE
XLMUTE
C
NJM4558M-TE2
-7.3
PB
B-
B-
4
3
2
Q310
2SD2704K-T146
MUTE
1
C319
0.1u
B
0
R330
47k
R355
470
-7.2
R342
4700
R344
100k
AUOUTR
C327
220p
XRMUTE
13 TO(6/8)
IC302
XRMUTE
SWA12V
B-
SWA-8V
R331
47k
C320
0.1u
B
B+
10 TO(2/8)
R326
470
0
1.3
B
C316
47u
25V
C314
180p
1.3
R314
5600
± 0.5%
5
1.3
6
1.3
7
0
-7.2
8
0
B+
12.0
R340
4700
Q309
2SD2704K-T146
MUTE
C326
220p
R353
470
AUOUTL
R343
100k
DA-L
14 TO(7/8)
SPD_GND
DA-R
D
SPDIFO
C315
180p
C311
150p
R315
5600
± 0.5%
R312
5100
± 0.5%
R327
470
C317
47u
25V
R316
2200
AOUTL+
R313
5100
± 0.5%
C312
560p
AOUTL-
12 TO(2/8,6/8,7/8)
AUGND
R318 R321
2200 ±5600
0.5%
E
B+
SWA5V
B+
B+
B-
UNSW6V-A
IC303
R366
1k
5V REG
B+
F
B+
B+
B+
11.9
11.9
R346
1k
UNSW12V-A
11.3
Q304
2SB1561T100Q
12V SWITCH
R309
5600
3 TO(1/8)
D301
BAS16-03W
Q305,Q307,Q311
MUTE CONTROL
9.5
Q303
MSD601-RST1
SWITCH
R304
220k
-6.6
B-
G
-7.3
C301
47u
25V
5.0
4 TO(1/8,5/8)
R305
10k
Q301
MUN2111T1
SWITCH
VA_PCONT
5.0
-7.3
C304
100u
16V
-7.2
5.0
B-
2.8
Q302
2SD1781K-T146-QR
-8V SWITCH
R335
47k
D303
BAS16-03W
Q305
MUN2213T1
C337
0.1u
B
DIGITAL OUT
J301
R350
68
1.8
R347
1k
4
Q313
MSD601-RST1
DIGITAL OUT
COAXIAL
R348
220
C324
1u
B
10V
C325
100p
R365
100k
9.4
0.1
-6.6
5
9.5
R338
10k
R332
10k
-7.3
1
2
3
1.7
IC304
JS32-TB
3.0
VIN
C307
0.22u
B
R364
33k
OPTICAL
GND
C308 C309
0.1u 47u
B
25V
C336
1u
10V
R306
10k
VCC
5
Q305,Q307,Q311
MUTE CONTROL
H
XLMUTE
18 TO(5/8)
R334
10k
R345
1k
5.0
C322
1u
B
XP_AMUTE
Q312
BC857CE6327
-7.2
9.5
R336
10k
0.1
Q306
BCR148-E3627
XRMUTE
2.8
D303
BAS16-03W
4-9
C318
220u
16V
OPTICAL OUT
9.5
R339
10k
9.4
R333
10k
I
IC304
R337
47k
Q308
DTC124TKA-T146
UNSW-8V-A
R308
47k
IC303
S-T111B50MC-OHJTFG
5.8
C321
1u
B
GND-A
-7.1
Q311
MSB709-RT1
Q307
DTC124TKA-T146
R307
10k
C306
22u
25V
2.5
B+
4-10
AUDIO OUT
AV-106 (3/8)
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.
• Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
C401
47u
25V
C
R409
1k
C407
10u
50V
R418
100k
4.6
1.5
TU_AUTOP
TU_G_MAX
TU_AUTOP
L405
10uH
D1401 BAS16-03W
15 TO(5/8,
B+
SONY(EURO)
L406
10uH
B+
R422
100
R423 R1406
0
100
JL406
VIDEO
C456
0.001u
AUTO
PRESET
TU_G_MAX
TU_AUTOP
AFT
C416
0.1u
B
C414
47u
25V
C408
0.1u
B
16V
0.1
R414
100k
TU_PCONT
E
1.9
TU_AFT
TU_AFT
24 TO(5/8)
R415
27k
GND
C415
100u
16V
C1408
1u
B
10V
Q407
MUN2213T1
TU_AFT
TU_G_MAX
Q405
BC847CE6327
AGC
R410
100
JL419
R1418
0
C449
10p
50V
1.9
JL404
AUDIO
SIGNAL
C411
0.1u
B
C453
0.001u
B+
R428
470 JL414
R429
470
JL415
C410
10u
50V
Y/CHROMA
PB
JL418
JL413
C409
0.1u
B
50V
Y
REC
14 15 16 17
C454
0.001u
C455
22p
C405
0.1u
B
50V
R1417
0
B+
L404
10uH
JL408
L402
10uH
R420
100
32.3
30V
10 11 12
JL412
V-OUT
R1416
2200
33.6
DK
V-IN
4
R475
0
2W
JL411
6
GND
1
T1
4.2
OSC
5
4.6
2
B
IC401
TK11819MTL
L403
1mH
JL401
3
L401
10uH
NC
9
5V
8
AGC
7
30V REG
B+
16
VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA
R1419
0
JL417
6
SDA
SCL
NC
1
GND
IC401
AS
5V
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES-
NC
OUT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
15
SIGNAL PATH
AERIAL
TUNER
D
14
IN
NC
A
13
(TUNER)
TU401
0
AV-106 BOARD(4/8)
12
SIF
3
AUDIO OUT
2
1
TU_SCL
6/8,7/8)
TU_SDA
16 TO(7/8)
TU_R
TU_L
Q1402
MSD601-RST1
SIF AMP
R1402
1500
2.0
C1409 C1410
0.1u
10u
B
50V
1.4
C1412 R1410
0.1u
2200
B
C1411
3.3u
50V
4.0
-we3.7
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
SC1_IN_R
SC1_IN_L
NC
NC
NC
AGNDC
AHVSS
CAPL_M
2.3
44
VREFTOP
2.6
B+
C1414
10u
50V
MONO_IN
Q1401
MSB709-RT1
2.3
R1407
680
R1401
1k
JL1404
F
R1411
2200
2.1
4.6
JL1402
B+
AVSS
TUDV
2
1
10
ADR_SEL
11
STANDBYQ
Q403
MSD601-RT1
BUFFER
J
TP_CO
DVSUP
DVSS
TP
RESETQ
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
R411
100
0.6
TU_VIDEO
B+
R405
1k
L1401
10uH
R1408
100
R1409
100
4-11
NC
NC
D1400
BAS16-03W
B+
R1412
120k
C1413
0.1u
B
C1402
0.1u
B
Note :
TUNER
C1418
1u
B
JL1405
R407
1k
C1401
47u
25V
AV-106 (4/8)
3.9
4.6
R412
100
1.2
JL1403
17 TO(6/8)
2.3 JL1407
0.6
4.6
Q401
BC847CE6327
JL403 BUFFER
TP
1.2
TP
4.6
JL402
DACM_R
C1419
1u
B
R1403
1k
TP
C1453
1u
B
4.6
TP
R1452
100k
± 0.5%
R1454
39k
± 0.5%
SDA
4.6
VOUT
R1453
270k
± 0.5%
DACM_L
VREF2
4.6
C452
0.1u
C1452
0.1u
B
16V
1.2
VREF1
NC
4.6
I
5.1
IC1401
MSP3417G-QG-B8V3
SCL
R1451
1k
1
33
9
3
5
32
ADJ
D_CTR_I/O_00
4
B+
SC1_OUT_R
31
8
D_CTR_I/O_1
5.7
IC402
PQ1MX55M2SPQ
GND-T
VIN
H
UNSW6V-T
EURO MSP
30
7
TP
GND
06 TO(1/8)
C1404
2p
50V
C1405
2p
50V
IC1401
29
6
2.1
XTAL_OUT
B+
B+
X1401
18.432MHz
2.3 JL1406
28
5
2.2
XTAL_IN
5V REG
SC1_OUT_L
C1417
0.1u
B
27
4
TESTN
IC402
C1407
56p
50V
NC
26
3
1.5
ANA_IN-
C1403
56p
50V
AHVSUP
4.6
25
2
1.5
ANA_IN+
24
1
AVSUP
CONT
G
C1416
47u
25V
4.6
23
C1406
0.1u
B
JL1401
SIF AMP
4-12
C1415
0.22u
B
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.
• Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board.
2
3
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
12
13
4
15
16
17
18
19
TU_AFT
TU_AFT
TU_G_MAX
B+
R1625
10k
R638 0
DIMMER
R1610
100
5.1
R630
100
RISM_STATUS5_2
R610
100
1.2
JL613
JL614
JL615
JL616
C652
0.1u
B
JL657
R615
4700
R616
4700
TU_SCL
TU_SDA
R635
100
R636
100
STB_TXD
R637
510
POWER FAIL DET
IC601
S-80952CNMC-G9NT2G
S2SW
LED_RST
KEY0
LED_STB
FLD_STB
KEY2
FSW
R681
10k
JL630
R651
100
0.1u B 16V
C633
0.1u B 16V
C634
0.1u B 16V
C635
0.1u B 16V
R665
100
R667
100
R670
10k
P05(FL_PCONTt)
5.1
P06(AREA6T)
5.1
P07(AREA5T)
5.1
AN1(TU_G_MAX_2T)
0
AN2(TU_AFT_2T)
0
AN3(BS_C/N_DETT)
0
AN4(KEY3T)
5.1
AN5(KEY2T)
5.1
AN6(KEY1T)
5.1
AN7(KEY0T)
5.1
P00(FLD_STBt)
4.9
P01(LED_STBt)
5.1
P02(LED_XRESETt)
5.1
P03(S2SWT)
5.1
P04(FR_PCONTt)
CVIN1
1.7
VDD3
5.1
TEST2
C627
0.1u
B
16V
R642
2200
IC601
R639
2200
R623
0
C619
0.01u
B
25V
RESET5V
C620
47p
50V
C621
0.1u
B
16V
C622
47p
50V
C623
0.1u
B
16V
ITSCK5
LED_DT
9
LED_RST
10
LED_CK
11
LED_STB
12
FLD_STB
13
KEY0
14
KEY1
15
KEY2
TO
FR-257
BOARD
CN3003
THROUGH THE
FAR-005 FFC
(SEE PAGE 4-24)
JL631
C624
47p
50V
K
Q611
MUN2211T1
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
ITSCK5
C639
0.1u
B
16V
JL661
R692
2200
R693
2200
R685
100
R686
100
R501 0
JL502
JL503
ITREQ5
JL504
RISM_RTS_0
JL505
JL663
ITSDI5
JL506
JL664
XITRST5
JL507
JL665
ITSDO5
JL508
JL509
JL633
JL634
JL635
XP_VMUTE
DIAG
JL510
NISE_TX
JL511
NISE_RX
JL512
R1624
10k
JL513
IC604
S-24CS04AFJ-TB-G
R608
10k
C641
0.1u
16V B
4
VCC
NC
WP
NC
SCL
NC
SDA
VSS
JL514
JL515
5.1
JL516
JL654
5.1
JL517
UNSW6V-R
JL518
5.1
JL519
JL520
5.1
JL521
UNSW5V-R
JL522
C642
47u
16V
JL523
IC604
JL524
JL525
EEPROM
UNSW3V
JL526
JL527
11
JL528
TO(1/8)
JL530
JL531
JL533
JL534
JL535
JL536
R1621
33k
5.1
B+
5.1
R1613
22k
Q614
MSD601-RST1
1
21 TO(7/8)
42P
RISM STATUS 5_2
2
ITSCK5
3
RISM STATUS 5_1
4
ITREQ5
5
RISM_RTS_0
6
ITSDI5
7
ITRST5
8
ITSD05
9
PCONT
10
DGND
11
DIAG
12
TX
13
RX
14
NC
15
UNSW6V
16
UNSW6V
17
UNSW6V
18
UNSW6V
19
SW5V
20
SW5V
21
SW5V
22
SW5V
23
UNSW3V
24
UNSW3V
25
UNSW3V
26
UNSW3V
27
SW3.4VC
28
SW3.4VC
29
SW3.4VC
30
SW3.4VC
31
VDEC3.3V
32
VDEC3.3V
33
VDEC3.3V
34
VDEC3.3V
35
UNSW4V
36
UNSW4V
37
UNSW4V
UNSW4V
38
UNSW4V
GND-R
39
GND
40
GND
41
GND
42
GND
JL537
R1609
150k
4.6
20 TO(3/8,7/8)
CN501
JL501
RISM_STATUS5_1
JL632
SYNCRO_DET
XP_AMUTE
RISM_STATUS5_2
IR_BUSY
JL660
VDEC3.3V
2.6
18 TO(3/8)
FSW
EURO_INT
IR_INT
JL659
P43
(SYNCHRO_DETT)
Q612
MSB709-RT1
4.6
XP_AMUTE
AVLINK
R648
0
JL658
JL666
HDET
R668
0
R661
100
R1630
470
INSEL_PCONT
R666
0
JL629
JL628
JL627
JL662
JL626
JL625
JL624
EURO_INT
RESET5V
JL532
4.5
Q613
MSD601-RST1
5.1
XP_VMUTE
(HX825)
R671
100K
0
VSYNC
SW3.4VC
4.6
ITSDI5
HDET
JL653
R664
100
5.1
SYNCIN
FSW
JL644
19 TO(6/8)
SVREF
JL642
R659 10K
R699
10k
R1603
10k
INSEL_PCONT
CVIN1
XP_AMUTE
JL643
3/8)
S2SW
XP_VMUTE
VSYNC
4 TO(1/8
VA_PCONT
SYNCRO_DET
VSYNC
EURO_INT
R1628
100k
R646
10k
JL636
ITSDO5
Note :
JL681
SIRCS_5V
8
SVREF
TU_PCONT
JL639
JL667
D608
BAS16-03W
RESET5V
STB_RXD
KEY2
JL529
STB_TXD
STB_TXD
IR_BUSY
JL680
STB_RXD
STB_RXD
IR_INT
C607
47u
16V
JL679
KEY1
SIRCS
7
HDET
R654 100
FAN_HI
22 TO(8/8)
JL617
C604
0.1u
B
16V
KEY0
FR_5V
6
SYNCIN
(HX825)
TH601
C656
0.1u
B
16V
FLD_STB
R696 0 JL678
LED_DIM
5
TU_AUTOP
R652 100
R643
10k
FAN_CONT
B+
PCONT
IR_INT
IR_BUSY
P34(INSEL6t)
0
P35(INSEL2t)
0
P36(INSEL1t)
0
P37(INSEL_3t)
5.1
P40(XP_VMUTEt)
5.1
P41(AREA1T)
0
P42
(AREA0T)
C626
0.1u 16V B
R1623
0
GND-V
JL641
JL619
B+
R611
10k
JL609
R644
100
R647
470
R649
100
R1629
470
N.C.
5
1
GND
UNSW5V-I
GND
VSS
P30(INSEL4t)
5.1
VCC2
5.1
P31(XEEP_WP)
5.1
P32(EEP_SCL)
5.1
P33(EEP_SDA)
RISM_STATUS5_1
B+
2
R1622
0
PCONT
VDD
N.C.
JL610
I
J
5.7
C601
0.01u
B
3
B+
UNSW6V-I
PCONT
P27(INSEL5t)
M306H5MC-C36FP
P73()
0
TA1OUT(AVLINK_OUTt)
4.5
SCL2(TU_SCL_1)
4.6
SDA2(TU_SDA_1)
FAN_HI
VOUT
R965 0 JL677
FL_POW 6V
4
CVIN1
JL652
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58
5.0
05 TO(1/8)
IC603
P74(V-SYNC_OUTt)
FAN_CONT
4
FAN_HI
IT CONTROLLER
P75()
C618
47u
16V
C602 0.0047u 50V
FAN_CONT
P24(BS_COR_DETT)
0
P25(BS_BST_CONTt)
3
P26(BS_BIT_SWT)
TA3IN(JUST_CLK_2T)
0.1
P76(RISM_STATUS2t)
R620
10k
FAN_DET
IC603
VSS
*
XIN
5.1
VCC1
5.1
_NMI
5.1
_INT2(INT_RTCT)
0
_INT1(IT_REQT)
0.3
_INT0(SLICET)
5.1
P81(IT_XRSTt)
5.1
TA4OUT(DIMMERt)
TO(4/8,6/8,7/8)
H
R694 0 JL676
LED_STB
8
X603
32.76kHz C654 4p
CLOCK GEN
FAN_DET
FLD_CLK
3
INSEL_PCONT
VA_PCONT
7
R614
10k
XITRST5
0.5
IC605
15
R688 0 JL675
6
13
R628
470
R629
0
ITREQ5
C653 3p
R627
10k
AVCC
5.1
VREF
5.1
AN0(TU_G_MAX_1T)
1.5
AVSS
2
C617
0.1u
16V B
14
15
C614
3p
CH
50V
0.2
G
LED_RST
5
VSS
2
P23(BS_CONV_CONTt)
R683
10k
JL637
1
CIN
C657
0.1u
B
16V
P10 5.1
(AREA4T)
5.0
P11(VA_PCONTt)
2
XINTR
XVDCC
R687 0 JL674
IT_GND
S2SW
3
8
7
5.1
FLD_DATA
15P
IT_GND
2
SYNCRO_DET
59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87
NC
NC
R679
10k
P47(HDET_2T)
5.1 P46
(INSEL_PCONTt)
5.1
P45(XP_AMUTE)
P44
(SLICE_V_SWt)
0.3
5
6
OSCOUT
SDA
12
SCL
4.6
C651
R1626 C655
1k 0.1u B 1000u 10V
11
OSCIN
10
4
F
NC
CLKOUT
4.5
5.1
R626
0
X602
10MHz
9
2
3
JL656
VDD
VSB
R2.6/P1.8
5.1
C613
5p
CH
50V
P57/CLKOUT(CLKOUTt)
5.0
P56(PCONTt)
0
P55(FAN_DETT)
5.1
P54(FAN_ONOFFt)
0
P53(FAN_SPEEDt)
*
P52(P_FAILT)
5.0
P51(HDET_1T)
0
_CE
VCC
NC
JL655
R609
100k
P61(RISM_STATUS3T)
0
P60(RISM_STATUS1T)
R2051S03-E2-F
IC605
JL640
ITSCK5
(HX825)
P21(BS_PCONTt)
5.1
P22(BS_DEC_SWt)
R669
10k
ITSDO5
JL608
VSS3
ANEX1
(TU_AFT1T)
1.8
TEST3
1
JL607
B+
P20(BS_VOL_DETT)
XCOUT
5.1
_RESET
1.8
XOUT
R619
10k
11
JL684
R633
100
RISM_RTS_0
10
C616
0.1u
B
16V
ITSDI5
JL623
SH_RXD2
CEVISCK5
JL606
ITSCK5
9
JL605
ITSDO5
8
R624
100
10k
JL604
ITSDI5
M2
SH_TXD2
JL673
JL672
P12(TU_PCONT_2t)
0.1
P13(AUTO_PRESET_1t)
5.1
P14(TU_PCONTt)
1.9
_INT3(NC)
0.1
_INT4(SYNC_V_2T)
5.0
_INT5(SYNC_V_1T)
JL621
7
R632
100
R621
4.2
ANEX0(ONDOT)
5.1
RMTIN(SIRCSINT)
5.1
JSTIN(JUST_CLK/AVLINK_INT)
0
SOUT3(FLD_DATAt)
0
SIN3(FLD_INt)
5.1
CLK3(FLD_CLKt)
0
BYTE
0
CNVSS
2.6
XCIN
VSS2
0.9
LP2
1.7
LP3
1.2
LP4
5.1
VDD2
2.6
TEST1
0
M1
0.3
SLICEON
R4.7/P0.1
TXD1(IT_SOUT)
R0/P4.4
RXD1(IT_SIN)
4.9
CLK1(IT_SCLK)
4.4
P64(MONITORt)
5.1
SDA0(TU_SDA_2/TXDt)
4.9
SCL0(TU_SCL_2/RXDT)
CNVSS
R617
10k
R613
10k
FLD_CLK
B+
1
E
6
R604
47k
JL603
CN602
1
VA_PCONT
JL620
XIT_RST
1
JL602
3
5
R631
100
4
4
UN5V
R622
10k
FLD_DATA
R1638
100
5
IT_GND
JL601
6
3
JL612
7
2
JL682 R1637 100
NISE_TX
JL683
NISE_RX
8
TX
RX
SIRCS
9
1
R618
15k
± 0.5%
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
(FOR
CHECK)
DIAG
C615
0.1u
B
16V
DIAG
16
D
R1636
100
SIRCS
R684 0
24 TO(8/4)
TU_PCONT
116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88
Q601
MUN2213T1
SWITCH
11P
JL670
JL671
(HX820)
R672
10k
C631
0.001u B 50V
C632
JL622
5.1
CN601
TU_G_MAX
SVREF
JL611
R1633
1k
0.1
C
JL669
DIMMER
B+
Q616
2SB1197K-T-146-R
FR6V SWITCH
R655
100
R606
10k
5.0
JL638
C650
0.1u
B
PS602
0.63A
5.7
SVREF
1.2
SYNCIN
1.7
START
5.1
P97(TEST3_CONTt)
B+
C646
680p
C625 B
0.1u
B
16V
R1632
10k
5.7
C629
0.1u
B
16V
C628
C630
0.47u 0.47u
B
B
10V
10V
R645
10k
B
R1627
0
TU_AUTOP
TU_PCONT
JL668
R674
10k
R675
10k
R676
10k
R677
10k
R678
100k
R697
10k
R698
10k R656
1k
R658
100
R659
100
R660
100
R662
100
R663
100
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
P :PB MODE
SYNCIN
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES-
CVIN1
TU_AFT
IT CONTROLLER
KEY1
B+
FAN_DET
A
TU_G_MAX
TU_AUTOP
AV-106 BOARD(5/8)
20
TO
RD-064
BOARD (5/8)
CN606
(SEE PAGE 4-XX)
4.8
0
Q611-615
AV LINK
R1602
10k
R1604
10k
R1601
10k
R1614
10k
0
C649
0.1u
B
16V
Q615
MSD601-RST1
L
4-13
4-14
IT CONTROLLER
AV-106 (5/8)
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.
• Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
9
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
AV-106 BOARD(6/8)
A
VIDEO IN/OUT
C
C
Y/G
Y/G
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDI O
SIGNAL
REC
CB/B
CB/B
PB
CR/R
CR/R
B
VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA
Y
Y
23 TO(7/8)
SIGNAL PATH
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
P :PB MODE
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES-
L3B
L3B
L3G
L3G
L3RC
L3RC
TV_VIDE
17 TO(4/8)
VY_AD
C706
0.1u
B
AU2INL
C707
0.1u
B
AU2INR
JL702
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Y/G
L3RC
L3RC
R740
22
C728
1u
B
1.3
IC701
B+
-3.3V REG
CB/B
Q710
MSD601-RST1
D704
1SR154-400TE-25
UNSW5V-V
B+
JL750
R1736
10k
5V SWITCH
1
R1735
470
0.1
JL751
3
R716
100k
B-
-5.8
VEE
GND
VEE
-1.2
C701
47u
25V
-3.3
CONT
-5.8
5.1
K
VOUT
2
1 TO(1/8)
CR/R
2.9
3.2
1.5
5.0
1.8
2.5
1.5
5.0
VCC(C)
C748
0.1u
B
JL715
R779
75
C762
0.1u
B
0.4
1
C749
0.1u
B
1.3
0.4
C750
0.1u
B
5.0
0
-3.3
0
C751
0.1u
B
JL731
2
C714
47u
25V
R780
75
VIDEO IN/OUT
AV-106 (6/8)
C774
1u
B
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
C730
22u
25V
C733 C772 C734
0.1u 0.1u 0.1u
B
B
B
C735
0.1u
B
C738
0.1u
B
C740
0.1u
B
C744
47u
25V
R799
0
1
2
1
2
1
2
C745
47u
25V
R785 0uH
RECCCR
R791 0uH
R1722
0
R1721
0
R1718
0
8
6
B+
JL714
JL749
0.7
B-
7
C717
47u
25V
4-16
J703
COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT
P R/
CR
JL748
C775
47u
25V
4-15
4
1
JL733
0.7
R753
2200
C715
0.1u
B
JL732
2
JL734
GND-V
Q716
MUN2213T1
SWITCH
3
1
B+
1.3
Q711
MSD601-RST1
C718
0.1u
B
2
S VIDEO
D728
STZ6.8N-T146
R744
22
C716
47u
25V
R798
0
D721
STZ6.8N-T146
-0.1
VIDEO
R776
75
NP
C703
0.01u
B
D724
STZ6.8N-T146
D714
STZ6.8N-T146
Cb
VCC(CVBS)
CVBS1
2.5VREGFIL
C5
5.0
R772
10k
L
JL728
JL747
R715
47k
4.3
Q715
2SB1197K-T-146-R
C747
0.1u
B
0.4
L704
10uH
5.0
6
5.1
-3.3
R795
0
R752
2200
BIC701
TK72233CMCL-G
22uH
5
L701
5.0
4
D703
1SR154-400TE-25
UNSW-8V-V
RECVY
5.0
R742 1.3
22
J
C746
0.1u
B
0.7
R751
2200
VIDEO5V
3.2
D715
STZ6.8N-T146
2
5
JL754
D731
STZ6.8N-T146
1
Cr OUT
AUDI O
R1709
0
C720
47u
25V
C721
47u
25V
5.0
Q709
MSD601-RST1
1.2
VCC-
SLICE OUT
R1710
0
B+
CVBS2
AGC CTL
3.2
D732
STZ6.8N-T146
0.7
R750
2200
L3G
L3G
I
R738 1.3
22
L3B
L3B
L702
10uH
1.5
Cb OUT
1.3
RECVY
VCC+
AGC IN
B+
L703
10uH
5.0
Q708
MSD601-RST1
4VREGFIL
Y/CVBS/Cy/Cb OUT2
Y
RECVY
5.0
C-Y OUT
R
JL726
0
D702
STZ6.8N-T146
RECCCR
RECCCR
CVBS3
OFFSET CTL2
VDET2FIL
5.0
17 TO(2/8)
1.5
S-Y OUT
VDET2 OUT
0.7
H
ADR
GND
VDET2 IN
R749
2200
B-
CVBS4
C_SYNC2 OUT
1.3
C
C
1.5
C OUT
LINE 2
OUT
J702
JL724
3.2
R1717
75
R1716
75
R747
75
1.6
VCC+
GND(I2C)
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
5.0
2.8
R736
22
C
Y
Y
C722
10u
50V
2.0
IC702
LA73036M-TBA- E
SDATA
1
G
CB/B
0.8
VCCCVBS OUT
1
R1707
0
Y
CB/B
C726
1u
B
VIDEO IN/OUT
SCLOCK
(HXD760:Australian)
2
C
G
0.3
Q707
MSD601-RST1
Y/G
0
VCC(I2C)
GND(C)
C752
0.1u
B
2
G
Y/G
0
R761
4700
IC702
JL753
Cr IN
Q707-711
BUFFER
CR/R
CR/R
R1720
10k
VDET1 OUT
Cr
MUTE
4.6
TU_SDA
D SEL
VDET1 IN
3.2
0.7
15 TO(4/8,5/8,7/8)
4.5
TU_SCL
C_SYNC OUT
5.1
5.0
C725
0.1u
B
F
C2
Cb IN
HDET
V_SYNC OUT
VCC-
5.0
WIDE SEL1
0.7
4.4
GND(SYNC-SEP)
C-Y IN
4.5
R755
1k
R1719
10k
C3
0.5
JL752
XP_VMUTE
13 TO(3/8)
AUOUTR
WIDE SEL2
Y5
-3.3
5.0
VSYNC
VDET1FIL
VCC+
1.5
S-Y IN
SYNCRO_DET
3.1
C724
0.1u B
5.0
C723
0.1u
B
R760
10k
GND
Q705
BC857CE6327
0.5
D701
BAS16-03W
OFFSET CTL1
R714
680k
C743
0.1u
B
C4
C IN
R713
10k
± 0.5%
12 TO(2/8, 3/8, 7/8)
R1738
0
Y4
VCC+
JL701
1.5
0.7
INSEL_PCONT
C704
0.1u
B
R729
22k
0.7
C709
0.1u
B
C702
0.1u
B
AUGND
C742
0.1u
B
60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
R733
0
5.0
1.9
GND(CVBS)
C713
47u
16V
R728
39k
2.6
5.0
R702
0
CVBS IN
C705
1u
B
JL712
R726
470
CVBS5
R1714
470
SVREF
1.7
R712
33k
± 0.5%
C739
0.1u
B
AUOUTL
VCC-
R1715
0
C737
0.1u
B
B+
1.5
R705
0
R719
1600
± 0.5%
C736
0.1u
B
C741
0.1u
B
B+
-2.6
S2SW
CVIN1
19 TO(5/8)
R718
6800
± 0.5%
5.0
SYNCIN
E
JL711
Cy
JL710
1
VCC(Y)
Q702,705
SLICE
GND
R2 IN
D
C727
0.1u
B
Q702
MSD601-RST1
JL709
C729
0.1u
B
C/Cr OUT
2
-3.3
3
C731 C732 C719
0.1u 0.1u 0.1u
B
B
B
1.5
L2 IN
AU GND
(SEE PAGE
4-21)
C708
0.1u
B
C712
0.1u B
JL708
Y2
4
GND(Y)
AU GND
AGCFIL2
THROUGH THE
FA-118 HARNESS
C711
0.1u
B
JL707
CVBS/Cb OUT
5
2.7
V2 IN
JL705
JL706
1.4
6
1.5
7
S1/S2 DET
C2 IN
AN GND
GND
TO
FL-166
BOARD
CN3101
C753
0.1u
B
JL755
8
JL704
5.0
AN GND
C710
0.1u
B
JL703
Y3
9
VCC(SYNC-SEP)
10
Y2 IN
Y/CVBS/Cy/Cb OUT
S2 SW
AGCFIL1
C
10P
80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61
CN701
P B/
CB
Y
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
JL801
A
TU_SDA
JL803
AV-106 BOARD(7/8)
B+
IC801
TK11250CMCL-G
H
B+
12
R1801
0
FB810
0uH
FB811
0uH
AUGND
B-
TO(2/8,
6/8)
R802
100k
B+
C805
1u
B
R819
100
DA-R
R825 100
AU2INR
C807
1u
B
J
R809
R805
100k
R807
100k
R810
C809
1u
B
C817
0.1u
B
1
5.0
0
0
C818
0.1u
B
R827
100
2
0
ASW4
100
3
0
0.2
ASW3
R808
100k
R806
100k
AU2INL
100
0
7
TO(3/8)
R822
100
R823
100
DA-L
5
ASW2
14
4
0
R4.9
P0.2
R0
P4.6
6
ASW1
8
TU_R
9
TO(4/8)
0
R835
100k
R836
100k
4.9
0
0
ASW5
0
ASW6
0
AUX_L_OUT
TU_L_IN
AUX_R_OUT
TU_R_IN
FS_AUX_IN
ASW1
AUX_L_IN
ASW2
AUX_R_IN
DA_L_IN
FS_L1_IN
DA_R_IN
L1_L_IN
ASW3
L1_R_IN
ASW4
GND
-5V
L1_L_OUT
L4_L_IN
L1_R_OUT
L4_R_IN
+12V
+5V
FS_AUX_OUT
L2_L_IN
FS_L1_OUT
L2_R_IN
AD_L_OUT
ASW5
AD_R_OUT
ASW6
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
R820
100
R821
100
TU_L
16 15 14 13 12 11 10
TUDV
0
C843
1u
B
0
0.3
0
R860
100
R889
100k
1
2
3
D809
STZ6.8N-T146
2
1
3
FB814
0uH
2
1
D811
STZ6.8N-T146
2
1
FB819
0
IC802
0
C863
1u
B
10V
JL811
JL810
42
JL813
JL814
JL815
JL812
40
V/Y_OUT
41
39
GND(E)
38
GND(E)
17
JL816
37
BLANKING_IN
BLANKING_OUT
16
JL817
36
R/C_OUT
15
35
R_IN
GND(E)
14
34
GND(E)
13
JL818
33
N.C.
JL819
12
32
G_OUT
31
AVLINK
11
JL820
10
30
GND(E)
9
JL821
29
FUNCTION_SW_IN
FUNCTION_SW_OUT
8
JL822
28
27
BI/CO
BO/CI
GND(E)
V_IN
GND(E)
V_IN
GND(E)
20
21
JL827
V/Y_OUT
19
JL828
GND(E)
18
JL829
JL832
GND(E)
GND(E)
JL833
JL834
N.C.
G_IN
AVLINK
JL835
A(L)IN
GND(E)
JL836
D825
UDZSTE-176.2B
3
3
0uH
D812
STZ6.8N-T146
R898
470
R0.3
P4.5
JL837
C854
100p 50V
D810
STZ6.8N-T146
R863
100
0
LINE1-TV
C853
100p 50V
C844
1u
B
R888
100k
D808
STZ6.8N-T146
LINE3/
DECODER
D816
UDZSTE-176.2B
D817
UDZSTE-1713B
FB812
0uH
FB813
0uH
IC802
BD3826FS
16
D821
NNCD3.9F-T1
FB808
0uH
FB809
0uH
L3B
JL838
R873
0
L3G
JL839
L3RC
JL842
VY_AD
JL840
FB824
0uH
C839
100p
CN805
R852
75
ASW1
ASW2
ASW3
ASW4
ASW5
ASW6
C866 C865
47u 0.1u
B
25V
16V
42P
C838
0.1u
B
JL841
R887
0
R886
0
C836
0.1u
B
GND-V
C813
100u
10V
A(L)IN
1.3
B+
R843
0
B+
C816
0.1u
B
G
7
D828
UDZSTE-176.2B
D824
STZ6.8N-T146
2.8
24
R4.9
P0.2
0.6
0.6
R0
P4.7
4.9
0.6
0
0.6
14
JL823
R897
470
UNSW12V-A
L803
47uH
JL824
0uH
FB818
C862
1u
B
10V
Q807
RJK005N03-T146
SWITCH
6
JL809
D820
STZ6.8N-T146
26
JL806
D807
STZ6.8N-T146
FB817
0uH
GND(E)
R870
75
C850
220p
GND(E)
JL808
C846
220p
3
5
JL805
R878
0
R842
1M 0.1
2
1
GND(A)
R869
75
0.5
FB816
0uH
C849
220p
25
R875
100k
JL807
C845
220p
JL825
R874
100k
24
C861
1u
B
10V
0.1
D819
STZ6.8N-T146
JL826
JL804
D806
STZ6.8N-T146
23
R866
75
R867
100k
2
FB815 0uH
R896 470
Q808
DTA114TKA-T146
SWITCH
0.6
GND(A)
0.6
R868
75
3
22
0.6
2
1
0.5
C841
* 47u
25V
R859
100k
0.6
3
D805
NNCD3.9F-T1
4
26
R862
100k
2
1
A(L)OUT
25
0
D804
NNCD3.9F-T1
A(L)OUT
23
1.5
FB807
0uH
C856
100p
50V
3
22
C840
0.1u
B
C855
100p
50V
A(R)IN
21
4.9
3
A(R)OUT
20
0.6
R865
75
2
1
A(R)IN
19
L1_C
18
ADR
17
L1_CVBS/Y
16
ASW1
15
B
UNSW6V-A
G
C804
1u
B
10V
FS1
ASW2
ASW5
AVCC1
TU_CVBS
R/C_OUT_to_L1
R/C
ASW6
G_OUT_to_L1
C867
0.1u
B 16V
3
D803
STZ6.8N-T146
A(R)OUT
39
38
B_OUT_to_L1
ENC_B
AGND1
9
10
VREF
ASW3
0
FS2
CVBS/Y_OUT_to_INPUT_AD
C824
0.1u
B
R804
2200
36
37
CVBS/Y_OUT_to_L1
R864
68
1
2
2
IC803
BH7626KS2
ENC_G
33
PARALLEL1
32
AVCC2
31
C_OUT_to_AUX
34
EURO VIDEO IN/OUT
ENC_R
1.5
D802
STZ6.8N-T146
D814
UDZSTE-176.2B
D815
UDZSTE-1713B
FB805
0uH
FB806
0uH
R861
75
D818
NNCD3.9F-T1
FB801
0uH
FB802
0uH
1
FSL1
AGND2
1.3
35
IC803
FB803
0uH
FB804
0uH
C842
0.1u
B
C830
100p
JL830
1.3
AUX_R/C
TEST1
CVBS/Y_OUT_to_AUX
ENC_C
21 TO(5/8)
JL831
R854
75
1.9
1.4
4.9
AUX_G
INT
SCL
DVCC1
1.9
4.6
4.6
SDA
1.3
DVCC2
ENC_CVBS
FB
ALL_MUTE
C828
0.1u
B
C829
0.1u
B
C834
0.1u B
AUX_CVBS/Y
FS_AUX
0.2
TO(1/8)
R872
0
ENC_Y
ASW4
1.8
11
0
12
C825
100u
10V 1.6
13
C823
0.1u
B
-4.9
D801
UDZSTE-175.6B
40
DGND1
1.8
-5.6
02
41
2.0
CB/B
F
42
30
Y/G
Q801
MSB709-RT1
SWITCH
UNSW-8V-V
43
29
2
3
7
C822
0.1u
B
AU2INL
-7.3
44
0.1
8
VY_AD
AU2INL
45
DGND2
1.6
AU2INR
AU2INR
46
28
CR/R
L3RC
VY_AD
5
C821
0.1u
B
R839
10k
L3G
L3RC
47
2.8
6
L3B
L3B
L3G
48
R871
0
27
C
Y/G
CB/B
TO(6/8)
E
C819
0.1u
B
4
CR/R
CB/B
49
EURO_INT
AVLINK
0.3
C
Y/G
50
R858
75
1.8
Y
CR/R
51
4.9
C833
47u
25V
C820
0.1u
B
Y
23
1
FSW
52
L1_FB_OUT
C
0
C826
47u
25V
0
B+
B+
C
C835
0.1u
B
C803
10u
50V
0
B+
R841
100
R844
75
VOUT
R840
220
4
3
NP
C801
0.01u
B
Y
C832
0.1u
B
R845
75
5V REG
B
5.0
1.4
6
GND
5
1
GND
VIN
C837
0.1u
B
IC801
5.8
VCONT
2
5.8
AUX_B
C802
10u
50V
1.3
D
20 TO(2/8,5/8)
FSW
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
P :PB MODE
K
5/8,6/8)
EURO IN/OUT
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES-
I
15 TO(4/8,
TU_SCL
JL802
R876
100k
C847
220p
FB820
0uH
C851
220p
C848
220p
C852
220p
D822
STZ6.8N-T146
2
1
3
EURO AUDIO IN/OUT
R877
100k
0
0
11.9
JL843
C827
0.1u
B
C864
1u
B
10V
B+
FB821
0uH
R899
470
R0.5
P11.3
R879
0
D813
STZ6.8N-T146
D823
STZ6.8N-T146
D827
STZ6.8N-T146
FB822
0uH
0
EU-AU-OUT-L
0
R803
100k
R828
100
EU-AU-OUT-R
C810
1u
B
09 TO(2/8)
SIGNAL PATH
VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDIO
SIGNAL
REC
PB
4-17
4-18
EURO IN/OUT
AV-106 (7/8)
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.
• Refer to page 4-43 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
AV-106 BOARD(8/8) (RDR-HX825)
RESET5V
M30263M6A-1547U5
3
VREF
4
AVcc
D
0
0
0
0
0
0
E
P8.5/
NMI/SD
P8.4INT2/
ZP
P8.3/INT1
P8.2/INT0
P8.1TA4IN
/U
P8.0/TA4IN
/U
P7.7/TA3IN
42
41
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
P7.0/TxD1/SDA2/
TA0OUT/CTS1/
RTS1/CLKS1
P7.1/RxD2/SCL2
/TA0IN/CLK1
P7.2/CLK2/
TA1OUT/V/RxD1
P7.3/CTS2/RTS2
/TA1IN/V/TxD1
P7.4/TA2OUT
/W
P7.5TA2IN/W
P7.6/TA3OUT
0
0
0
0
22 TO(5/8)
0
0
0
IR_INT
0
4.9
R1139
10k
4.9
R1140
10k
4.9
R1141
10k
30
P6.5/CLK1
P6.7/TxD1
IR_BUSY
0
JL912
P6.4/CTS1/RTS1/
CTS0/CLKS1
P6.6/RxD1
0
29
11
12
13
VCC
P1.7/INT5/
IDU
R1144
1k
JL902
STB_RXD
JL901
5.1
STB_TXD
0
IC1103
0
0
0
R1105
1k
R1142
0
JL903
0
0
JL904
Vcc
B
4.9
3
R1148
150
4.9
R1106
2200
0
A
V
GND
0
R1110 4.9
1k
IC1103
SN74AHC1G00DCKR
R1143
0
B+
Q1104
2SB1561T100Q
SWITCH
B+
COMPARATOR
2
0
14
4.9
XIN
15
C1111
0.1u
B
2.3
16
X1101
16MHz
RESET
VSS
17
C1110
15p
P8.6/XCOUT
XOUT
18
C1109
15p
2.4
19
5.1
R1108
680
20
11
21
C
10
9
0
P1.6/INT4/
IDW
0
28
JL911
P8.7/XCIN
P1.5/INT3/
ADTRG/IDV
27
0
R1103
1k
P10.7/AN7/
KI3
26
6
7
CNVss
P10.6/AN6/
KI2
25
JL910
0
P9.0/TB0IN/
AN30/CLKOUT
P10.5/AN5/
KI1
24
JL909
0
8
JL908
R1116
100k
P9.1/TB1/
AN31
P10.4/AN4/KI0
23
5
0
JL906
R1133
4700
R1134
4700
P10.3/AN3
22
B+
JL905
JL907
P10.2/AN2
40
1
2
P10.0/AN0
4.9
R1147
4700
B
AVss
0
R1101
1k
P10.1/AN1
5
IC1102
IR CONT
C1104
470p
B
R1132
150
4.9
4
IC1102
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
1
A
IR-CONT
-REF.NO.: 10,000 SERIES-
R1107
150
B+
SW5V-S
F
C1103
1u
B
R1111
1k
AV-106 (8/8)
R1115
0
R1120
1k
JL913
JL914
JL915
J1101
GND
R1146
0
7 TO(1/8)
G-LINK
GND-T
IR-CONT
D1103
STZ6.8N-T146
4-19
4-20
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-47 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
5
4
6
7
9
8
10
13
14
15
16
G
D3104
STZ6.8N-T146
R3104
0
2W
LINE IN 2
JL3106
2
1
3
JL3107
JL3108
2
JL3109
R3105
0 2W
F2
IC
P1
P2
IC
P3
P4
IC
P5
IC
P6
P7
IC
P8
IC
IC
P9
P11
P10
IC
P12
IC
P14
P15
IC
P16
P13
JL3168
JL3167
SEG1
JL3157
JL3156
SEG2
JL3155
JL3154
SEG3
SEG5
SEG4
JL3153
JL3152
JL3151
JL3150
JL3149
SEG6
JL3148
SEG7
JL3147
JL3146
SEG8
JL3145
JL3144
SEG9
GRD9
GRD8
GRD7
SEG10 JL3142
JL3143
GRD6
SEG11 JL3141
GRD5
JL3140
GRD4
JL3139
SEG12
GRD3
JL3138
SEG13
GRD2
JL3137
JL3136
SEG14
JL3135
SEG15
JL3133
JL3134
SG10
GRD11
GRD12
C3121
150p
CH
SEG16
SEG15
SEG14
SEG13
SEG12
SEG11
SEG10
SG9
SG8
SG7
SG6
K2
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
SG11
K1
Y2 IN
8
AN GND
7
C2 IN
6
AN GND
5
V2 IN
4
AU GND
3
L2 IN
2
AU GND
1
R2 IN
TO
AV-106
BOARD (6/8)
CN701
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
B+
SEG9
9
SEG8
C3117
0.01u
B
16V
S2 SW
SEG7
JL3105
Y
R3102
75
SG12
STB
SEG6
C
F
SG13
CLK
SEG5
G
JL3104
1
3
SG14
SEG4
JL3103
SG15
DIN
SEG3
10
SG16
CSP(CHIP SIZE PACKAGE) IC
DOUT
GRD10
10P
JL3101
JL3102
R3101
75
OSC
SEG2
CN3101
2
VEE
PT6315
IC3101
SG5
1
D3102
STZ6.8N-T146 3
GR12
LED4
VSS
11 10
SDL301
FL DRIVER
GR11
LED3
SG4
9
FLSTB
SDL302
IC3101
LED2
SG3
8
LECK
LED1
GR10
SG2
6
7
LEDT
S VIDEO IN
SEG16
GRD1
3
5
R3116
100k
JL3129
4
B+
D
D3103
STZ6.8N-T146
IC
IC
GRD12
1
JL3127
2
R3115
27k
B+
R3103
0
2W
JL3132
JL3131
JL3130
JL3125
JL3124
GRD10
JL3123
GRD9
JL3122
JL3121
GRD8
GRD11
C3120
150p
CH
JL3126
JL3128
J3101
GR9
9
GR8
5
GR7
8
JL3111
GR6
6
D3109
1SS355TE-17
GR5
7
Q3102
2SC2411K-T-146-CR
GR4
4
5.6
44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34
GR3
1
C3114
22u
50V
GR2
3
D3108
1SS355TE-17
52
C3116
0.01u
B
16V
C3115
0.1u
B
50V
2012
GR1
10
C3113
0.1u
B
50V
2012
SG1
0
2
B+
SEG1
C3106
100u
16V
B-
JL3110
D3111
1SS355TE-17
VDD
5.6
VDD
D3110
1SS355TE-17
T3101
DC/DC CONVERTER
TRANSFORMER
VSS
0
C3110
0.0068u
200V
E
12G
11G
10G
IC
9G
8G
IC
7G
IC
5G
4G
IC
3G
2G
6G
JL3120
JL3119
GRD7
JL3118
GRD6
JL3117
JL3116
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
GRD5
GRD4
JL3115
9
B+
Q3101
2SC2411K-T-146-CR
R3111
3300
C
8
JL3114
JL3112
GRD1
Q3101,Q3102
OSC
L3101
100uH
D3112
UDZS-TE17-6.2B
: Voltage measurement of
the CSP IC and
the Transistors with
mark,is not possible.
7
GRD2
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
B
6
5
JL3113
1
GRD3
F1
FL DRIVER,LINE2 IN,POWER SW
1G
FL-166 BOARD
-REF.NO.: 30,000 SERIES-
C3118
0.1u
B
THROUGH THE
FA-118 HARNESS
B-
(SEE PAGE 4-15)
B+
VIDEO
G
12
(FLUORESCENT INDICATION TUBE)
ND3101
A
11
R3108
75
1
R3109
0 2W
AUDIO L
(MONO)
3
D3105
STZ6.8N-T146
2
CN3102
8P
JL3158
AUDIO R
FB3101
0uH
FB3102 0uH
LECK
D3106
3
STZ6.8N-T146
2
1
D3107
STZ6.8N-T146
B+
1
3
FLSTB
JL3160
LEDT
JL3161
JL3162
JL3163
2
SIGNAL PATH
H
POWER
VIDEO SIGNAL
C3103
220p
50V
B+
JL3159
R3114
220k
C3104
220p
50V
R3113
220k
CHROMA
C3124
0
Y
Y/CHROMA
S3101
JL3164
JL3165
8
KEY0
7
LED_CK
6
FLD_STB
5
LED_DT
4
IT_GND
3
FR_5V
2
IT_GND
1
FL_POW_6V
TO
FR-257
BOARD
CN3001
THROUGH THE
FLR-008 FFC
(SEE PAGE 4-23)
AUDI O
SIGNAL
REC
PB
I
4-21
4-22
FL DRIVER,LINE2 IN,POWER SW
FL-166
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-49 for printed wiring board.
2
1
4
3
6
5
7
9
8
10
11
12
13
15
14
FR-257 BOARD
DV,REMOCON RECEIVER,FUNCTION SW,LED
A
-REF.NO.: 30,000 SERIESB+
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
B+
R3005
2200
R3003
0
IC3001
B
LEDIM
5
FR_5V
6
IT_GND
7
FL_POW_6V
JL3004
1
DVD
JL3011
2
FLSTB
JL3012
LEDT
JL3013
JL3005
B+
JL3006
JL3014
JL3007
JL3015
JL3008
P2
P1
P5
XCLR
VSS
XSTB
P6
CLK
P7
DATA
P8
10 11 12 13 14
4
IT_GND
LECK
JL3003
5.1
JL3016
5.1
B+
R3008
0
D3002
SLR-332VRT32
HDD
D3004
EB3804X-TP-J555K
R3006
220
R3009
56
HDD
5.1
5.1
LERST
5.1
LESTB
5.1
LECK
0
LEDT
C3002
0.1u
B
16V
8
5.0
SYNCHRO REC
VDD
9
LED_DT
JL3002
3
3
4
2
0.4
P3
5.1
P4
8
(SEE PAGE 4-22)
LED_CK
FLD_STB
5
THROUGH THE
FLR-008 FFC
1
JL3010
6
TO
FL-166 BOARD
CN3102
KEY0
HDD
7
C
IC3001
BU2050F-E2
JL3001
Q3002
MSB709-RT1
SWITCH
4.4
Q3001
MUN2211T1
SWITCH
C3001
0.01u
B
16V
8P
R3004
4700
5.1
LED DRIVER
CN3001
5.1
0
R3007
220
D3005
SLI-343YCT32WST
R3010
150
DVD
D3003
SLR-332VRT32
DVD
TIMER REC
D
CN3003
JL3030
B+
B+
LEDIM
B+
B+
JL3031
JL3032
JL3033
JL3034
JL3035
E
LEDT
JL3036
LERST
JL3037
LECK
JL3038
LESTB
JL3039
FLSTB
JL3040
JL3041
JL3042
CN3004 4P
F
R3001
0
2W
D3001
STZ6.8N-T146
JL3043
CN3005
DV IN
6P
JL3022
JL3023
TPB-
1
TPB+
2
TPA-
3
TPA+
4
JL3024
JL3025
JL3026
JL3027
6
DGND
5
TPB-
4
TPB+
3
TPA-
2
TPA+
1
DGND
TO
RD-064
BOARD(6/8)
CN701
S3006
THROUGH THE
RF-119 HARNESS
OPEN/CLOSE
(SEE PAGE 4-36)
S3007
S3001
G
PLAY
IC3002
S3002
S3003
IC3002
GP1UM28XK0SF
5.1
VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA
Y
Y/CHROMA
VCC
VOUT
GND
SIGNAL PATH
R3014
2200
R3018
2200
CH+
S3012
DVD
S3008
R3019
2200
CH-
R3023
2200
S3013
HDD
1
2
3
R3015
3300
S3009
REC_MODE
REC
S3004
H
R3013
2200
± 0.5%
REC_STOP
REMOTE COMMANDER
RECEIVER
R3020
3300
R3024
2200
S3014
INPUT_SELECT
R3016
5600
STOP
S3005
R3017
8200
DUB
5.1
B+
AUDI O
SIGNAL
R3012
0
REC
I
15P
JL3029
C3004
0.01u
B
16V
PB
DV, REMOCON RECEIVER, FUNCTION SW, LED
FR-257
4-23
4-24
15
IT_GND
14
IT_GND
13
FL_POW_6V
12
LED_DIM
11
FR_5V
10
SIRCS
9
8
SIRCS_5V
LED_DT
7
LED_RST
6
LED_CK
5
LED_STB
4
FLD_STB
3
KEY0
2
KEY1
1
KEY2
TO
AV-106
BOARD(5/8)
CN602
THROUGH THE
FAR-005 FFC
(SEE PAGE 4-14)
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board.
C101
0.22u
B
R113
1k
C1036
1u
B
C1032
0.1u
B
REC656CLKO
DDQS[0]
AA14
AD12
JL178
JL118
R1039
10k
DDQS[2]
AE12
B+
AC12
AB12
AE11
DDQS[1]
DDQS[3]
AD11
C153
0.1u
B
AC11
AE10
AB11
AE8
C155
FB106 0.1u
0uH
B
AC9
AC10
AD9
DDM[0]
DDM[1]
DDM[2]
DDM[3]
C154
0.1u
B
AA12
AA11
AA10
R162
1500
AC8
AD7
AB9
R166
150
± 0.5%
R164
22
± 0.5%
C157
0.1u
B
R168
150
± 0.5%
AD10
AA9
R163
1500
AE6
AA8
R167
150
± 0.5%
AC6
AE5
AB7
AD5
AE4
AC7
AD4
AD3
AA6
AC4
AE3
AD2
AB4
AA5
Y5
W5
C172 0.1u
C173 0.1u
V5
U5
DDATA[31]
DDATA[30]
DDATA[29]
DDATA[28]
RECCR
AA4
AB2
Y4
AC1
AB1
B
B
TRST
TCK
AA2
W4
AA1
Y2
AA3
Y3
W3
U1
Y1
V4
W2
V3
U4
W1
V2
U3
V1
U2
T4
R2
R1028
R1098
R1099
R174
R184
R185
R186
R187
R189
R194
R195
22
RB120
0
C1029
10u
B
6.3V
PHYSCLK
PHYLREQ
PHYCTL[0]
PHYCTL[1]
PHYLPS
PHYDIO[0]
PHYDIO[1]
PHYDIO[2]
PHYDIO[3]
PHYDIO[4]
PHYDIO[5]
PHYDIO[6]
PHYDIO[7]
N2
DDATA[3]
DDATA[2]
DDATA[1]
DDATA[0]
6
7
RB106
100
RB202
100
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RY208
9
10
IDE_D3
11
RY209
IC109
TK11133CSCL-G
CONT
GND
NOISE
3.3V REG
5
4.2
RY210
RY211
IDE_D12
12
IDE_D2
13
IDE_D13
14
RY212
8
6
4
2
7
5
3
1
RB203
100
C1034
0.22u
B
RY213
RY214
IDE_D1
15
IDE_D14
16
RY215
RY216
IDE_D0
17
IDE_D15
18
GND
19
RY217
N.C
20
IDE_DREQ
21
8
6
4
2
RY218
GND
22
IDE_W
23
GND
24
IDE_R
25
GND
26
IDE_IORDY
27
RB109
100
R130
0
R204
100
RY219
R205
0
R131
22
R206
0
R132
22
R207
100
R133
0
SCLK[1]
IDE_DACK
29
GND
30
R1001
0
AT2ADR[1]
R1004
0
R1005
0
R1006
0
R1007
0
AT2INTRQ
31
IDE_HD16
32
IDE_A1
33
N.C
34
IDE_A0
35
RY224
RY225
RY226
RY227
IDE_A2
36
IDE_A4(CS0)
37
R209
100
R135
0
2
4
6
8
1
3
5
7
RB205
0
1
3
5
7
IDE_A3(CS1)
38
DASP
39
GND
40
R214
56
R210
56
R136
0
R1036
0
GND
2V
2A
ABCKOH
3.4
C1041
0.1
10V
1.7
REC656V
SDA[0]
BOUT
DBA1[0]
1.1
DBA1[1]
1.1
DADR[10]
1.7
DADR[0]
0
DADR[1]
0
DADR[2]
1.1
DADR[3]
1.1
RB146
68
AT2DATA[1]
AT2DATA[14]
AT2DATA[0]
AT2DATA[15]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
VDDQ
DQ1
DQ2
VSSQ
DQ3
DQ4
DQ11
VDDQ
VSSQ
DQ5
DQ10
VDDQ
DQ7
DQ8
NC
NC
VDDQ
VSSQ
LDQS
UDQS
NC
NC
VDD
VREF
NC
VSS
LDM
UDM
WE
CK
CAS
CK
RAS
CKE
CS
NC
NC
A12
BA0
A11
BA1
A9
A10/AP
A8
A0
A7
A1
A6
A2
A5
A3
A4
VDD
VSS
B+
0.6
DDT2[28]
0.1
DDT2[27]
C1008
0.1u
B
0.1
0.2
C195
0.1u
B
DDT2[25]
0.1
DDT2[24]
R191
4700 ± 0.5%
C1012
0.1u
B
DDQS1[3]
C1009
0.1u
0.8
R175
22
R190
4700
± 0.5%
1.2
C1013
0.1u B
2.3
DDM1[3]
1.2
R182
220
1.2
2.5
R180
10k
0
DADR[12]
0
DADR[11]
1.6
DADR[9]
1.0
DADR[8]
1.0
DADR[7]
1.2
DADR[6]
1.2
DADR[5]
1.2
DADR[4]
512Mbit DDR SDRAM
VSS
DQ15
VSSQ
DQ14
0.4
0.4
RB193
22
DQ13
VDDQ
DQ12
0.4
0.8
DDT2[4]
C196
0.1u
B
2.5
0.1
DDT2[5]
DDT2[7]
IC106
IC106
K4H511638C-UCB3T
2.5
DDT2[2]
0.1
RB194
22
0.5
C197
0.1u
B
2.5
0.8
DDQS1[0]
R172
22
C198
0.1u
B
2.5
DDM1[0]
2.3
DWE1
2.4
DCAS1
2.1
DRAS1
2.5
0
DBA1[0]
1.1
DBA1[1]
1.1
DADR[10]
1.7
DADR[0]
0
DADR[1]
0
DADR[2]
1.1
DADR[3]
1.1
DQ6
DQ9
VSSQ
VDDQ
DQ7
DQ8
NC
NC
VDDQ
VSSQ
LDQS
UDQS
NC
NC
VDD
VREF
NC
VSS
LDM
UDM
WE
CK
CAS
CK
RAS
CKE
CS
NC
NC
A12
BA0
A11
BA1
A9
A10/AP
A8
A0
A7
A1
A6
A2
A5
A3
A4
VDD
DDT2[26]
2.5
VSS
1.0
DDT2[15]
RB195
22
0.7
DDT2[14]
0.3
DDT2[13]
2.5
0.6
DDT2[12]
C1010
0.1u
B
0.1
DDT2[11]
0.1
RB196
22
DDT2[10]
0.2
DDT2[9]
2.5
0.1
DDT2[8]
R193
4700
± 0.5%
C1014
0.1u
B
0.8
DDQS1[1]
R173
22
1.2
C1011
0.1u
B
R192
4700
± 0.5%
C1015
0.1u B
2.3
DDM1[1]
1.2
R183
220
1.2
2.5
0
B+
R181
10k
DADR[12]
0
DADR[11]
1.6
DADR[9]
1.0
DADR[8]
1.0
DADR[7]
1.2
DADR[6]
1.2
DADR[5]
1.2
DADR[4]
INT[2]
REC6560[7]
REC6560[6]
REC656I[0]
REC656I[1]
REC6560[5]
REC6560[4]
REC656I[2]
REC656I[3]
REC656I[4]
7
TO(3/8)
REC656I[5]
REC656I[6]
REC656I[7]
REC6560[3]
REC6560[2]
REC6560[1]
REC6560[0]
REC656CLKO
ABCKOH
ADATAOH
ALRCKOH
SPDIFOH
RTS[2]
RTS[3]
SCLK[2]
TX[3]
RX[3]
CTS[3]
SCLK[3]
HCS[2]
HDREQ[1]
REC656CLKI
REC656H
REC656V
SDCL[0]
8
TO(5/8)
9
TO(6/8)
INT[2]
REC6560[7]
REC6560[6]
REC6560[5]
REC6560[4]
REC6560[3]
REC6560[2]
REC6560[1]
REC6560[0]
REC656CLKO
ABCKOH
ADATAOH
ALRCKOH
SPDIFOH
RTS[2]
RTS[3]
SCLK[2]
TX[3]
16
TO(8/8)
RX[3]
CTS[3]
SCLK[3]
HCS[2]
HDREQ[1]
RECCR
RECVY
SPDIFO
PHYDIO[0]
PHYDIO[1]
ADATAO
PHYDIO[2]
R154 22
AT2DATA[3]
AT2DATA[12]
AT2DATA[2]
AT2DATA[13]
DQ0
DQ9
VSSQ
DDT2[29]
2.5
COUT
RECVY
R158 22
RB145
68
VDD
DQ6
0.4
DDT2[0]
YOUT
RECCR
AT2DMARQ
RB144
68
DQ10
DQ5
2.5
ROUT
COUT
AT2DMACK
AT2DATA[5]
AT2DATA[10]
AT2DATA[4]
AT2DATA[11]
VSSQ
VDDQ
B+
GOUT
AT2DIOW
RB143
68
DQ11
DDT2[30]
0.3
C193
0.1u
B
BOUT
YOUT
AT2DIOR
R1011
5600
0
SDA[0]
SDCL[0]
ROUT
AT2RESET
AT2DATA[7]
AT2DATA[8]
AT2DATA[6]
AT2DATA[9]
RB110
0
RY228
RY229
2
4
6
8
VCC
REC656H
GOUT
5
RY223
IDE_INT
IV
IA
1.1
REC656CLKI
1.7
AT2IORDY
R1010
10k
R134
22
R208
0
REC656I[7]
IC112
SN74LVC2G340CKR
1.7
VMCLK
R1008
0
RY222
REC656I[6]
LOGIC
TO
(7/8)
SCLK[1]
RY221
28
REC656I[5]
AT2CS[1]
AT2CS[0]
AT2ADR[2]
AT2ADR[0]
RY220
CSEL
4
RTS[1]
VMCLK
RB204
100
REC656I[4]
IC112
RX[1]
RB142
0
R1002
0
R1003
0
REC656I[3]
TX[1]
RB108
100
7
5
3
1
REC656I[2]
ADATAO
A0LRCKI
A0DATAI
ABCKO
DQ4
DDT2[31]
RB191
22
0.7
C1033
0.22u
B
REC656I[1]
A0BCKI
DQ12
1.0
C199
0.1u
B
FSEL
A768FS48K
A768FS441K
ALRCKO
RTS[1]
2.5
2.5
R1032 33
R1009
1k
DRAS1
B+
R1051
1k
RX[1]
2.1
B+
C147
0.1u
B
R1031 33
R1030 33
2.4
DCAS1
DCS1
IC109
5.0
VOUT
JL158
B+
TX[1]
RB107
100
R211
10k
8
IDE_D4
IDE_D11
R212
5.6k
RY207
IDE_D10
DDT2[3]
DDT2[2]
DDT2[1]
DDT2[0]
RB124
0
R156
47
RB201
100
RY206
IDE_D5
DDT2[7]
DDT2[6]
DDT2[5]
DDT2[4]
R14
C1035
0.01u
B
2.3
DWE1
RB123
0
R15
R104
68
DDM1[2]
RB122
0
A768FS441K
A768FS48K
R4
1
C192
0.1u
B
DDT2[6]
DDT2[11]
DDT2[10]
DDT2[9]
DDT2[8]
DDATA[7]
DDATA[6]
DDATA[5]
DDATA[4]
R188
47
5
DDT2[15]
DDT2[14]
DDT2[13]
DDT2[12]
DDATA[11]
DDATA[10]
DDATA[9]
DDATA[8]
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
2
2.5
DDT2[3]
RB121
0
33
22
22
1.3
R174
22
DDT2[1]
DDT2[19]
DDT2[18]
DDT2[17]
DDT2[16]
DDATA[15]
DDATA[14]
DDATA[13]
DDATA[12]
C177
10u
B
6.3V
2.5
0.8
DDQS1[2]
C194
0.1u
B
RB119
0
B+
L102
10uH
C191
0.1u
B
2.5
DDT2[23]
DDT2[22]
DDT2[21]
DDT2[20]
DDATA[19]
DDATA[18]
DDATA[17]
DDATA[16]
TDI
JL131
JL121
JL179
JL180
JL181
JL182
JL183
JL184
JL185
JL186
JL187
JL188
JL1002
JL1003
JL1004
JL1005
JL1006
JL1007
JL1008
JL1009
JL1010
JL1011
JL1012
JL1013
JL1014
0.5
RB118
0
AC3
AD1
DDT2[20]
DDT2[27]
DDT2[26]
DDT2[25]
DDT2[24]
DDATA[23]
DDATA[22]
DDATA[21]
DDATA[20]
RECVY
AC2
L101
10uH
DDT2[31]
DDT2[30]
DDT2[29]
DDT2[28]
DDATA[27]
DDATA[26]
DDATA[25]
DDATA[24]
AB3
AE1
0.1
RB117
0
FB107
0uH
C166 0.1u B
C167 0.1u B
C168 0.1u B
C175 0.1u B
C176
0.1u B
C169 0.1u B
C170 0.1u B
C171 0.1u B
AE2
AB5
DRAS1
DCS1
DBA1[0]
DBA1[1]
RB116
22
C174
0.1u
B
B+
AB6
AC5
R169
150
± 0.5%
FB110
0uH
C159 0.1u B
C160 0.1u B
C161 0.1u B
C162 0.1u B
C163 0.1u B
C164 0.1u B
C165 0.1u B
AA7
DDT2[20]
RB190
22
DWE1
DCAS1
DRAS
DCS
DBA[0]
DBA[1]
YOUT
COUT
R165
22
±0.5%
0.1
DDQS1[3]
RB115
22
VDDQ
DQ3
2.5
DDT2[20]
DDQS1[2]
DDM1[0]
DDM1[1]
DDM1[2]
DDM1[3]
DWE
DCAS
R170
150
± 0.5%
C158
0.1u B
AB8
AE9
C190
0.1u
B
DCS1
BOUT
GOUT
ROUT
AE7
AD6
DDQS1[1]
VSSQ
0.4
0.8
DDT2[20]
DDQS1[0]
RB114
22
C156
0.1u B
AB10
AD8
RB189
22
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66
TMS
C152
0.1u
B
DQ13
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66
AD13
DADR[0]
DADR[1]
DADR[2]
DADR[3]
DQ2
9
AE15
AE13
AA13
RB113
22
R161
0
R1012
0
R128
0
R160
0
0.4
33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
AC14
AE14
DADRS[0]
DADRS[1]
DADRS[2]
DADRS[3]
DQ14
1
AE16
AD15
DQ1
VSS
2
AE17
AD16
RB112
22
1
2
4
3
6
5
7
8
DDT2[16]
DDT2[16]
VSSQ
3
AC17
AE18
REC656V
REC656H
REC656I[7]
REC656I[6]
REC656I[5]
REC656I[4]
REC656I[3]
REC656I[2]
REC656I[1]
REC656I[0]
REC656CLKI
0.4
4
AC13
C151
0.1u
B
JL120
JL167
JL168
JL169
JL170
JL171
JL172
JL173
JL174
JL175
JL176
JL177
JL130
DADR[6]
DADR[5]
DADR[4]
DADR[10]
DQ15
VDDQ
2.5
5
AB13
RB111
22
1
3
5
7
DADRS[6] 2
DADRS[5] 4
DADRS[4] 6
DADRS[10] 8
VDD
DQ0
0.4
C189
0.1u
B
DDT2[16]
6
AA16
AB16
DADR[11]
DADR[9]
DADR[8]
DADR[7]
7
C150
0.1u
B
DADR[12]
R171
DADRS[11] 2 22 1
3
DADRS[9] 4
5
DADRS[8] 6
7
8
DADRS[7]
8
AA15
R1033
22
P15
P13
DDT2[16]
DADRS[12]
512Mbit DDR SDRAM
9
AB19
AA17
R12
P11
N14
C1028
1u
B
IC105
K4H511638C-UCB3T
2.5
33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
C1038
68u
16V
3
N12
C188
0.1u
B
6
4
IDE_D6
TO(2/8,3/8,4/8,5/8,6/8)
IC105
5.0
C149
0.1u
B
R145
47k
C141
0.1u
B
C138
0.1u
B
C133
0.1u
B
8
7
6
CONT
0.6
3.3
FSEL
A768FS48K
A768FS441K
6
B+
3.9
5
1
2
CN
VIN
VIN
P14
R11
NC
R13
P12
N15
N13
N11
L15
M12
M14
M15
M13
M11
L13
L14
L12
L11
T5
T3
R5
N5
R1
P5
P2
T2
P1
M2
N4
R3
N3
N1
JL195
JL196
JL197
JL154
JL155
JL156
JL157
P4
M5
L5
T1
JL192
JL193
JL194
P3
F4
K5
H5
J5
G5
E1
F2
G4
F3
F1
G2
JL149
JL150
JL151
JL152
JL153
JL127
M1
G1
H4
JL147
JL148
H3
G3
H1
J3
J1
L1
K1
L3
M3
K3
M4
J4
L4
K4
J2
L2
E6
3
R196
1k
AA20
AC15
AD14
AC20
AB14
AE20
AC16
AB15
AD17
AE19
AD18
AB17
AC19
AC18
AA18
AB18
AD19
AB20
AC21
AA19
AB21
AE24
AE22
AE23
AB22
AC22
AE25
AD24
AE21
AD21
AD22
AD20
T21
AC24
AA22
AC23
AD23
AB23
U24
U21
AD25
V25
V21
U25
T22
U23
U22
Y25
M22
W24
V22
M23
W23
T23
P22
N22
P23
N23
R21
P25
N24
P21
P24
N25
N21
Y23
R24
W21
V23
R25
Y22
W22
W25
AA23
AA21
V24
Y24
Y21
AA25
R22
AB25
AA24
AB24
M24
T24
T25
M21
NC
GND
4
R148
22
C146
0.1u
B
C143
0.1u
B
R147
22
C137
0.1u
B
REC656O[7]
REC656O[6]
REC656O[5]
REC656O[4]
REC656O[3]
REC656O[2]
REC656O[1]
REC656O[0]
DADRS[12]
DADRS[11]
DADRS[10]
DADRS[9]
DADRS[8]
DADRS[7]
DADRS[6]
DADRS[5]
DADRS[4]
DADRS[3]
DADRS[2]
DADRS[1]
DADRS[0]
DWE
DRAS
DCAS
DBA[1]
DBA[0]
DCS
DDQS[3]
DDQS[2]
DDQS[1]
DDQS[0]
DDM[3]
DDM[2]
DDM[1]
DDM[0]
DDATA[0]
DDATA[1]
DDATA[2]
DDATA[3]
DDATA[4]
DDATA[5]
DDATA[6]
DDATA[7]
DDATA[8]
DDATA[9]
DDATA[10]
DDATA[11]
DDATA[12]
DDATA[13]
DDATA[14]
DDATA[15]
DDATA[16]
DDATA[17]
DDATA[18]
DDATA[19]
DDATA[20]
DDATA[21]
DDATA[22]
DDATA[23]
DDATA[24]
DDATA[25]
DDATA[26]
DDATA[27]
DDATA[28]
DDATA[29]
DDATA[30]
DDATA[31]
C132
0.1u
B
RB148
22
INT[2]
C129
0.1u
B
R117 0
JL146
JL110
L23
R23
L25
L24
K23
M25
JL109
K22
J25
H25
J24
J22
L22
L21
K21
NC
5
IDE_D8
IDE_D9
P
C1037
0.01u
B
C1006
0.01u
B
16V
R1035
0
C139 C140
0.1u 0.1u
B
B
R137
47k
R138
47k
R139
47k
R140
47k
R141
47k
R142
47k
1
3
5
7
23
IC108
MM1762FHBE
VOUT
REC656I[0]
R129
33
R203
0
2
4
6
8
RY205
O
R197
0
B+
4
3
22
2.5V REG
C109
220u C124
1u
4V
6.6X5.5 2.5
1
2
21
IC108
C148
0.1u
B
2
1
GND
IDE_D7
RY204
DVD
UNIT
K25
C134
0.1u
B
20
XSYSRST
3
IDE_RST
RY203
N
K24
JL143
JL144
JL129
JL145
JL119
JL1015
R213
47K
C110 C127 C125 C126
0.1u 47u 47u 100u
4V
10V 10V
B
19
R1068
100
B+
C145
0.1u
B
18
RY201
RY202
M
K2
R1055
10k
C107
0.1u
B
C144
0.1u
B
17
R149
68
L
C103
0.22u
B
16
4
FB112
0uH
GND
15
RB147
22
VDD25
VSS
VDD
VDD33
PXCLK
REC656V
REC656H
REC656I7
REC656I6
REC656I5
REC656I4
REC656I3
REC656I2
REC656I1
REC656I0
R656CLKI
RESET
TMS
VSS
VDD
TESTMOD7
TESTMOD6
TESTMOD5
TESTMOD4
TESTMOD3
TESTMOD2
TESTMOD1
TESTMOD0
VSS
VDD
VDD33
VSSADA10
VDDDDA10
VSSDDA10B
VSSADA10
VCCADA10
BOUT(PD2)
GOUT(PD1)
ROUT(PD0)
REXT2
VSSDDA10A
VSSADA10
VCCADA10
VCCADA10
YOUT(PD4)
COUT(PD3)
REXT1
VSSAAD10B
VSSDAD10
VSSAAD10B
VRMB
VR0B
VRPB
CIN(VINB1)
VCCAAD10B
VCCAAD10B
VCCAAD10A
VCCDAD10
NC
VSSAAD10A
VSSAAD10A
VRMA
VR0A
VRPA
YIN(VINA2)
CVBSIN(VINA1)
VCCAAD10A
VDD33
VDD
VSS
VDD33
VDD
TRST
TCK
TDO
TDI
EVENT1
EVENT0
TRDATA7
TRDATA6
TRDATA5
TRDATA4
TRDATA3
TRDATA2
TRDATA1
TRDATA0
TRSYNC
TRCLK
PHYSCLK
PHYLREQ
PHYCTL0
PHYCTL1
PHYLPS
PHYDIO0
PHYDIO1
PHYDIO2
PHYDIO3
PHYDIO4
PHYDIO5
PHYDIO6
PHYDIO7
VCLKI
AMCLK2
AMCLK1
VSS
VSS
FB103
0uH
B+
40P
F5
R111
10K
R155
10k
FB111
0uH
UNSW3V
CN201
B+
3.3
FB101
0uH
B+
SW3.4V
C7
NOISE
CONT
VOUT
B+
B+
SW1V
K
3.3V REG
B+
UNSW4V
IC101
4
4.2
B+
JL106
3
5
C122
0.1u
B
C123
0.1u
B
JL108
R1049
0
C121
0.1u
B
R1057
10k
2
GND
1
VIN
IC101
TK11133CSCL-G
1.3
5.0
P-CONT
R153 10K
R112
10K
C102
0.01u
B
RB185
10K
2
4
6
8
R1094 0
RISMSTATUS1
J
R1044
22
R1045
22
R1046
22
R1047
22
HCS[0]
R1090
0
TO(5/8)
1
3
5
7
3
E5
HCS[2]
I
E7
RISMSTATUS2
H2
RB159
0
R1043
0
D7
RB158
0
B6
NORHWS[0]
C6
NORHOE
RB157
0
D6
H
RB156
0
B5
TX[0]
TX[0]
RB155
0
A5
SCLK[0]
D5
ITREQ
ITREQ
SCLK[0]
RB154
0
E2
RX[0]
RTS[0]
R1026 10K
C5
HADRS[6]
HADRS[7]
HADRS[8]
HADRS[9]
HADRS[10]
HADRS[11]
HADRS[12]
HADRS[13]
HADRS[14]
HADRS[15]
HADRS[16]
HADRS[17]
HADRS[18]
HADRS[19]
HADRS[20]
HADRS[21]
HADRS[22]
HADRS[23]
HADRS[24]
HADRS[25]
HADRS[26]
HADRS[27]
HADRS[28]
HADRS[29]
HADRS[30]
R1042
0
C142
0.1u
B
CSP(CHIP SIZE PACKAGE)IC
A4
R1025
10K
SCLK[3]
R146
4700
± 0.5%
IC103
R8A34012BG
D4
INT[5]
C4
CTS[1]
INT[5]
G
HDREQ[1]
CTS[1]
R1024
47
C136
0.1u
B
C135
0.1u
B
14
C1031
0.1u B
B+
NOT USE
C119
0.1u
B
C120
0.1u
B
13
RISM3
B1
RB175
10k
CTS[3]
C118
0.1u
B
RB184
10k
RX[3]
SDCL[1]
RTS[0]
0
TX[3]
SDCL[1]
RX[0]
C117
0.1u
B
D3
0
R1021
12
IC103
B2
R1019
R127 0
R121 0
R1020 0
B4
SCLK[0]
SCLK[1]
SCLK[2]
B3
CTS[2]
C1
0
22
22
0
22
D1
R1017
R1022
R1023
R1018
R120
E3
RTS[0]
RTS[1]
RTS[2]
RTS[3]
ITREQ
CTS[1]
E4
R198
22
0
A3
R1016
A2
R119 47
RX[0]
C2
C114
0.1u
B
R123
10k
C3
R110
10K
1
3
5
7
R105
10K
1
3
5
7
VDD
E20 VDD
J21
VDD33
E21 VDD33
E19
VSS
J23 DBI
G22
CSYNC
F23 TEST
1
2
HDATA15
4RB149 C25
3
E22
HDATA14
6 0
5
D24
HDATA13
7
8
E23 HDATA12
1
2
HDATA11
4 RB150 F22
3
D25 HDATA10
6 0
5
E24
HDATA9
7
8
E25 HDATA8
1
2
HDATA7
4 RB151 F24
3
G23 HDATA6
6 0
5
F25
HDATA5
7
8
H22
HDATA4
1
2
HDATA3
4 RB152 G24
3
G25 HDATA2
6 0
5
H23
HDATA1
7
8
H24 HDATA0
A25
DVDD
B23 DVSS
B25
AHVDD
C23 AHVSS
R103 0
B24
PCO
JL125
D22 VMCLK
D19
TX0
B21 TX1
A22
TX2
D20 TX3
D23
RX0
JL123
C24 RX1
C22
RX2
JL107
D21 RX3
JL117
A24
RTS0
A23 RTS1
JL199
B22
RTS2
C21 RTS3
C20
CTS0
A21 CTS1
D18
CTS2
JL114
C18 CTS3
B20
SCLK0
C19 SCLK1
D17
SCLK2
A20 SCLK3
E17
VDD33
E18 VDD
E15
VDD
E13 VDD
E16
VSS
E14
VSS
R109 10K
A18
MSDATA0
JL133
C17 MSDATA1
JL134
B18
MSDATA2
JL135
A19 MSDATA3
JL136
B19
MSCLK
JL137
B17
MSBS
JL132
D16
MSINS
JL138
C16 HADRS6
A17
HADRS7
B16 HADRS8
D15
HADRS9
A16 HADRS10
C15
HADRS11
B15 HADRS12
A15
HADRS13
D14 HADRS14
C14
HADRS15
B14 HADRS16
A14
HADRS17
D13 HADRS18
C13
HADRS19
B13 HADRS20
A13
HADRS21
A12 HADRS22
B12
HADRS23
C12 HADRS24
D12
HADRS25
A11 HADRS26
B11
HADRS27
C11 HADRS28
D11
HADRS29
A10 HADRS30
JL139
B10
HADRS31
R199 22
C10 HCS5
A9
HCS4
R178 0
D10 HCS3
R177 22
B9
HCS2
JL103
A8
HCS1
R176 22
C9
HCS0
R157 22
D9 HWS1
A7
HWS0
B8 HOE
E10
VDD
E12 VDD33
E8
VDD33
E11 VSS
R1048 0
E9
VSS
B7
HDACK1
JL198
HDACK0
C8
D8 HDREQ1
HDREQ0
R1050 0 A6
C115
0.1u
B
C116
0.1u
B
R1014 0
R1015 0
2
4
6
8
2
4
6
8
RB183
10k
F21
D2
C112
0.1u
B
C113
0.1u
B
H21
G21
C111
0.1u
B
AC25
B+
B+
A1
RB174
47k
TX[2]
SDA[1]
R118
0
R1083
10K
RB173
47k
RX[2]
SDA[1]
C131
0.1u
B
JL108
11
C1030
0.1u
B
C130
0.1u
B
R1084
10K
VMCLK
TX[0]
TX[1]
F
10K
C128
0.1u B
R1085 10K
R1037
4700
B+
RB172
47k
RB182
10k
TO(4/8,
5/8)
10K
R1088
EEPROM
RB171
47k
R108
10K
2
R1082
10K
R1086
IC102
HDATA[15]
HDATA[14]
HDATA[13]
HDATA[12]
HDATA[11]
HDATA[10]
HDATA[9]
HDATA[8]
HDATA[7]
HDATA[6]
HDATA[5]
HDATA[4]
HDATA[3]
HDATA[2]
HDATA[1]
HDATA[0]
E
R1041
47
10
R143
4700
± 0.5%
JL111
CL115
JL146
3.4
DBI
D
R125
2200
8
7
SDA
10K
R1052
9
VDD
VSS
VSS
SDCL1
SDCL0
SDA1
SDA0
INT8
FSEL(INT7)
INT6
INT5
INT4
WP(INT3)
INT2
INT1
INT0
HWAIT
VSS
VSS
VDD25
VDD25
VDD25
VDD
DDATA0
DDATA1
DDATA2
DDATA3
DDATA4
DDATA5
DDATA6
DDATA7
DDATA8
DDATA9
DDATA10
DDATA11
DDATA12
DDATA13
DDATA14
DDATA15
DDATA16
DDATA17
DDATA18
DDATA19
DDATA20
DDATA21
DDATA22
DDATA23
DDATA24
DDATA25
DDATA26
DDATA27
DDATA28
DDATA29
DDATA30
DDATA31
VSS
VSS
VDD25
VDD25
VDD
DDQS3
DDQS2
DDQS1
DDQS0
DDM3
DDM2
DDM1
DDM0
VSS
VSS
VDD25
VDD25
DWE
DRAS
DCAS
DBA1
DBA0
DCS
DVREF
DCLKNO
DCLKO
VSS
VDD25
DADRS12
DADRS11
DADRS10
DADRS9
DADRS8
DADRS7
DADRS6
DADRS5
DADRS4
DADRS3
DADRS2
DADRS1
DADRS0
REC656O7
REC656O6
REC656O5
REC656O4
REC656O3
REC656O2
REC656O1
REC656O0
VSS
VDD
C
SCL
VSS
8
AT1DATA15
AT1DATA14
AT1DATA13
AT1DATA12
AT1DATA11
AT1DATA10
AT1DATA9
AT1DATA8
AT1DATA7
AT1DATA6
AT1DATA5
AT1DATA4
AT1DATA3
AT1DATA2
AT1DATA1
AT1DATA0
AT1DMARQ
AT1DMACK
AT1DIOW
AT1DIOR
AT1RESET
AT1INTRQ
AT1IORDY
AT1ADR2
AT1ADR1
AT1ADR0
AT1CS1
AT1CS0
VDD
VSS
VDD
VSS
AT2DATA15
AT2DATA14
AT2DATA13
AT2DATA12
AT2DATA11
AT2DATA10
AT2DATA9
AT2DATA8
AT2DATA7
AT2DATA6
AT2DATA5
AT2DATA4
AT2DATA3
AT2DATA2
AT2DATA1
AT2DATA0
AT2DMARQ
AT2DMACK
AT2DIOW
AT2DIOR
AT2RESET
AT2INTRQ
AT2IORDY
AT2ADR2
AT2ADR1
AT2ADR0
AT2CS1
AT2CS0
VDD33
VDD
VSS
VDD
VDD33
VSS
A0DATAI
A0BCKI
A0LRCKI
ADCCLKO
A1DATAI
A1BCKI
A1LRCKI
ADATAO
BCKO
LRCKO
DACCLKO
SPDIFI
SPDIFO
VDD
VDD33
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
TO(4/8)
R1040
47
SDA[1]
1
R122 0
3.4
R127
2200
INT[5]
:Voltage measurement of
the CSP IC and
the Transistors with
mark,is not possible.
3.4
C104
0.01u
B
HADRS[6]
HADRS[7]
HADRS[8]
HADRS[9]
HADRS[10]
HADRS[11]
HADRS[12]
HADRS[13]
HADRS[14]
HADRS[15]
HADRS[16]
HADRS[17]
HADRS[18]
HADRS[19]
HADRS[20]
HADRS[21]
HADRS[22]
HADRS[23]
HADRS[24]
HADRS[25]
HADRS[26]
HADRS[27]
HADRS[28]
HADRS[29]
HADRS[30]
NAND_CS
HCS[0]
NORHWS[0]
NORHOE
HADRS[6]
HADRS[7]
HADRS[8]
HADRS[9]
HADRS[10]
HADRS[11]
HADRS[12]
HADRS[13]
HADRS[14]
HADRS[15]
HADRS[16]
HADRS[17]
HADRS[18]
HADRS[19]
HADRS[20]
HADRS[21]
HADRS[22]
HADRS[23]
HADRS[24]
HADRS[25]
HADRS[26]
HADRS[27]
HADRS[28]
HADRS[29]
HADRS[30]
NAND_CS
HCS[0]
NORHWS[0]
NORHOE
NC
6
TCK
1
TRST
TCK
WP
5
TRST
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
P :PB MODE
NC
3
TMS
TDI
VCC
4
-REF.NO.: 20000SERIES-
NC
2
3.4
TDI
7
R126
2200
R124
2200
IC102
M24C32-WMN6T(B)
RISM3
TMS
B
6
FSEL
RD-064 BOARD(1/8)
A
5
SDA[0]
4
SDCL[0]
3
SDCL[1]
2
1
ALRCKOH
PHYDIO[3]
TO
(2/8)
PHYDIO[4]
R150 22
SPDIFOH
PHYDIO[5]
PHYDIO[6]
PHYDIO[7]
SIGNAL PATH
PHYLPS
PHYSCLK
VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA
REC
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDIO
SIGNAL
PHYLREQ
PHYCTL[0]
PHYCTL[1]
PHYDIO[0]
PHYDIO[1]
PHYDIO[2]
PHYDIO[3]
PHYDIO[4]
PHYDIO[5]
PHYDIO[6]
PHYDIO[7]
PHYLPS
PHYSCLK
PHYLREQ
PHYCTL[0]
PHYCTL[1]
PB
RY230
4-25
4-26
RISM3
RD-064 (1/8)
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.
• Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board.
2
1
4
3
6
5
7
9
8
10
11
12
13
15
14
16
RD-064 BOARD(2/8)
HDD DRIVE
F
AT2ADR[1]
AT2ADR[0]
AT2ADR[2]
AT2CS[0]
AT2CS[1]
2
4
6
8
SA_A2
SA_A0
SA_A1
SA_INT
SA_DACK
SA_IORDY
SA_A2
C234
0.01u
B
16V
SA_CS0
C235
0.01u
B
16V
R270
1k
R272
1k
R274
10k
H_DA0
H_DA1
H_IOCS16_N
3.3V
JL202
0
JL203
0
3.4
C219
0.01u
B
JL204
C218
0.01u
B
3.4
3.4
C220
0.01u
B
0
TX_P
VSS2
TX_M
CN203
C217
0.01u
B
C230
0.01u
B
C203
0.01u
B
C205
12p
GND
2
HT+
3
HT-
4
GND
5
HR-
6
HR+
7
GND
7P
C232
0.01u
B
C231
0.01u
B
R245
470
R248
12k
± 0.5%
R249
100
±0.5%
C206
0.01u
B
R252
0
C207
0.1u
B
C208
0.1u
B
1
C237
0.1u
B
10V
C209
1u
B
R282
0
H
XSYSRST
B+
1
R276
1k
R269
1k
H_INTRQ
H_DMACK_N
VDD
H_IORDY
GND
UAI
0
R265
10k
R267
1k
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
C215
0.1u
B
B+
C236
0.01u
B
16V
C204
12p
G
CL203
CL201 UAO
0
0
0
0
3.4
3.4
1.8
3.4
H_DIOR_N
H_DMARQ
H_DIOW_N
H_DD0
H_DD15
H_DA2
1.8
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
B+
CL202
SA_IOR
SA_IOW
SA_D0
SA_DREQ
3.4
0
0
0
0
T0
C214
0.1u
B
3.4
R261
10k
C224
0.01u
B
16V
SA_A0
SA_CS1
H_RESET_N
3.4
3.4
0.3
SA_A1
T1
0.3
SA_INT
R231
82
T2
H_DD7
VAA2
SA_DACK
R229
22
H_DD8
3.4
SA_IORDY
R228
82
T3
RX_M
R227
22
RB223
82
3.4
SA_XRST
SA_IOR
1
3
5
7
0
SA_D7
H_DD6
RX_P
SA_IOW
R226
82
T4
0.3
AT2INTRQ
0
H_DD9
0.3
AT2DMACK
SA_D8
T5
SA_CS1
0
R250
0
AT2IORDY
0
T6
H_DD5
ISET
AT2DIOR
SA_D6
SA_DREQ
H_DD10
VSS1
AT2DIOW
0
T7
1.3
R225
82
0
SA_D9
VDD
VDD
VAA1
AT2DMARQ
SA_D5
GND
IC201
88SA8040-TBC1C000
3.4
R224
22
UAI
HDD DRIVE
GND
1.8
0
VDDIO
H_DD4
XTLOUT
SA_D10
C202
0.1u
B
H_DD11
1.1
SA_D15
TO(1/8)
E
0
SA_D0
R243
1k
5
SA_D4
SA_D14
IC201
H_DD3
SA_CS0
3.4
R246
1M
AT2DATA[15]
0
UAO
XTLIN/OSC
RB222
68
SA_D11
SA_D1
H_PDIAG_N
VDDIO
0
ATAIOSEL
AT2DATA[0]
D
8
6
4
2
H_CS_N1
H_DD12
3.4
AUDI O
SIGNAL
PB
B+
H_DD2
1.3
AT2DATA[1]
C201
0.1u
B
Y/CHROMA
3.4
H_CS_N0
3.4
SA_D3
SA_D13
AT2DATA[13]
AT2DATA[14]
0
SA_D2
RB221
68
7
5
3
1
SA_D12
SA_D12
Y
REC
R258
1k
H_DD13
R247
1K
AT2DATA[2]
0
X201
25MHz
AT2DATA[12]
SA_D2
SA_D3
CNFG2
AT2DATA[3]
0
SA_D11
8
6
4
2
7
5
3
1
SA_D13
CNFG1
AT2DATA[11]
0
SA_D4
RB220
68
RST_N
AT2DATA[4]
SA_D5
SA_D10
1
AT2DATA[10]
64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49
SA_D9
3.3
8
6
4
2
7
5
3
1
AT2DATA[5]
SA_D6
3.4
AT2DATA[9]
SA_D8
H_DD1
RB219
68
2
AT2DATA[6]
SA_D7
3
AT2DATA[8]
3.4
8
6
4
2
7
5
3
1
AT2DATA[7]
C
VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA
R237
0
B+
H_DD14
AT2RESET
B
SA_XRST
CNFG0
R223
82
4
1 35 7
5
1 35 7
6
1 35 7
7
1 35 7
SIGNAL PATH
C210
0.1u
B
8
246 8
9
246 8
16 15 14 13 12 11 10
246 8
R240
1k
246 8
SA_D15
SA_D1
RB213
47K
R238
1k
RB212
47K
R233
1k
RB211
47K
JL201
RB210
47K
SA_D14
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES-
0
A
FB201
0uH
6
TO(1/8,3/8,4/8,
5/8,6/8)
B+
SW3.4V
L201
10uH
B+
B+
2
1
R279
0
3
VIN
3
IC202
C222
10u
B
6.3V
2012
10
1.8V REG
3.4
CONT
5
GND
4
VOUT
C233
0.22u
B
6.3V
N.C
C223
10u
B
6.3V
I
IC202
S-T111B18MC-OGDTFG
1.8
.4
L202
10uH
J
HDD DRIVE
RD-064 (2/8)
GND
4-27
4-28
TO(4/8,5/8,6/8,7/8)
HDD
UNIT
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.
• Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
5
4
6
7
9
8
10
11
RD-064 BOARD(3/8)
14
R315
22
R317
22
REC656V
V DEC
REC656H
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES-
C330 C331
9p
9p
C333
0.1u
B
R323
2200
C328
0.1u
B
* R322
2200
2
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R:REC MODE
P:PB MODE
REC656I[0]
C335
0.1u
B
X301
14.31818MHz
*
B+
REC656I[2]
REC656I[3]
JL306
JL305
REC656I[4]
REC656I[5]
REC656I[6]
CH3_A33GND
VOUT
5
VOUT
2
VIN
1
6
3.2
STBY
1.8
3.2
C302
10u
B
6.3V
R338
0
REC656I[5]
REC656I[6]
7 TO(1/8)
REC656I[7]
REC656CLKI
REC656H
REC656V
SDA[0]
SDCL[0]
C336
0.1u
B
1.8
JL307
JL308
REC656I[0]
0
REC656I[1]
REC656I[2]
RB301
22
C337
0.1u
B
3.3
0
REC656I[3]
REC656I[4]
REC656I[5]
REC656I[6]
RB302
22
1.6
REC656I[7]
C338
0.1u
B
1.8
DATACLK
IOGND
REC656I[4]
1.7
3.3
3.0
REC656CLKI
R316
100
R318
100
R329
0
C332
0.1u
B
SDA[0]
C329
0.1u
B
R328
10k
C334
0.1u
B
XSYSRST
C340
0.01u
B
R325
100
6 TO(1/8,2/8,
4/8,5/8,6/8)
SIGNAL PATH
B+
C304
10u
B
6.3V
REC656I[3]
B+
B+
L302
10uH
REC656I[2]
B+
3
4
NOISE
3.4
JL304
0.4
C305
10u
B
6.3V
1.8
REC656I[1]
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
IC302
BH18MA3WHFV-TR
GND
DVDD
IOVDD
CH3_A33VDD
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
DGND
C327
0.1u
B
1.2
IOGND
3.3
IOVDD
VI_3C
GND
C302
0.01
16V
C5/GPIO
Y9
B+
C303
10u
B
6.3V
C301
10u
B
6.3V
C4/GPIO/TDO
VI_3B
L303
10uH
1.8V REG
C3/GPIO/TDI
VI_3A
VDEC3.3V
L301
10uH
C2/GPIO/TCK
CH3_A18GND
3.3
IC302
DGND
1.8
DVDD
Y6
R0/P1.4
Y7
R0/P1.4
Y8
B+
G
C1/GPIO/TRST
R1.6/P0.3
C322
0.1u
B
F
0
CH3_A18VDD
GLCO/I2CA
3.3
B+
Y5
AVID/GPIO/FC
C321
0.1u
B
C326
0.1u
B
IOVDD
A18GND_REF
SDCL[0]
REC656I[0]
0
R308
0
C315
0.1u
B
A18VDD_REF
1.8
C312
100p
IOGND
FSS/GPIO
0
R307
22
CH2_A18VDD
RESETB
0
Y3
R0/P1.4
Y4
IC301
TVP5146M2PFP
CH2_A18GND
DGND
E
V DEC
Y1
R0/P1.4
Y2
PWDN
0
VI_2C
INTREQ
1.8
IC301
DVDD
9
C325
0.1u
B
1.8
VI_2B
3.4
C320
0.1u
B
R306
22
1.8
Y0
SDCL[0]
11 TO(5/8)
C324
0.1u
B
DVDD
CH2_A33GND
R0.1/P0.3
VI_2A
3.4
C311
220p
C319
0.1u
B
DGND
1.8
C314
0.1u
B
C9/GPIO/FSO
CH2_A33VDD
CH4_A33VDD
C310
100p
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
D
0
C6/GPIO/RED
CH1_A33VDD
SCL
8
0
R305
22
REC656V
SDA[0]
C8/GPIO/BLUE
SDA
7
R304
22
REC656H
CH1_A33GND
TMS
3.3
C318
0.1u
B
REC656CLKI
C7/GPIO/GREEN
NSUB
3
4
3.3
REC656I[7]
VI_1C
CH4_A18VDD
2
C309
220p
C323
0.1u
B
5
FSW
C313
0.1u
B
6
C308
100p
RECR
CH4_A18GND
1
0
RECG
VI_1B
C0/GPIO/JTMS
0
RECB
CH4_A33GND
R303
22
VI_4A
C317
0.1u
B
PLL_A18GND
1.8
PLL_A18VDD
0.7
XTAL2
0.9
XTAL1
0
VS/VBLK/GPIO
0
HS/CS/GPIO
R1.8/P1.3
FID/GPI O
0
VI_1A
CH1_A18GND
1.8
CH1_A18VDD
80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61
RECCR_V
C
JL303
R312
0
RECVY_V
REC656I[1]
B+
JL302
R314
100k
C316
0.1u
B
JL301
B
R313
0
B+
H
13
R337
10k
R336
10k
A
12
VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA
Y
Y/CHROMA
REC
PB
4-29
4-30
V DEC
RD-064 (3/8)
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board.
2
1
A
3
5
4
6
8
7
9
RD-064 BOARD(4/8)
TMS
FLASH ROM
TDI
10
TMS
TDI
DBI
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES-
DBI
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
NORHOE
NORHOE
HCS[0]
: Voltage measurement of the CSP IC
and the Transistors with
mark, is
not possible.
HCS[0]
HDATA[0]
HDATA[0]
HDATA[1]
TMS
TDI
DBI
B
HDATA[1]
HDATA[2]
HDATA[2]
HDATA[3]
HDATA[3]
HDATA[4]
HDATA[4]
HDATA[5]
HDATA[5]
HDATA[6]
HDATA[6]
HDATA[7]
HDATA[7]
8
6
4
2
RB501
22k
7
5
3
1
HDATA[8]
C
HDATA[8]
HDATA[9]
HDATA[9]
HDATA[10]
HDATA[10]
HDATA[11]
HDATA[11]
HDATA[12]
B+
11
IC502
HDATA[13]
128Mbit FLASH MEMORY
HDATA[15]
HDATA[12]
HDATA[13]
HDATA[14]
HDATA[14]
HDATA[15]
TCK
R535
D
5600
TRST
R532
1
HDATA[13]
8
7
HDATA[5]
6
5
HDATA[12]
4
3
HDATA[4]
HDATA[11]
G
HDATA[3]
6
5
HDATA[10]
4
3
HDATA[2]
2
1
1
C505
0.1u
B
RB505
0
HDATA[9]
8
7
HDATA[1]
6
5
HDATA[8]
4
3
HDATA[0]
2
1
RB503
0
R522
0
B+
H
2
RB502
0
8
7
VSS
3.4
BYTE
2.0
A16
NC
0
A24
RY/BY
3.4
WP/ACC
0.6
A21
3.4
RESET
3.4
WE
1.6
A20
0.4
A19
1.4
A8
2.1
A9
0.6
A10
2.8
A11
2.5
A12
1.4
A13
2.1
A14
0.5
A15
0.1
A22
0
A23
FL501
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
2
HADRS[24]
HADRS[23]
HADRS[13]
HADRS[12]
R549
0
HADRS[9]
R560
0
JL532
NORHWS[0]
HADRS[10]
HADRS[11]
HADRS[22]
9
HDATA[6]
TO(1/8)
HADRS[25]
HADRS[21]
8
3
HADRS[20]
7
4
HADRS[19]
6
5
HDATA[14]
1
HADRS[26]
HADRS[18]
5
6
HADRS[27]
HADRS[17]
4
8
HDATA[7]
HADRS[28]
HADRS[16]
3
HDATA[15]
RB504
0
7
VSS
3.0
OE
1.0
DQ0
0.5
DQ8
1.6
DQ1
1.4
DQ9
1.8
DQ2
0.6
DQ10
1.2
DQ3
0.3
DQ11
3.4
VCC
0.2
DQ4
1.2
DQ12
1.6
DQ5
1.6
DQ13
1.4
DQ6
0.7
DQ14
0.4
DQ7
0.4
DQ15/A- 1
HADRS[29]
HADRS[15]
2
F
R547
0
JL531
HOE
NC
NC
3.1
A1
3.1
A2
1.2
A3
1.9
A4
0.9
A5
1.4
A6
1.6
A7
0.2
A17
0.2
A18
NC
3.2
A0
3.0
CE
HADRS[8]
1
E
3.4
VIO
HADRS[7]
R533
0
JL530
56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29
R524
0
R525
0
HADRS[30]
IC502
S29GL128N90TFIR20
C506
0.1u
B
HCS[0]
5600
B+
SW3.4V
10
HADRS[6]
TO(2/8,5/8,
6/8,7/8)
HADRS[14]
GND
C501
10u
B
6.3V
C502
0.1u
B
B+
XSYSRST
6
TO(1/8,2/8,3/8,5/8,6/8)
2
TO(1/8,5/8)
CTS[2]
I
RX[2]
TX[2]
R513
R519
10k
10k
B+
R518
10k
FLASH ROM
RD-064 (4/8)
4-31
4-32
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
4
6
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
AGND
RD-064 BOARD(5/8)
AV-CN/POWER
A
XLMUTE
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
P :PB MODE
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES-
JL617
FB606
0uH
L604
10uH
JL629
AINL+
JL626
TX[2]
TX[2]
JL604
RX[2]
JL605
RX[2]
B
JL606
IC604
6
TO(1/8,2/8,
3/8,4/8,6/8)
XSYSRST
JL608
SN74HCT08APWR
IC604
4Y
2A
0
JL649
CTS[2]
0
2B
5
3B
JL647
TX[2]
5
0
9
3A
2Y
6
8
3Y
GND
7
ITREQ
JL612
R643
0
0
4
10
RTS[0]
0
1Y
JL611
3
R644
0
4A
JL610
0
2
4
R655
0
1B
1
RISMSTATUS1
1A
4B
11
3
TX[0]
VCC
12
3
JL609
0
13
5
14
B+
C
JL607
BUFFER
JL648
RX[2]
R645
0
0
R646
0
JL613
B+
R665
0
1608
C614
0.1
10V
B
R662
10k
R663 R664
10k
10k
1
RISM_STATUS2
2
IT-SCLK5
3
RISM_STATUS1
4
RISM-RTS[0]
6
IT-SIN5
7
IT-XRST5
8
IT-SOUT5
10
B+
D
JL623
B+
12
TX[2]
13
RX[2]
14
N.C.
15
UNSW6V
16
UNSW6V
17
UNSW6V
18
UNSW6V
19
SW5V
C616
1000p
50V
B
R666
0
1608
IC605
B+
SW/BUFFER
E
IC605
SN74LV08APWR
1B
4A
1Y
3
11
4Y
2A
4
10
3B
2B
2Y
GND
25
UNSW3V
27
SW3.4VC
28
SW3.4VC
29
SW3.4VC
30
SW3.4VC
VDEC3.3V
3.4
35
UNSW4V
36
UNSW4V
37
UNSW4V
38
UNSW4V
39
GND
40
GND
41
GND
42
GND
4.6
R638
0
4.6
B+
JL625
3.1
R639
22
R631
10k
RB602
10k
JL614
F
JL615
AUGND
AUGND
14
AINR+
15
AOUTL+
16
AINR-
JL627
AINR+
JL619
JL628
AINR-
1.3
JL620
17
JL631
XRMUTE
JL632
SWA5V
1.3
B+
Q603
MSB709-RT1
(SEE PAGE
4-12)
C626
10
6.3V
B
R618
680
)
R619
0
R609
120
BOUT
0.6
1.3
Q604
MSB709-RT1
BUFFER
R621
680
R620
0
R611
120
ROUT
0.6
AOUTR-
AUGND
BUFFER
TO
AV-106
BOARD(5/8
CN501
AINL-
9
13
AOUTL+
TO(1/8)
VDEC3.3V
34
JL622
0.6
VDEC3.3V
5
B+
R607
120
AOUTR+
8
AUGND
R617
680
GOUT
AINL+
7
12
B+
8
AUGND
6
11
BUFFER
R616
0
AUGND
5
TO(7/9)
Q602
MSB709-RT1
0.6
SPD_GND
4
10
AOUTL-
YOUT
UNSW3V
VDEC3.3V
7
8
3Y
UNSW3V
6
3A
FB602
5
9
R641
22
4B
12
3.4
R0
P4.9
R0
P4.9
R1.2
P3.2
3 TO(1/8)
1A
24
2
13
5.1
VCC
UNSW3V
33
1
14
5.1
23
32
3.4
3.4
R640
0
R661
0
SW5V
SW5V
31
R642
10k
SW5V
22
26
B+
R605
120
R615
0
XLMUTE
3
12
R614
680
R604
XX
DGND
DIAG
21
JL624
BUFFER
P-CONT
11
20
Q601
MSB709-RT1
0.6
JL621
AOUTR-
IT-REQ5
5
9
COUT
1.3
1.3
Q605
MSB709-RT1
18
AOUTLAUGND
19
XRMUTE
20
GND_V
21
SWA5V
22
FSW
23
RECVY
24
GND_V
25
VIDEO5V
26
Y
27
RECCCR
28
GND_V
29
GND_V
30
C
31
RECB/CSYNC
32
GND_V
33
GND_V
34
CR/R
35
RECG
36
GND_V
37
GND_V
38
Y/G
39
RECR
40
GND_V
41
GND_V
42
CB/B
TO
AV-106
BOARD(2/8)
CN502
(SEE PAGE
4-8)
BUFFER
RECCR_V
RECVY_V
SPDIFO
RECR
L603
10uH
R647
470
RECCR
RECB
R649
100
Q606
MSB709-RT1
C615
0.1
10V
B
11 TO(3/8)
RECG
3.2
FSW
C625
10
6.3V
B
2 TO(1/8,4/8)
CN606 42P
JL630
AINL-
C623
10
6.3V
B
JL601
CTS[2]
R613
0
R603
120
C604
10
6.3V
B
AOUTR+
42P
SPDIFO
1
2
JL618
R612
680
CTS[2]
15
C620
220p
50V
CN603
B
JL616
GND
B+
VDEC3.3V
2.5
BUFFER
RISMSTATUS2
RX[0]
R650
470
SCLK[0]
RECVY
1.5
R652
100
Q607
MSB709-RT1
G
0.5
BUFFER
GND
GND
P-CONT
B+
SW1V
B+
R628
0
B+
B+
UNSW4V
UNSW3V
H
UNSW6V
SW3.4VC
SW3.4V
FB604
B+
B+
B+
17 TO(8/8)
UNSW4V
FB605
B+
FB603
B+
IC601
IC601
MP2105DJ-LF-Z
1V REG
3.9
R629
0
I
R630
10
TO(2/8,4/8,
6/8,7/8)
GND
5
C608 C601 C602 C603
10
10
0.1 0.01
16V 16V 6.3V 6.3V
B
B
B
B
C605
10
6.3V
B
C606
10
6.3V
B
C607
10
6.3V
B
C611
1
10V
B
1608
VOUT
SIGNAL PATH
C618 C622 C610 C619
0.1 0.1
47
0.1
10V 10V 10V 10V
B
B
B
VIDEO SIGNAL
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDI O
SIGNAL
REC
PB
3
2
1
R626
18k
1.2
R627
10k
R624
680k
0.5%
C617
0.1
10V
B
CHROMA
C612
470p
50V
B
SW3.4V
10
R623
510k
0.5%
5
ADJ
L601
4.7uH
R635
4.7k
4
VIN
JL602
EN
1
5
5
0.6
FB
B+
3.4
GND
GND
JL603
B+
B+
CONT
SW
2
VIN
3
1
4
5
IC602
PQ1MX55M2SPQ
L602
4.7uH
C609
47
10V
R658
1k
IC602
3.4V REG
J
4-33
4-34
AV-CN/POWER
RD-064 (5/8)
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.
• Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board.
2
1
3
5
4
6
7
9
8
10
11
RD-064 BOARD(6/8)
A
DV-PHY
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIESTO
6 (1/8,2/8,3/8
XSYSRST
4/8,5/8)
3.4
PHYLPS
R713
10k
B+
3.4
3.4
3.4
CL701
0
1.1
B
R709
100
R705
10k
B+
C710
0.01u
B
3.4
C705
0.01u
B
R733
33
3.4
PHYLREQ
DVDD
CTL0
6
CTL1
7
0
DGND
D0
8
6
4
2
D1
7
5
3
1
C703
0.01u
B
3.4
0
0
RB702
47
0
PHYDIO[4]
PHYDIO[5]
PHYDIO[6]
PHYDIO[7]
8
6
4
2
AGND
IC(AL)
DIRECT
AGND
AGND
AVDD
DVDD
RESETB
DGND
IC701
DV-PHY
AGND
0
7
5
3
1
0
TpBIAS0
3.4
AVDD
IC701
UPD72852AGB-8EU- A
0
PHYDIO[0]
PHYDIO[1]
PHYDIO[2]
PHYDIO[3]
LKON
0
RB703
47
D
LPS
SPD
DVDD
TEST
LREQ
3.4
DVDD
TpA0p
D2
TpA0n
D3
TpB0p
DGND
TpBOn
D4
D5
AGND
1.2
RI1
DGND
AGND
C712
0.01u
B
JL706
JL707
JL708
LF701
0uH
8
1
7
2
6
3
5
4
5
TPB-
4
TPB+
3
TPA-
2
TPA+
1
GND
6P
TO
FR-257 BOARD
CN3005
THROUGH THE
RF-119 HAENESS
(SEE PAGE 4-23)
C713
0.01u
B
C714
0.01u
B
16V
C715
1u
B
10V
C716
270p
CH
R723
5100
±0.5%
R717
9100
±0.5%
IC(AL)
0
CMC
3.4
AVDD
0
CPS
AGND
3.4
AVDD
0
PC0
0
PC1
0
PC2
DGND
1.7
XO
1.6
XI
0
D6
0
D7
0
SUS/RES
3.4
DVDD
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
R701
0
2W
R714
10k
R710
10k
R711
10k
R712
10k
B+
B+
SIGNAL PATH
R706
1k
F
VIDEO SIGNAL
C704
0.01u
B
FL702
10
TO(2/8,4/8,
5/8,7/8)
GND
C706
9p
C701
10u
B
6.3V
C708
0.01u
B
X701
24.576MHz
B+
SW3.4V
C711
0.01u
B
R715
10k
CHROMA
REC
PB
C707
9p
3
G
DV-PHY
GND
RB701
47
E
RD-064 (6/8)
6
R718
56
± 0.5%
R719
56
± 0.5%
* R721
56
± 0.5%
* R722
56
± 0.5%
4
C702
0.01u
B
7
5
3
1
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
1
2
3
IC(DL)
8
PHYCTL[0]
PHYCTL[1]
8
6
4
2
SCLK
CN701
1.9
TpBIAS1
3.4
AVDD
1.9
TpA1p
1.9
TpA1n
0
TpB1p
0
TpB1n
1.6
PHYSCLK
9
9 TO(1/8)
DGND
16 15 14 13 12 11 10
C
R703
100
5
DGND
64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49
4-35
4-36
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDI O
SIGNAL
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-4 for waveforms.
• Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board.
2
6
3
GND
GND
1.7
768FS441K
3.4
VDD
1.7
384FS48K
R817
33
9
8
R823
33
PLL
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
A768FS48K
B
REF27M1
3.4
FSEL
1.6
768FS48K
7
IC802
R830
22
C810
0.01u
B
18 TO(8/8)
R826
33
R827
33
FL801
B+
768FSOH
R825
68
C811
0.01u
B
9
2
X801
27MHz
FSEL
1.8
REF27M3
REF27M2
3.4
VDD
1.7
768FSCHG
4
R821
2.2K
3.4
VDD
GND
1.5
X1_IN
1.5
X2_OUT
5
4
R816
47
REF27M1
C807
12p
CH
C808
12p
6
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES-
1
C806
0.01u
B
PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA
(NOT USE)
5
IC802
ICS650G-42LFT
RD-064 BOARD(7/8)
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
4
7
A
3
8
1
B+
SIGNAL PATH
C803
10u
AUDI O
SIGNAL
A768FS441K
REC
PB
C
VMCLK
R812
10k
XLMUTE
RTS[1]
XRMUTE
RX[1]
ALRCKO
R847
22
ABCKO
ADATAO
C804
10u
B
6.3V
10 TO(1/8,4/8,
5/8,6/8)
13
SW3.4V
B+
C805
0.1u
B
14
F
12
R810
22
10
R846
22
11
A0DATAI
9
8
7
28
27
26
25
E
ADCBC
1.7
24
R808
33
AVDD
5.0
REFP
5.0
ADCMC
1.3
VMID
2.5
REFN
AGND
AOUTL2.5
AOUTL+
2.5
DVDD
AOUTR2.5
DGND
AOUTR+
2.5
ADCD
1.7
DACLR
1.7
DACBCK
1.7
DACMC
1.3
DACD
3.4
AINL+
B+
SWA5V
12 TO(5/8)
22
A0BCKI
ADCLR
1.7
AINL-
AINL+
2.5
21
6
R845
0
AINR+
AINL2.5
20
A0LRCKI
ZFLANL
1.7
AINR+
2.5
19
R844
0
AINR-
18
3
A768FS441K
ZFLANR
2.8
AINR2.5
AUDIO ADC/DAC
17
A768FS441K
A768FS48K
4
A768FS48K
5
FSEL
4 TO(1/8)
FSEL
CL
0
IC803
CE
3.4
16
2
SCLK[1]
DI
3.4
15
1
3.4
TX[1]
D
23
IC803
WM8590GEDS/RV
C816
0.22u
B
C817
47u
10V
AOUTLR839
0
AOUTL+
R840
0
AOUTRR841
0
AOUTR+
R842
0
GND
AGND
C809
0.01u
B
4-37
C812
0.22u
B
C813
10u
16V
4-38
PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA
RD-064 (7/8)
RDR-HX820/HX825
For Schematic Diagram
• Refer to page 4-51 for printed wiring board.
9
10
11
12
13
15
14
16
30
72
IOGND
TX0-
29
73
CGND
AVCC
28
74
CVCC18
TXC+
27
75
D4
TXC-
26
76
D3
AGND
25
77
D2
EXT_SWING
24
78
D1
PVCC1
23
79
D0
PGND1
22
80
DE
RSVDL
21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
0
3.3
0
3.3
GND
CONT
TMDS DATA1 -
7
TMDS DATA0 +
8
TMDS DATA0 SHIELD
9
TMDS DATA0 -
10
TMDS CLOCK +
11
TMDS CLOCK SHIELD
12
TMDS CLOCK -
13
CEC
14
RESERVED
15
SCL
16
SDA
17
DDC/CEC GND
18
+5V POWER
19
HPD
C936
0.01 16V
R1946
10
0
3.3
R995
510
3.3 RN-CP
R1947
10 C938
0.01
16V
B
C942
10
16V
FL907
0uH
R1914
0
R1915
0
EMI
0
G
3.3
C945
0.01
16V
B
R1921
0
R1922
0
R1916
1.8k
R1917
1.8k
3
2
0
3.3
VDR909
R1909
47k
C933
0.01
16V
B
4
5
1
R1907
4.7k
R991
1k
R993
1k
R988
47
R989
47
VIN
6
3.3
0
0
1.8
3.3
3.3
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.4
R1.2
P0
R1.3
P0
R1.3
P0
1.7
C931
0.01
16V
B
VIN
NOISE
VOUT
TMDS DATA1 SHIELD
R1944
10
R1945
10
B+
B+
GND
VOUT
NOISE
IC909
TK11133CSCL-G
TMDS DATA1 +
5
VDR910
IC906
C956
0.01
16V
B
1.3
R924
22
R925
22
ABCKOH
NOISE
VOUT
JL924
JL923
JL922
3.4
3.4
HDCP-SCL
/P65/SCK
HDCP-WP/P67/SIN
HDCP-SDA/P66/SOT
P43/AN11
JL932
JL934
JL933
3.4
3.4
3.4
P42/AN10
P40/AN08
P37/AN07
P36/AN06
P35/AN05
P41/AN09
R932
0
P33/AN03/XPWDN
3.4
3.4
P30/AN00/SCK
P31/AN01/SDA
3.3
JL920
SDO/UO0/P11
SCK/
UCK0/P12
JL927
JL928
JL929
R953
10k
R954
10k
R955
10k
R956
10k
R957
10k
R978
0
R977
0
R974
0
4.9
4.9
JL905
R1960
0
JL906
3.3
768FSOH
INT[2]
R973
0 JL907
CTS[3]
0
R968
4.7k
3.4
SDI/UI0/P10
0
3.4
R940
10k R938
4.7k
JL926
B+
R948
4.7k
P04/INT04
P07/INT07
P03/INT03
P06/INT06
TXINT/P02/INT02
P05/INT05
XSMCS/P01/INT01
SIGNAL PATH
JL902
R939
0
R937 0
R935 100
0
3.4
VSYNC/P00/INT00
3.4
XRST
R931
4.7k
3.3
PG1/X0A
32
PG2/X1A
34
PG0/(Cin)
35
3.3
36
R930
100
37
VDD
38
3.4
39
R926
100k
40
R923
1k
41
C914
0.01
16V B
PPG0/P14
31
26
C912
22
10V
TO01/P23
ADTG
/TRG0/P13
30
25
SCLK[2]
C903
0.01
16V B
EC0/P24
PPG00/P20
29
24
JL930
JL921
P50/SCL0
TO00/P22
28
23
C918
0.01
16V
B
G
P51/SDA0
PPG01/P21
27
20
22
19
21
18
B+
EMI
TRG1/P53
PPG1/P52
42
SUB-CPU
IC903
MB95F108ASPFV-GE1-5G00
43
IC903
17
FL902
0uH
3.4
3.4
B+
K
P32/AN02/TRAP2
AVSS
16
VSS
3.4
33
X1
PPG10/P60
44
15
1.2
PPG11/P61
45
X0
TO10/P62
46
MOD
14
X901
10MHz
1.2
JL925
TO11/P63
47
P70/TO0
13
0
R918
0
3.4
EC1/P64
48
12
HCS[2]
49
11
P71TI0
50
P80
51
P81
10
R914
0
52
9
2
R985
4.7k
R1964
0
53
8
P82
54
P83
55
PE0/INT10
7
3.4
JL936
56
6
R913
0
JL937
JL911
R1955
47
JL912
JL913
JL914
R983
0
JL915
HDREQ[1]
JL916
JL917
JL931
JL918
VIDEO SIGNAL
CN901
8P
1
GND
2
+3.3V
3
XEXRST
4
DLON
5
NC
6
TXD
7
RXD
8
NC
CHROMA
NOT USE
Y
Y/CHROMA
AUDIO
SIGNAL
REC
PB
S901
RX[3]
NOM-DL
R919
0
TX[3]
HDMI
R1931
0
R1958
10k
3.4
JL919
RTS[3]
57
5
PE1/INT11
58
4
PE2/INT12
CL904
59
3
PE3/INT13
CL903
3.4
R1959
10k
60
2
AVR
61
1
AVCC
62
3.4
3.4
CL902
R1932
10k
R1962
0
63
C910
0.01
16V
B
I
RD-064 (8/8)
R1930
100k
R1954
47
R929
10k
64
)
M
C957
0.22
16V
B
1608
B+
R1950
0
R1951
0
R921
1k
R922
1k
P34/AN04/XTXRST
CTS[3]
R933 0
INT[2]
RTS[2]
5.8
INT[2]
CTS[3]
L
0
ABCKOH
ABCKOH
J
ALRCKOH
SPDIFOH
ALRCKOH
5
C955
0.22
16V
B
1608
R950
1k
R951
1k
ADATAOH
ALRCKOH
16 TO(1/8
B+
B+
SPDIFOH
SPDIFOH
H
4
G
ADATAOH
5V REG
IC910
TK70550SCL-G
3
IC910
CONT
R907
0
R906
0
R901
0
AND GATE
VIN
C924 C925
0.1 0.1
10V 10V
B
B
2.5V REG
ADATAOH
HDMI
OUT
UDZSTE-176.2B
D915
TX0+
TMDS DATA2 -
4
VDR908
IOVCC
0
TMDS DATA2 SHIELD
3
V
71
IC904
SII9030CTU-1.1
2
Y
D5
0
R1940
10
R1941
C935 10
0.01
16V R1942
B
10
R1943
10
G
31
70
0
B
AGND
D6
3.3
TMDS DATA2 +
A
TX1-
32
69
3.3
1
VDR906
33
CN902
19P
FL906
0uH
VDR907
34
G
VDR904
VDR905
35
TX1+
UNSW6V
EMI
0
VDR901
TX2AVCC
GND
C954
0.22
16V
B+
VDR903
HDMI TX
GND
IC908
TK11233CMCL-G
GND
CONT
VIN
NOISE
VOUT
R1906
0
R992 R994
XX
10k
CGND
1.8
CVCC18
3.3
CSDA
3.3
CSCL
3.3
RESET#
R3.3/P0.5
CI2CA
IC904
R1936 C949
1k 0.22
16V
C941
10
16V
VDR902
D8
D7
3.3
C937
0.01
16V
B
FL905
0uH
IC906
SN74LVC1G08DCKR
1.1
IOGND
CGND
IDCK
DSCL
SCALB0
CVCC18
66
R987
0
R946
100
R941
0
JL909
JL908
0
0
D14
R0/P0.6
D15
R0/P2.5
D16
R2.1/P0.6
D17
R0/P0.7
D18
R0/P0.7
D19
R0/P0.7
D20
R0/P0.7
D21
R0/P0.7
D22
R3.3/P3
D23
R3.3
IOVCC
36
DSDA
SCALB0
37
TX2+
HPD
0
38
AGND
CVCC18
SCALB1
39
PVCC2
CGND
0
PGND2
INT
SCALB2
SCALB1
VDDI
OVDDE1
SCALB3
0
0
SCALB2
40
B+
2.5
3.4
R3.3
P0
QB1
TEST3
TEST2
QB0
TEST1
TEST0
NRST
SCL
VSS
SDA
ALSB
0
JL903
0
0
SCALB3
NC
D9
68
3.8
3.3
G
D10
67
17 TO(5/8)
EMI
D11
B+
C922
1000p
50V
B
IC909
C940
22
10V
41
D12
3.4
R1956
10k
R1957
10k
SCALB4
B+
3.4
R943
XX
JL904
F1
VDDE
DV
3.4
3.4
R0
P0.8
1.4
3.4
DI9
DH
DI8
VDDI
VSS
DI7
DI6
DI4
DI5
DI3
0
0
R0
P1.1
R0
P1.1
R0
P1.3
2.5
DI2
DI1
DI0
VSS
SCALB5
42
61
0
SCALB6
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
C920
0.1
10V
B
C916
0.1
10V
B
52
C908
47
6.3V
51
C905
2.2
6.3V
B
2012
50
C904
0.01
16V
B
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
34
36
33
32
35
31
1.2
0
0
0
62
30
B+
63
29
VSS
64
28
QB2
DY9
SCALB7
0
43
65
IOGND
65
27
DY8
0
SCALB4
44
64
IOVCC
66
26
QB5
2.5
1.8
45
SCK
QB6
DY5
C929
0.01
16V
B
46
WS
67
25
DY4
QB3
C927
0.1
10V
B
3.3
47
63
0
C928
0.01
16V
B
48
SD0
68
24
QB7
DY7
SCALY0
49
62
0
SCALB5
50
SD1
69
23
QB8
DY3
QB4
0
SCALB6
SCALY1
51
SD2
QB9
DY2
DY6
2.5
R986
0
SCALY0
SCALB7
52
SD3
DY1
SCALY1
53
MCLK
22
IC901
70
VDDI
71
21
VSS
SCALY2
SCALY2
C926
0.1
10V
B
72
VSS
SCALY3
SCALY3
3.3
73
DY0
0
3.4
74
QG0
75
QG1
DC0
76
DC1
20
C902
1
10V
B
1608
77
QG2
19
C901
47
6.3V
78
DC2
18
3
5
CN
79
QG3
17
GND
CONT
VDDE
VDDE
B+
R1933
1k
QG4
16
2
6
SUB
4
1
7
NC
QG5
SCALY4
D13
54
SPDIF
80
DC3
QG6
SCALY5
3.4
61
55
CVCC18
81
SCALER
IC902
CXD9836R
SCALY6
0.9
SCALY4
56
CGND
82
IC902
SCALY5
SCALY7
0
57
VSYNC
83
DC4
0
R0
P0.6
R3.4
P2.6
R0
P0.7
R0
P0.7
R0
P0.7
R0
P0.7
R3.3
P0.7
0
58
HSYNC
84
DC5
15
2.5
VO
VIN
3.4
B+
DC6
14
IC901
MM1562FFBE
R905
0
QG7
13
REC656O[7]
F
VSS
VSS
12
0
R0
P1.1
1.4
3.4
QG8
VDDI
11
0
REC656O[6]
DC7
10
REC656O[3]
REC656O[5]
QG9
9
REC656O[2]
REC656O[4]
8
E
3.4
0
R0
P0.8
R0
P0.8
0
REC656O[1]
7
R902
68
REC656O[0]
QR0
DC8
2.5
C907
0.1
10V
B
REC656CLKO
DC9
FL904
0uH
3.3V REG
59
3.3
VSS
QR1
3.2
OVDDE2
6
SMCK
60
85
QR2
86
MST
R990
100
3.4
0
QR7
0
0.8
0.9
3.2
QV
QH
QR8
QDE
QR9
R945
47
QCLK
1.3
VSS
VDDI
2.5
0.6 CL901
3.4
EXCLK
N.C.
OVDDE3
AVS1
3.3
CPO
AVD1
PH1
1.6
1.6
VCI
3.3
AVS2
N.C.
3.4
PH2
AVD2
PLLEN
N.C.
3.4
OVDDE4
87
5
C906
0.1
10V
B
GND
IC907
TK11218CMCL-G
SCALC7
SCALC6
SCALC5
SCALC4
SCALC3
SCALC2
SCALY7
SCALY6
SCALC1
SCALC0
SCALC6
SCALC5
SCALC7
R915
0
JL901
1.6
DCLK
0
2.5
VDDI
OVSS1
DCLKP
88
QR3
G
B+
4
89
4
XTST
0 SCALC2
0 SCALC1
0
SCALC0
EMI
5
90
3
QR4
UNSW4V
3.4
1.2
C939
22
10V
B+
B+
R1961
0
1608
3.8
3
91
QR5
XSM
R0
P3.4
SCALC4
0 SCALC3
C934
0.01
16V
B
SW3.4VC
R1935 C948
C953
1k 0.22
16V C952 0.22
B
0.1 16V
B
1608 10V 1608
B
C947
0.22
16V
B
1608
2
92
XTCK1
3.4
4
93
QR6
2
C
5
94
1
VSS
3.4
3.4
C932
0.01
16V
B
6
95
97
96
98
105
99
106
100
107
101
108
102
109
103
110
104
111
114
112
115
113
117
116
118
119
120
C930
0.01
16V
B
4
B+
R1927
0
1608
3.3
R1923
0
3.3
B+
R1929
0
5
B
1.8
C944
0.22
16V
B
1608
B+
3.4
6
R1934
1k
3
R1910
0
2
B+
C923
0.1
10V
B
C921
0.1
10V
B
1
R927
3.3k
C919
0.1
10V
B
C913
0.1
10V
B
C911
0.1
10V
B
C909
0.1
10V
B
R928
820
3.3 R1913
0
1.2
3
C915
0.33
10V
B
C917
0.033
10V
B
C950
0.01
16V
B
1.2
2
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
P :PB MODE
D
3.3V REG
C946
0.01
16V
B
1
HDMI
-REF.NO.: 20,000 SERIES-
19
IC908
1.8V REG
RD-064 BOARD(8/8)
A
18
17
IC907
CONT
8
GND
7
R942
0
B+
5
6
2
5
4
1
3
1
2
1
SCLK[3]
4-39
4-40
18 TO(7/8)
RDR-HX820/HX825
SWITCHING REGULATOR
(SRV-2001EK)
C112
680p
250V
L106
T101
SWITCHING TRANSFORMER
D101
S1WBA60B
R104
100k
2W
C106
1000p/1kV
C105
120u
400V
D301
SF5LC20U
L301
3.7uH
C301
1000p
1kV
D302
MTZJT-22B
R113
22 1/2W
C107
22p
2kV
C302
470u
35V
C113
100p
1kV
D105
SARS01
0
2
IC101
MIP-2E7
S
IC101
C
Z102
DSP-501N
R102
220
1/2W
C110
0.1u
PC101(1/2)
PS2561AL
PHOTO COUPLER
1.2
IC301
M5237ML
R307
10k
R105
10
D107
MTZJ7.5B
0
Q303
DTC114EKA
SWITCH
4.9
2
R305
12k
L104
C501
3900u
10V
C108
10u
50V
6V ADJ
C503
150u
25V
R504
22k
IC502
P602
5A
Z101
S10K300
C114
680p
250V
L
P502
3.15A
D502
ISS355
R201
3.3k
R601
3.3k
L601
10uH
C602
150u
25V
C603
2.2u
25V
C508
10u
10V
B+
C510
2.2u
25V
P201
3.15A
SW 12V
2
GND
3
GND
4
SW 5V
1
SW 12V
2
GND
3
GND
4
SW 5V
1
GND
DVD
UNIT
HDD
UNIT
CN3 15P
B+
L502
C505
10u
50V
C202
100u
16V
C504
150u
25V
R508
2,2k
R506
4.7k
L201
10uH
C201
3900u
10V
C601
100u
25V
R507
0
5V REG
R505
18k
C101
0.1u
250V
2
4
3
IC501
TL431CLP
D601
PR1003
OUT
3
VR501
4.7k
C502
R503 0.1u
25V
1k
B+
5
5.8
IN
CN1 4P
1
CN2 4P
IC502
PQ05RD21
R502
100
PC101(2/2)
PS2561AL
C306
150u
R308 25V
2.2k
C307
10u
50V
3
D201
FCQ06A06
F101
T3.15A/250V
8.4
R306
22k
C304
150u
25V
L501
3.7uH
R501
1k
R101
2.2M
1/2W
N
R304
82k
D303
ISS355
B+
12
PROTECT
D106
D1NL20U
R112
47
C104
100p
250V
R302
270
1W10.7
Q302
2SJ599
12V SW
12.1
1
C109
47u
35V
L101
L.P.F
R303
22k
11.5
P301
2A
D304
11EQS06
6
L103
C103
100p
250V
L302
10uH
1
D501
FCQ10A06
OSC
1
L102
L.P.F
C303
47u
35V
IC301
3
D
Q301
2SJ438
12V REG 12.5
R301
680
R309
10k
29.4
C102
0.1u
250V
13.6
B+
L105
P601
2A
2
UNSW 12V
3
GND
4
GND
5
UNSW 6V
6
UNSW 6V
TO
AV-106 BOARD (1/8)
CN101
7
UNSW 6V
(SEE PAGE 4-5)
8
SW 5V
9
UNSW 6V
10
UNSW 4V
11
UNSW 4V
12
UNSW 4V
13
GND
14
UNSW -8V
15
PCONT
B-
IC501
SHUNT
REGULATOR
CN101
AC-INLET
Note :
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
4-41
4-42
SWITCHING REGULATOR
SRV-2001EK
RDR-HX820/HX825
4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
LINE 2 OUT
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
COMPONENT
VIDEO OUT
Y-PB/CB-PR/CR
LINE3/DECODER
LINE1-TV
AV-106 BOARD (SIDE A)
DIGITAL OUT
VIDEO
S VIDEO
L-AUDIO-R
AERIAL
IN-OUT
COAXIAL
OPTICAL
G-LINK
HX825 only
AV-106 BOARD (SIDE A)
A
J702
L405
R1410
C414
C410
L1401
L406
C415
C1414
C1401
C1416
R1806
R1814
C745
C869
R821 R1807
L401
R106
L403
Q106 Q107
CN1102
R1144
R1114
R1147
R1134
R1133
C630
C1112
X602
C617
C658
IC605
R638
CN601
C651
R615 R635
R965
R688
R119
R696
R694
R687
R684
C115
A106
C858
R891
IC105
PS104
1
5
C857
R890
R130
R131
R132
C131
C135
C130
IC106
C158 C111
D155
C116
IC102
C110
C112
L602
C106
L601
C155
R651
C625
R616 R636
Q601
Q616 C605
R1633
C618
C607
C133
C134
L101
C126
2
C128
1
C125
C108
C107
X603
14
L102
R617
CN602
11
A105
1
C160
C159
E-10
E-10
C-8
B-8
B-8
H-8
H-8
H-8
E-8
E-8
D-4
D-4
D-4
D-4
D-4
E-3
1
15
12
1
1
7
3
6
Q104
Q105
Q304
Q305
Q306
Q601
Q612
Q616
Q702
Q705
Q707
Q708
Q709
Q710
Q711
Q801
4
4-43
5
I-8
E-2
I-8
I-9
C-1
I-8
I-7
C-7
G-8
F-8
G-10
D-2
D-3
8
CN108
IC108
5
4
9
16
C657
R609
5
3
8
2
C151
4
5
4
1
FB1609
L103
R631
C153
6
4
IC109
3
1
3
16
C105
1
R118
R1625
R605 PS602
R144
I
IC102
IC104
IC105
IC106
IC107
IC108
IC109
IC202
IC601
IC604
IC605
IC801
IC803
R618
2
R117
R155 R606
C650
C109
R116
R112
C152
D103
R108
R613
IC606
Q612
1
R110
D104
R1638
R1637
R1636
R1627
R632
C659
5
H
C629
C628
C626
4
R671
R657 R649
C641
C601
3
R664
C636
C602
R611
R650
IC103
E-6
I-9
B-8
B-8
B-8
E-8
E-3
E-3
E-3
B-3
B-3
B-2
B-2
B-3
B-3
B-2
1
R653
5
1
11
1
R620
R644
8
X1101
C635
C634
C633
C632
C631
4
IC604
5
42
G
R674
R658
R673
R656
R1632
R693
R692
R690
41
R1149
R659
R660
R662
C639
R162
IC601
F
C642
CN501
R173
R675
R676
R677
R646
R1628
R641
R501
C124
C103
2
R645
R647
1
R122
C150
C1103
R1146
R1139
R1105
Q702
5
R121
R156
IC1103
R1143
R1142
R1145
R1141
D701
C705
D101
D102
Q705
C713
A107
PS102
D801
Q801
TH601
C824
R804
R801
C804
PS103
IC104
C123
R160
R135
R158
R157
2
R1140
A104
42
R103
C104
R105
CN502
8
C113
1
R120
R169
F101
1
CN701
Q104 Q105
41
R784
D101
D155
D301
D303
D304
D701
D703
D704
D801
D808
D809
D810
D811
D816
D821
D827
1
E
L404
C407
4
C401
3
5
C452
C1452 R1452
1
IC402
C870
R1451R1453
R820
R1804
R791
R789
C309
R1805
C775
Q711 Q710 Q709 Q708 Q707
R790
C717
R750 R749
D-1
C-1
F-7
D-8
G-10
D-5
IC805
C307
D704
D703
R480
C1411
C304
C301
5
8
R219 R222
C1410
C1412
34
33
IC202
C218
C210
C209
C217
C306
R822
R823
Q304
TU401
R1409
R1408
R1111
Q1104
C1413
R302
R366
R303
C302
C319
R809 R810
D304 D303
C318
D301
D302
R362 R343
R342 R344
C316
R340
C317
R888
R889
C720
C721
IC1401
22
23
R1412
Q713
Q712
C714
C701
C719
R1739
A103
C730
C716
C715
L701
R805
C706
C732
C704
R1719
R760
C722
R1712
C738
C734
C728
C733
C723 C731
R763
R1716
C744
C836
C866
C825
C823
C822
C819
C821
R1110
C1408
1
C820
1
CN109
10
6
1
C813
4
1
3
4
R154
Q306
Q1401
1
44
11
12
R1813
R753 R752 R751
C122
R218 R223
R702
4
R841
R840
C826
R1713
R808
C817
R761
R758
R757
C841
R859
C867
R864
C835
C802
C833
R845
R886
C320
C1104
R1106
Q305
C1407
D1400
R1727
14
13
C803
26
27
R887
R1710
C707
C818
R1720
C726
521
L803
R762
C727
IC803
2
1
C101
R149
A101
C749
C750
C708
C751
R852
C832
C844
R1738
C742
C739
C740
C840
39
40
CN101
14
IC801
15
C801
C837 C842
R861
R854 R858
C120
R1800
C743
C753
C762
C752
C827
FB809
FB808
FB826
R873
R1801
FB827
FB811
FB810
R111
R151
A102
C118
IC107
R113
C117
R153
R866
C864
R772
C839
C868
C747
C121
C102 IC101
C810
C863
C748
R140
D
C805
D821
1
C
C853
3
CN103
FB814
R897
R875
FB813
R874
42
22
D810 D827 D809 D816 D808
D811
R896
C843
R170
R785 R783
23
B
R1402
X1401
41
R876
21
CN805
1
R877
R898
C119
J1101
20
2
R899
R879
R878
J301
IC304
J703
CN101
CN103
CN501
CN502
CN601
CN701
8
9
1-870-318-
11
10
POWER, AUDIO IN, AUDIO OUT, IT CONTROLLER, VIDEO IN/OUT, EURO IN/OUT, IR-CONT
AV-106
RDR-HX820/HX825
AV-106 BOARD (SIDE B)
FB819
FB821
C851
D822
C847
FB820
FB817
C846
FB816
R114
R115
R868
R862
R857
C838
R855
R853
JL109
JL106
JL104
JL105
JL103
JL803
JL801
JL102
JL101
R150
R172
JL107
IC701
JL112
JL110
JL108
R885 JL802
R849
R848
R847
C829
C828
R839
3
C852
C849
R867
R869
R730
1
C850
FB818
FB807
FB815
FB805
JL807
JL808
JL804
JL805
JL809
FB806
JL806
FB803
FB804
R870
C735
C772
C774
R754
4
FB822
JL822
D815
D828
JL818
D814
C855
FB802
FB823
R871
JL715
R776
C746
JL754
JL753
C718
R137
6
JL111
C834
R844
C865
C816
C806
R744
R740
R742
R738
R736
Q715
JL820
JL819
JL817
JL834
JL815
JL814
JL831
JL812
C854
C711 R765
C710 R764
JL710
C712 R766
R768
R767 JL708
C763
R1704
R788
JL704 JL706
JL837
JL835
JL833
JL832
JL829
D825
FB824
FB812
D817
L704
C807
C809
Q807
C703
C776
R1736
R1735
R715
R716
R1734
C709
R152
R1614
D608
R1602
R1601
R1621
R1609
Q613 Q614
FB1608 C129
R109
C127
JL118
C604
R146
R1623
C815
R1622
C656
JL610
Q615
C623
Q611
C624
C621
R699
C622 R1604 R1603
C619
C620
R623
R610
R630
R629
R628
R614
JL680
JL678
JL676
JL674
JL673
JL609
R161
R642
JL621
R639
JL620
R637
JL619
JL614
R627
R1626 C655
JL615
JL613
C614
C613
JL681
JL679
JL677
JL675
JL672
C649
R643
JL617 C627
JL640
R1613
JL670
R174
R652
JL641
R619
JL616
JL657
JL655
JL636
R626
C616
R633
R604
C653
R1610
C652
C654
FB601
R669
R654
JL514
JL518
JL522
JL526
JL530
JL534
JL535
JL624
JL623 R1629
29 30
JL662
JL629 JL625
JL612
JL684
JL656
R661
R1630
R176
1
JL524
R175
JL666
JL513
JL517
JL521
JL525
JL529
JL533
JL537
1-870-318-
JL509
JL536
JL532
JL628 JL627
IC603
JL520
JL527
JL531
JL528
JL658
R608
JL519
C114
JL120
JL634
JL635
JL515
JL510
JL512
JL516
R102
R1624 R607
R668
R666
JL505
JL507
JL523
JL654
JL632
JL633
R603
59
58
JL501
JL508
JL511
JL626
JL660
JL117
C812
R104
JL123
R107
R892
9
8
POWER, AUDIO IN, AUDIO OUT, IT CONTROLLER, VIDEO IN/OUT, EURO IN/OUT, IR-CONT
AV-106
R731
R729
JL643
JL644
JL653
JL622
JL638
JL663
R686
R685
JL642
JL661 C644
R648
C643
R689
JL664
JL667
JL665
JL631
5
10
JL113
R725
JL750
JL121
Q808
R842
JL707JL705 JL703
C845
Q101
JL755
JL115
JL821
JL114
R856
C725
D805 D819
JL116
JL503
JL504
JL668
16
21
20
C724
JL752
R755
D807
D820 D806
JL826
C856
D812
R865
80 1
R807
R806
L705
JL709
JL506 JL502
JL702
JL659
R672
R680
R682
JL630
R667
R665
R670
R663
C1110
C1109
JL671
C859
R894
R733
R703
R728
R726
R718
JL652
R683
R1101
R1103
116
FB602
4
IC702
JL824
R701
JL605
R1631
JL669
IC804
R747
JL711
C645 C646
R624
1
JL836
C212
JL552
R712
JL637 R681
R679
R678
R655
C1111
R697
R698
88 87
JL607
JL701
JL712
JL639
C615
R622
R621
H
JL561
R714
R732
R705
R719
R1108
JL604
JL602
R893
JL559
JL551
JL546
JL545
JL547
JL548
JL904
JL903
JL911
JL908
JL682
R895
C860
8
FB825
R872
D803 D824 D804
D823
JL825
JL839
C848
D813
JL910
JL902
21
G
C741
L702
C757
JL556
60
61
L703
C216
C215
R409
C405
R1413
C702
R713
R1715
R1714
JL906
JL909
F
C737
R836
8
Q716
1
JL611
JL813 JL816
C831
R1717
JL751
JL905
JL603
JL683
D802
16
R825
R827
C211
IC203
5
R225
R224
1
R835
1
4
C501
IC1102
JL606
FB707
R1721
C736
C729
R313
C213
C214
JL554
22 JL901
JL608
JL601
D818
FB706
R1718
R863
C861
C862
R860
R819
R802
R828
R803
R321
C315
R316
R317
R364
R365
R227
R226
JL840
JL842
JL811
JL810
R312
JL538
42
E
JL827
JL830
JL841
JL823
JL828
FB801
R1707
17
JL540
R1116
D732
JL838
C830
JL843
32
JL555
JL907
JL747
R780
JL557
D
JL748
R799
FB705
D715
Q309
C312
JL558
JL539
3
5
C311
R315
JL562
JL553
4
1
R327
1
5
JL560
JL541
JL401
Q310
C314
R323
R310
R304 R309
R301
R1812
JL550
R418
R168
C1453
IC401
6
D721
D731
41 40
C308
JL549
JL542
JL544
JL732
D728
JL728
D702
JL733 JL749
IC802
3
4
R1454
JL731
R779
R318
R311
IC303
C
4
R314
JL714
R798
FB704
R349
R346
C322
R336
R333
Q303
R305
JL403
R475
B-1
B-8
B-8
B-8
A-8
A-8
A-6
A-7
A-7
A-7
A-8
G-8
G-7
G-7
G-7
D-4
D-5
C-2
B-2
C303
R308
R306
R420
C409
C326
R353
8
C310
FB701
R331
1
R1802
R1803
JL417
JL912
Q101
Q301
Q302
Q303
Q307
Q308
Q309
Q310
Q311
Q312
Q313
Q611
Q613
Q614
Q615
Q715
Q716
Q807
Q808
C313
JL543
Q401
R330
R320
R307
Q302
Q301
JL1407
C1418
C1419
R411
R412
R326
R339
JL1406
JL419
Q311
Q312
D714
FB702
C327
R355
R334
C321
R332
R338
C1415
Q403
C403
R405
JL1405
C1417
R1411
C449
C336
IC302
R142 R337
JL1404
JL418
D724
Q308
C1402
R1419
C408
R335
JL1403
C1403
Q405
Q307
R1403
C1406
C413
C1409
JL402
JL1401
JL1402
R429
C416
R408
JL404
R1407
C412
R1418
R415
JL415
R414
R1404
C337
R345
Q313
R348
R148
R1107
JL914
R1120
JL726
JL724
R1722
FB708
R1148
R1132
R1416
R428
C456
Q407JL406
R481
C455
R423
C324
R350
FB703
R795
C1405
R1709
R347
C1404
Q1402
R1406
JL411
JL412
JL413
B
JL913
R1115
C453
A
R422
D305
C325
JL915
D1401
C411
JL408
R1401
C454
L402
B-6
A-7
C-7
C-10
F-9
C-3
B-4
B-5
H-10
: Uses unleaded solder.
D1103
R1417
JL414
IC203
IC302
IC303
IC401
IC603
IC701
IC702
IC802
IC804
•
AV-106 BOARD (SIDE B)
R407
G-7
A-4
A-6
A-5
A-5
A-6
A-5
A-4
A-4
A-3
A-2
A-2
A-2
A-1
A-1
A-1
A-1
A-2
A-2
A-3
A-3
A-1
A-1
A-1
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-2
R410
D608
D702
D714
D715
D721
D724
D728
D731
D732
D802
D803
D804
D805
D806
D807
D812
D813
D814
D815
D817
D818
D819
D820
D822
D823
D824
D825
D828
7
6
5
4
3
4-46
2
1
11
RDR-HX820/HX825
FL-166 BOARD (SIDE A)
: Uses unleaded solder.
•
FL-166 BOARD (SIDE A)
1
52
CN3101 B-2
A
C3117
12
22
23
C3110
ND3101
C3120
IC3101
33
S3101
1
C3114
34
44
C3113
C3112
C3111
C3115
D3112
C3116
C3106
L3101
B-1
IC3101 A-4
C3121
T3101
(ON/STANDBY)
D3112
11
LINE 2 IN
1
J3101
10
CN3101
S VIDEO
1
AUDIO L
(MONO)
VIDEO
AUDIO R
CN3102
B
R3120
8
C3122
1-870-32016
1
2
3
4
5
11
6
FL-166 BOARD (SIDE B)
D3105
R3113
R3108
R3122
D3101
JL3163
JL3164
JL3165
JL3112
JL3114
JL3113
JL3116
JL3115
JL3118
JL3117
JL3120
JL3119
JL3122
JL3121
R3117
JL3123
JL3124
JL3125
C3118 JL3130
JL3131
JL3132
JL3134
JL3133
JL3136
JL3135
JL3138
JL3137
JL3140
JL3139
JL3142
JL3141
JL3144
JL3143
JL3146
JL3145
JL3147
JL3149
JL3148
JL3150
JL3151
JL3153
JL3155
JL3156
JL3167
JL3168
1
JL3162
1
2
4-47
11
FL-166 BOARD (SIDE B)
R3116
52
16
JL3161
JL3127 JL3129
JL3154
R3110
R3115
JL3158
JL3160
JL3159
1-870-320-
JL3152
JL3157
R3111
D3111
D3109
D3110
D3108
A
C3123
JL3126
JL3128
JL3110
JL3111
Q3101
Q3102
R3121
R3102
C3102
R3105
FB3101
D3107
C3107
R3103
D3103
C3103
R3114
FB3102
D3104
C3104
R3109
C3105
JL3103
JL3104
C3101
R3104
D3106
SOL301
R3101
JL3107
SOL302
JL3109
JL3108
JL3102
C3124
JL3105
JL3106
B
C3119
JL3101
D3102
3
4
5
D3102
D3103
D3104
D3105
D3106
D3107
D3108
D3109
D3110
D3111
A-3
A-2
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-4
A-1
A-1
A-1
A-1
Q3101
Q3102
A-2
A-2
6
4-48
FL DRIVER, LINE2 IN, POWER SW
FL-166
RDR-HX820/HX825
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
FR-257 BOARD (SIDE A)
D3007
D3001
D3002
D3003
D3004
D3005
D3003
B-5
A-4
A-3
A-6
A-7
1
2
S3012
S3013
IC3002
A
3
CN3004 B-4
CN3005 B-5
SYNCHRO REC
D3002
DVD
HDD
D3005
D3004
IC3002 A-5
(OPEN/CLOSE)
S3003
(REC STOP)
(PLAY)
D3001
2
14
CN3003
5
CN3004
7
S3009
S3008
S3007
S3005
1
REC
MODE
1
INPUT
SELECT
CH +
2
CH -
6
1
15
R3025
1
CN3005
DV IN
1
16
S3014
CN3002
D3006
2
CN3006
8
CN3001
B
ONE-TOUCH
DUB
3
4
S3002
(REC)
(STOP)
R3001
FR-257 BOARD (SIDE A)
S3004
S3001
S3006
5
1-870-319-
6
11
7
FR-257 BOARD (SIDE B)
R3028
JL3029
JL3031
JL3030
JL3036
JL3038
JL3040
JL3042
JL3032
R3015
JL3034
R3010
R3009
R3024
JL3035
R3023
JL3033
JL3015
JL3014
4-49
4
JL3013
FR-257
3
7
JL3012
DV, REMOCON RECEIVER, FUNCTION SW, LED
2
C3004
R3012
1
JL3011
1
8
IC3001
Q3001
JL3010
16
14
C3005
R3004
R3011
R3006
R3008
Q3002
C3001
R3003
R3029
R3005
A
JL3016
R3007
A-4
A-4
R3014
C3002
IC3001 A-5
Q3001
Q3002
R3016
R3013
FR-257 BOARD (SIDE B)
JL3039
JL3017
JL3023
JL3024
JL3025
JL3018
JL3043
R3026
JL3026
R3019
R3017
JL3037
JL3022
R3018
JL3041
JL3007
R3027
JL3021
JL3027
R3020
JL3008
JL3006
JL3001
JL3003
JL3002
B
JL3004
JL3005
1-870-319-
5
6
4-50
7
11
RDR-HX820/HX825
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
NOM-JIG
1
1
2
R702
CN701
LF701
R5054
D5002
FH5001
CN5001
R5008
R5032
C5011
R5033
C5003
R5056
C5032
R5028
R275
C232
RB1106
2
1
2
RB1123
RB1124
RB204
RB209
RB203
39
CN201
RB1119
2
40
RB1118
R201
R202
RB1121
1
RB208
R203
8
1
27
C1125
C1038
R401
S1101
RB1128
RB1105
CL401
R433
CL1128
CN401
CL1127
CN202
CL1123
CL1124
CL1126
R1182
R1183
R1168
RB1122
RB1120
47
46
R281
R223
CL1122
CN203
C204
40
39
CL1119
CL1125
C237
7
X201
R246
R247
C224
C236
C203
C202
C1112 C201
CL1121
RB222
C1113
X1101
C219
C220
C205
C234
17
16 C235
RB1129
IC1101
RB1108
RB1107
1
C217
C218
R253
IC201
64
1
RB1134
RB1131
R1137
R1194
R1138
R1145
RB1130 RB1132 RB1133 R1121R1156
CL1115
R1153
RB1110
R1109
R1105
R1106
CN1103
CL1102
28
CL1106
CL1104
R1148
R1191
R1193
5
R710
R711
R712
R715
R716
C5027
RB223
C210
R1176
R1140
R1141
R1144
C1131
C1128
RB1114
RB1115
C5028
C5025
R5025
R5012
R5021
C5005
R5018
R5026
R5027
R5019
C5004
R5001
R5057
C5001
IC5001
R1185
R1187
R1112
R1114
R1174
R1113
CL1113
R1139
R276
33
32
R225
RB1127
R1131
C1103 R1146
D5003
5
C231
C229
C215
C228 C230
48
49
CL1101
CL1103
CL1105
5
C214
1
6
R231
R5058
R229
FL1101 CL1114CL1116 R228
CL1117
R1189
R227
R1188
R226
C1123
CL1118
R224
R1175
R1142
CL1120
1
L5001
1
C1028
4
FL702
R701
R706
RB5005 RB5006 RB5007
RB5004
RB5001
R515
R507
1
IC108
34
FL701
R512
R511
R509
R521
R1962
C199
3
R5055
R5022
R5011
C5033
CL1112
C1012
R190
RB1113 RB1112
RB1109
R196
CL1129 CL1132
R191
RB1111
RB1116
C1013
R197
R182
RB1125
C1037
C124
IC105
33
C5009
R1158
2
3
4-51
C1040
R5061
R1162
R1164
R1161
CL1134
CL1133
CL1131
RB1117
R5030
C5019
C5018
1
120
CL1110
C1008
R1160
R1165
R1163
R180
34
4
C5012
R5052
R5051
R5038
C5029
R1130
R1132
C1134
R1116
RB1101 RB1102
RB1104
CL1108
R1029
R181
33
R502 D503
RB156
RB182
R1016
R1117
CL1109
RB1103
66
R5039
R1196RB1135 R1186 C1140 C1142
R1159
CL1130
1
IC5003
R1110
R1111
R1147
R1190
R1192
R1195
IC106
R1082
R1087
R117
C1009
66
RB1136
R1115
RB183
C917
R945
16
R565 C511
R549
RB110
RB159
RB158
RB157
RB154
RB175 RB155
R120
R198
C1124
R105
RB172
C1119
R108
RB171
RB173
R1088
R118
RB114
C194
1
C508
1
C5010
102
103
R506
R503
6
RB5012
39
38
64
65
R1068 R5047
R1074
R1075
R1076
R1077
R1078 RB5003
R1079 RB5002
R1080 R517
IC501
C923 CL901 C921 C919 R927 C913 C911 C909
C915
IC110
C1118
R1017
R128
R160
RB115
1
120
R928
11
R1081
10
RB5011
C5008
R1149
90
91
20
R134
R176
R178
R1084
R1083
21
R929
C105
R1027
R522
R195
R194
R189
R187
R186
R1099
R1098
C1030
R143
C610
E
1
R1071
R1073
R1056
R1022
R148
20
CL904
R510
R560
R547
RB502 RB505
RB504
R838
RB503
C176
R185
R184
R179
R1015
4
R919
R1069
R1070
R1072
R1034
RB5010
RB5009
R1108
64
IC103
R913
R904
IC1111
C193
49
R169
R183
1
R167
R951
R950
R1959
IC902
48
JL936
R1932
R957
R956
R955
R954
R953
C906 C907
31
30
JL937
8
C109
R918
IC903
R166
C198
16
4
R155
R111
R168
C1015
C1011
C1010
C1014
R193
R192 C190
C189 C188
C192
C191
R920
33
R1038
RB106
5
R136
R133
R131
R130
R132
R135
C197
R910 R908
17
X901
32
RB146
RB174
C604
R938
RB108
RB142
RB109
C175
C196
D902
D901
R944
R947
D904
D903
C952
IC909
R1960
C950
C916
60
61
C908
1
3
S901
CL903
C920
3 1
2
C626
CL902
R941
R946
C922
C912
R1952
R1954
R1953
R1955
R1951
R1950
R932
R990
IC908
3
R1957R1956
C930
R994
C934
4
R968
1
4 5
R151
RB144
1
CN402
R1923
R1919
IC907
C946
C926 C927
C956
R1931
4 6
R912
R911
R982
R960
R952 R949
R981
R970
6
61
60
3
R1930
C947
C928 C929
R986
40
41
1
C944 C953 C948 C954 C949
R943
4 C955
C901
1
IC904
R1943
R1942
C925
C924
R1926
C957
5
R1945
R1944
R1940
C951
IC910
VDR903 VDR904
VDR901
VDR902
L901
VDR905
C932
1
1
80
20
21
R992
D
R1946
VDR906
R1941
L902
R1947
VDR907 VDR908
C817
R845
R844
RB107
CL102
C174
R170
L604
CN901
R988
R989
R993
R991
L903
C813
R847
R621
R610
R617
R606
R618
R608
R614
R604
R612
R602
RB143 RB145
C195
C940
C939
C942
C941
CN902
HDMI
OUT
C931
R620
R611
R616
R607
R619
R609
R615
R605
R613
R603
8
R846
R837
C168
C167
C166
R647
Q606
R649 R648
19
RB177
RB170
R652 R651
R116
R115
R114
RB168
5 R658
C611
RB176
RB5008
R1090
R1091
R1092
R1093
R1094
R1095
R1096
R1097
1
R147
4
56
RB178
C1034
R1051
R1036
RB116 RB169
IC602
RD-064 BOARD (SIDE A)
4
R146
C1031
R650
C
Q607
C609
Q601 Q602 Q604 Q603 Q605
R317
R322
R628
1
3
C159
C160
C161
R626
3
5
C1033
C1035
R320 R321
R326
R328
R334
R336
1
IC109
C303
R337
R335
R627
CL627
C313
C339
R315
6
C314 L301
28
IC502
C126
C340
R325
R308
R327
R316
R318
C322
1
4
R826
9
C810
C301
C315
L302 C304
R339
IC302
C127
C808
C302
3
5
C819
R161
R1012
R821
X801
IC802
8
1
R823
C811
16
R533 R534
29
IC801
4
C803
1
1
3
C506
R524
R532
C125
IC804
8
C806
R815 C802
C818
4
FL801 C801
R835 5
C807
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
C-4
R1922
51
R535
R431
S601
L303
Q601
Q602
Q603
Q604
Q605
Q606
Q607
100
C820
R338
C-5
D-5
D-5
E-6
B-4
C-7
C-4
B-6
C-4
B-4
RESET
E-2
D-3
D-2
D-3
D-3
D-1
C306
IC103
IC105
IC106
IC108
IC109
IC201
IC302
IC502
IC602
IC802
IC902
IC903
IC907
IC908
IC909
IC910
L304
C-7
B-8
D-3
D-1
C305
B
CN201
CN701
CN901
CN902
R152
RD-064 BOARD (SIDE A)
C701
CN501
S501
CN506
R523
R538
R559
R528
R530
R531
R566
50
C505
A
6
1-870-316-
7
11
8
RISM3, HDD DRIVE, V DEC, FLASH ROM, AV-CN/POWER, DV-PHY, PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA/HDMI
RD-064
RDR-HX820/HX825
•
: Uses unleaded solder.
JL538
JL540
JL534
JL536
JL537
JL528
JL573
JL539
JL533
R422
RB402
X301
JL303
C326
R311
C312
C311
C310
R310 C325
C309
C323
R309
C317
7
6
5
RISM3, HDD DRIVE, V DEC, FLASH ROM, AV-CN/POWER, DV-PHY, PLL/AUDIO-AD-DA/HDMI
RD-064
C936
C937
JL909
R902
C605
5
R640
4
3
2
11
1
4-54E
C902
R1933
C904
4
JL901
JL933
R1915
R1914
R1921
R1916
R1917
VDR909 VDR910
D915
R1911 R1909
R1907
R995
R996
C938
JL926
7
IC901
JL924
JL923
R905
1
JL922
JL932
5
C943
JL432
C608
1
IC905
4
C935
JL908
JL903 JL904
1-870-31616
R1908
R1905
3
R1903 R1902
FL904
R997
FL905
R998
R907
R906
R901
R1928
R1929
Q901
R976
1
IC906
R1904 R1906
Q902
R1958
C603
C602
L602
JL934
R999
R1927
C903
R959
R963
JL927
R975
R978
JL920
R623
4
C612
R948
R933
R935
R937
R939
R930
R964
JL928
C933 5
FL906
FL901
R942
R625
R642
C606
R1925
R977
R916 R915
14
IC606
C616
R622
R638
IC605
R965
JL434
IC601
C601
R630
JL601
JL605
JL607
JL649
JL611
JL648
JL624
JL623
JL622
1
8
R641
L601
R1910
3
JL925
R624
5
3
R967JL929
R966
R925
C910
R958
JL905
C615
1
R665
7
RB602R631
CN606
41
JL625
C621
R639
2
RY229
JL614
JL609
JL606
JL604
R661
JL608
JL610
JL612
JL647
JL613
FB603
FL603
FB605
C619
R971
JL919
JL435
R924
C624 1
42
R666
R635 R629
R655
L605
R664
C618 C622
FL605
FL604
JL1114
JL1117 JL1116 JL1113
JL1115
C617
FB602
FL602
C614
C1105
R645
JL921
R917
FL902
JL906
R961R962
JL436
JL907
JL437
JL902
R940
R973
R972
JL440
R909
R921 R922
JL438
C918
R1963
R983
R984
R985
JL439
41
JL602
R974
JL443
R914
JL441
R931
R934
R936
R969
C623
RB194
R923R926
JL444
42
R172
R643
1
14
FB604
R644
IC604
R1935
R1936
R1934
R1912
JL433
43 R662
R1961
4
C945
C905
JL446
C607
7
R979
C914
L603
RB193
RB195
RB196
RB189
R173
R174
R175
4
8
R812
R811
1
FL907
R1901
R1937
R1938
R1939
28
R987
JL913
JL445
R659
R646
JL914
JL620
JL632 JL631
JL442
44
IC1103
R808
R807
R1918
CN603
RB123
IC803
R980
JL628
JL917
JL918
JL916
JL915
R809
R810
R1913
C816 C812
JL627
14
JL912
15
C822 R841
R840
JL621R839
C823
C824
JL618
JL619
JL630
JL911
C821 R842
C804
C805
C143
1
JL629
R836
RB113
RB111
2
JL617
JL626
C620
C809
RB112 JL170
RB148
RB147
JL603
FB606 JL616
RB119 RB120
RB190
IC102
1
RB191
RB192
R1086
5
R312
C307
FL903
R1040
R125
8
B-4
C-5
D-7
B-3
B-3
E-4
E-5
E-4
B-7
D-3
E-1
D-1
R305
R304
JL447
R1013
IC101
IC112
IC202
IC301
IC401
IC601
IC604
IC605
IC701
IC803
IC901
IC906
R302
C328 C316
R313
C625
R1041
R1037
R122
C104
R323
D-1
R303
C330
JL302
R307
R306
D915
C308
R831
R833
C338
C337
60
1
JL301 R314
61 C333
80
JL305
R1128
R1124
C324
C319
C318
C335
JL306
R1089
FB106 C155
IC301
C336
JL1010
C137
C130 C131
C136
21
20
JL111
R1127
RB401
C329 C327
C321
C320
JL307
R333
R332
R331
R330
C403
40
41
C135
RB152 RB117 RB118
R816
IC101
FL101
L101
C170
C171
C154
C156
C158
JL184
R156
C173
R188
C157
R1028
R127
R126
C111
C128
C113
R1014
JL125
C116
JL117
RB150 RB151
24
R411 C404
RB124
JL146
RB149
IC401
JL304
R329C334
C332
R144
FL103
JL179
JL182
25
R817
C1029
C177
C110
48
1
R827
JL308
RB301 RB302
JL158
R1924
IC112
C141
R141
C138
R1030
C144
C145
R1007
C139R158
C140
R830
R825
R843
L102
FB110
JL156
R1009
R1005
JL149
FB103
R110
C112
JL801
R138
R150 R149
JL196
JL1014
R137
JL1004
R154
JL1012
JL185
C402
C331
FL102
C1036
C103
R113
4
FB112
C1032
FL105
R1004
R1048
R1054
R1001
R129
JL127
C134
JL139
R199
R1049
JL138 R1042
RB184
R1024
C115R1018
R1920
C401
FB101
JL563
C107 C102
R529
R526
R527
RB501 JL557
3
FB111
JL527
JL529
JL535
JL523
JL525
JL505
JL522
JL508
JL520
JL510
R536
C504
JL133
JL134
R546
R563
R564
C501
FL1102
C1135
R1133
C1136
R1135
R1166
JL615
RY217
RY215
RY213
RY211
RY209
RY207
RY205
RY203
R505 R504
R508
R5060
R5059
R548
IC5002
C1117
C1139
C1138
R1123
R1125
C1144
C1141
C1127
R1122
C1137
C1104
E
FL1103
R1129
C1120
FL1104
R663
R1167
RY214
RY212
RY210
RY208
RY206
RY204
RY202
RY201
R211
R208
RY223
R213
RY220
R207
RY221 R206
RY218
R205
R212
RY219
R204
RY216
RY222
C1147
C1129
C1130
1
RY230
RY224
R1150
R1118
C1110
IC1105
C1111
C1102
C1109
JL416
JL426
RY228 R210 R214
RY226
RY225
RY227
R1119
C1146
C1126
R1126
L201
R279
JL408
JL415
JL418
JL421
C1121
R1198
R1170 R1171
C1143
C1145
C233
C222
JL233
JL232
JL231
RB221
R415
R1173
JL405
JL406
4
JL229 5
JL230
R1172
R417
R1184
JL228
JL407
IC202 C223
R1120
R419
JL227 1
3
JL226
JL409
R280
JL412 JL411
JL225
C227
JL224
JL410 R420
4
R421
R1197
JL414
3
JL223
JL413
R402
JL220
JL222
JL221
JL219
JL417
1
JL216
JL217
JL215
5
JL218
R1151
JL420
R1155
JL212
JL213
JL211
JL422
JL214
R1101
4
5
R1107
JL208
JL423
JL209
R1102
JL425 JL210
JL424
IC1102
JL205
3
JL207
1
JL427
JL428 JL206
C1101
JL430JL429
RB206 RB207
86
R209
JL431
RB202 RB201
RB205
JL419
R501
R1169
L202
R413
R418 R416 R414
JL403
FL501
C1132
R1134
R242 RB210 RB211 RB212
C502
IC1104
JL201
R238
3
FL1107
4 C1106
JL501
C1122
R240
R233
RB219 RB220
D
R237
R236
FB201
6
R1154
C208
C1108
1
R282 R245
JL402
JL404
R261
C5030
R1136
CL201
JL565
JL564
5 C101
1
FB107
JL194
R1011
JL181
JL186
JL151 R1008
R159
JL153
R1031
JL131
R1006
JL121
JL1009
R1003 R1032
JL147
JL154 R140
JL1003
R1057
JL157
JL150
JL180 C169C164
JL155
R1058
R1046R157
R145
JL106
JL148
C163
JL193
C172
R1055
R1033
R1047
C165
C133
R1044
C162
R153
JL173
1 C1476
C123
R1050
JL103
R165 R163
C121R1948
R162
C1006
R1053
R164
R1045
R112
JL130 JL176 R1035
3
4
R1043
JL930
R177
C1041 R1039
C122
JL118
R107
R1023
JL167
C153
C120
R104
R520
JL175
JL114
JL171
JL168
R103
JL109
C119
JL177
C152
JL132
R123
R121
R1085 JL174
C151
R119 R1021
JL172
JL119 JL143
C150
C117
R1026
JL169
JL178
C149
C118
R124
R1025
JL135
C148
C132
JL136
C146
JL144
JL137
C114
C142
R1052
JL107
R1020
R106
R1019
JL110
R109
JL931
JL199
C129
JL129
JL123
R171
JL1015JL108
RB121
R1964
RB122
JL145
R516
C1133
C207
R234
R239
R241
R243
3
IC5005
R270 R266
R252
C225
1
C5002
C1116
CL203
C510
RB213
R249
R268 R264
C226
R5015 R5013
JL5002
JL5001
JL5003
C5036
5
4
C5035
R5007
D1101
R5031
R275
R5003
R250 FB202
C232
R274
R5002
R272
R273
R5005
R271
C206
R5004
R269
R267
R265
R263
JL202
R262
CL202
C209
R258
R259
R5034
R260
C5006
R251
JL5004
R248
R276
C5023
R5037
C5007
JL204 JL203
C
JL152
R1199 FL5001
C5016
R5036
R5035
1
JL526 JL569 JL572 JL559 JL562
JL567
JL545
JL553
JL546
JL554
RB185
R1104 FL1105
D5004
R5043
C5015
CN603 D-3
CN606 E-5
JL566
JL197
JL183
JL1011 JL1013
R139
JL1005
R142
JL195
JL1008
R1010 JL192
JL1007
R1002
C5021
R5017C5013
R5010
R5016
R5014
R5009
R5020
R5040
R5046
JL5009
R5045
D5001
C5031
C5022
R709
R713
C5037
C5038
R5044
IC5004
C705
R733
R705
JL701
R5050
R5042 R5041
R703
C5026
64
C5014
49 C710
JL1002
R539
48
C712
5
C702
R722
R721
R719
R718
C709
R723
C716
C714
C715
IC701
C5017
C5034 JL5005
B
C703
C713
JL706
RD-064 BOARD (SIDE B)
JL571
JL555 JL188 JL568
JL561
JL558
JL548
JL560
JL187 JL570
JL543
JL551
JL544
JL552
JL532
R514
16
C5020
33
JL707
C5024
17
JL519 JL511
JL547JL556
R561 C509 R562
R537
4
6
JL530 JL541
IC503
JL549
1
3
R525
JL542
JL531
JL550
R519
RB701
C704
C708
RB703 RB702
JL708
JL1006
C706
C711
32
R513
D502
R1143
C1107R1103 R1152
R5006
R717
R714
C707
R518
JL524
JL512
JL509
JL504
X701
JL518
JL506
JL507
JL513
JL515
JL517
JL516
JL514
A
JL521
RD-064 BOARD (SIDE B)
RDR-HX820/HX825
SECTION 5
IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
5-1. IT CONTROL IC
(IC603: M306H5MG-A14FP, M306H5MC-C36FP (AV-106 BOARD))
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
Function
1
ONDO
I
Detection of board temperature
2
3
SIRCSIN
AVLINK-IN
I
I
Input of remote control signal
Input of AV LINK scart signal
4
5
FLD_DATA
FLD_IN
O
I
Output of FLD data signal
Fixed at “L”
6
7
FLD_CLK
BYTE
O
I
Output of FLD clock signal
Fixed at “L”
8
9
CNVSS
XCIN
I
I
Connected to GND when the flash is overwritten is VCC
Input of sub-clock signal (32.768KHz)
10
11
XCOUT
_RESET
O
I
Not used
Input of system reset signal
12
13
XOUT
VSS
O
Output of main-clock signal (10MHz)
Digital GND
14
15
XIN
VCC1
I
—
Input of main-clock signal (10MHz)
Power supply input (Digital 5.0V)
16
17
_NMI
INT_RTC
I
I
Fixed at “H”
Input of RTC INT signal from Real Time Clock
18
19
_IT_REQ
SLICE
I
I
Input of communication request signal with system controller
Input of slicer operation detection from 37 pin
20
21
IT_XRST
DIMMER
O
O
Output of communication reset signal with RISM 3
Output of LED power supply switch
22
23
JUST_CLK_2
RISM_STATUS2
O
O
Not used
Output of communication status 2 signal with system controller
24
25
P75
P74
O
O
Not used
Not used
26
27
P73
AVLINK-OUT
O
O
Not used
Output of AV LINK signal
28
29
TU_SCL_1
TU_SDA_1
O
O
Output of IIC clock signal
Input/output IIC data signal
30
31
VSS2
LP2
O
Analog GND
Output of filter signal 2 (for Fsc)
32
33
LP3
LP4
O
O
Output of filter signal 3 (forVPS)
Output of filter signal 4 (for PDC)
34
35
VDD2
TEST1
—
—
Power supply input (Analog 5V)
Fixed at “L”
36
37
M1
SLICEON
—
O
Fixed at “L”
Output of slicer operation detection
38
39
IT_SOUT
IT_SIN
O
I
Output of serial TXD 1 signal with system controller
Input of serial RXD 1 signal with system controller
40
41
IT_SCLK
RISM_RTS_O
O
I
Output of serial CLK 1 signal with system controller
Input of RTS signal with system controller
42
43
IR_TXO
IR_RXO
O
I
Output of serial TXD O signal wth Ir-CON (HX825 model)
Input of serial RXD O signal wth Ir-CON (HX825 model)
44
45
ATT_XDTT_SEL
RISM_STATUS1
O
I
Not used
Input of communication status 1 signal with system controller
46
47
CLKOUT
PCONT
—
O
Digital GND
Output of system power control switching signal
48
49
FAN_DET
FAN_ONOFF
I
O
Input of fan stopping detect signal
Output of fan on/off signal (“H”:fan on)
50
FAN_SPEED
O
Output of fan direction speed switching signal (“H”:high speed)
5-1
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
51
52
P_FAIL
HDET_1
I
I
Input of UNSW6V power off detection signal
Detection of IN SEL output video signal
Function
53
54
CE
NC
I
O
Fixed at “L” (when the flash is overwritten is VCC)
Not used
55
56
INSEL_PCONT
XP_AMUTE
O
O
Output of IC’s power supply signal (“H”:INSEL)
Output of muting signal for audio
57
58
NC
SYNCHRO_DET
O
I
Not used
Detection of selection signal from component video signal
59
60
AREA0
AREA1
I
I
Fixed at “L” (Input of area detection signal 0)
Fixed at “H” (Input of area detection signal 1)
61
62
XP_VMUTE
INSEL_3
O
O
Output of muting signal for video
Not used
63
64
INSEL1
INSEL2
O
O
Not used
Not used
65
66
INSEL6
EEP_SDA
O
O
Not used
Output of IIC data signal with EEPROM
67
68
EEP_SCL
XEEP_WP
O
O
Output of IIC clock signal with EEPROM
Output of IIC writing protect signal with EEPROM
69
70
VCC2
INSEL4
—
O
Power supply input (Digital 5V)
Not used
71
72
VSS
INSEL5
O
Digital GND
Not used
73
74
IR_BUSY
IR_INT
I
O
Input of busy signal for IR control IC (HX825 model)
Output of INT signal for IR control IC (HX825 model)
75
76
NC
DTT_PCONT
O
O
Not used
Not used
77
78
IT_RESET
NC
O
O
Output of reset signal for IR control IC (HX825 model)
Not used
79
80
NC
SYNC_V_1
O
I
Not used
Input of vertical synchronous signal
81
82
SYNC_V_2
NC (_INT3)
I
I
Fixed at “L”
Input of sacrt IC’s interpolate signal
83
84
TU_PCONT
AUTO_PRESET_1
O
O
Output of tuner power supply control signal (“H”:Power on)
Output of RF gain control signal
85
86
NC
VA_PCONT
O
O
Not used
Output of power control signal for audio/video
87
88
AREA4
AREA5
I
I
Fixed at “H” or “L”. Input of area detection signal 4
Fixed at “H”. Input of area detection signal 5
89
90
AREA6
FL_PCONT
I
O
Fixed at “H” or “L”. Input of area detection signal 6
Output of FLD grid power on signal
91
92
NC
S2SW
O
I
Not used
Detection of line 2 S-video signal
93
94
LED_XRESET
LED_STB
O
O
Output of reset signal for LED and FLD driver ICs
Output of strove signal for LED driver
95
96
FLD_STB
KEY0
O
I
Output of strove signal for FLD driver
Input of switching signal 0
97
98
KEY1
KEY2
I
I
Input of switching signal 1
Input of switching signal 2
99
100
KEY3
BS_C/N_DET
I
I
Fixed at “H”
Input of blanking signal for EURO scart
101
102
TU_AFT_2
TU_G_MAX_2
I
I
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
103
AVSS
Analog GND
5-2
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
104
105
TU_G_MAX_1
VREF
I
I
Input of tuner gain control signal
Power supply input (Analog 5V)
Function
106
107
AVCC
NC
I
O
Power supply input (Analog 5V)
Not used
108
109
START
SYNCIN
I
I
Input of oscillation selection signal
Input composite video signal
110
111
SVREF
TEST2
I
I
When slice the vertical synchronous signal input slice power
Fixed at GND
112
113
VDD3
CVIN1
—
I
114
115
VSS3
TEST3
I
Analog GND
Fixed at “GND”
116
TU_AFT1
I
Input of tuner AFT1 control signal
Power supply input (Analog 5V)
Input of component video signal
5-3
5-2. MAIN CONTROL IC (IC103: R8A34012BG (RD-064 BOARD))
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
A1
A2
AT1DATA[11]
AT1DATA[12]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 11 for DVD
Input/output of data 12 for DVD
Function
A3
A4
AT1DATA[14]
AT1DIOW
I/O
O
Input/output of data 14 for DVD
Output of DVD write signal
A5
A6
AT1INTRQ
HDREQ[0]
I
—
Input of IRQ signal
Fixed at “L”
A7
A8
HWS[0]
HCS[1]
O
—
Output of write strove signal 0
Fixed at “H”
A9
A10
HCS[4]
HADRS[30]
—
O
Fixed at “H”
Output of address 30
A11
A12
HADRS[26]
HADRS[22]
O
O
Output of address 26
Output of address 22
A13
A14
HADRS[21]
HADRS[17]
O
O
Output of address 21
Output of address 17
A15
A16
HADRS[13]
HADRS[10]
O
O
Output of address 13
Output of address 10
A17
A18
HADRS[7]
MSDATA[0]
O
—
Output of address 7
Fixed at “L”
A19
A20
MSDATA[3]
SCLK[3]
—
O
Fixed at “L”
Output of SCK signal for HDMI sub-CPU
A21
A22
CTS[1]
TX[2]
O
O
Output of DTT control signal “XDTT_OE”
Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
A23
A24
RTS[1]
RTS[0]
O
O
Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
A25
AA1
DVDD
TRDATA[1]
—
O
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
Not used
AA2
AA3
TRDATA[3]
TRSYNC
O
O
Not used
Not used
AA4
AA5
EVENT[0]
VDD33
O
—
Not used
Power supply input (Digital 3.4V)
AA6
AA7
VRMA
VRMB
—
—
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
AA8
AA9
VSSDAD10
REXT1
—
Analog GND
Fixed at “L”
AA10
AA11
REXT2
VDD33
—
—
Fixed at “L”
Power supply input (Digital 3.4V)
AA12
AA13
VDD
VSS
—
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
Digital GND
AA14
AA15
VDD
VSS
—
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
Digital GND
AA16
AA17
VDD33
VDD
—
—
Power supply input (Digital 3.4V)
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
AA18
AA19
DADRS[3]
DADRS[10]
O
O
Output of address 3 for SDRAM
Output of address 10 for SDRAM
AA20
AA21
VDD
DDATA[8]
—
I/O
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
Input/output of data 8 for SDRAM
AA22
AA23
VDD25
DDATA[10]
—
I/O
Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)
Input/output of data 10 for SDRAM
AA24
AA25
DDATA[3]
DDATA[4]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 3 for SDRAM
Input/output of data 4 for SDRAM
AB1
AB2
TRDATA[4]
TRDATA[7]
O
O
Not used
Not used
AB3
TRST
I
Fixed at “L”
5-4
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
AB4
AB5
VCCAAD10A
VROA
—
—
Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(ADC)
Fixed at “L”
Function
AB6
AB7
VROB
VCCAAD10B
—
—
Fixed at “L”
Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(ADC)
AB8
AB9
VCCADA10
VCCADA10
—
—
Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC)
Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC)
AB10
AB11
VCCADA10
VSS
—
Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC)
Digital GND
AB12
AB13
TESTMOD[5]
REC656V
O
I
Fixed at “L”
Input of vertical synchronization signal
AB14
AB15
REC656O[1]
REC656O[3]
O
O
Not used
Not used
AB16
AB17
PXCLK
REC656O[7]
O
O
Not used
Not used
AB18
AB19
DADRS[5]
VDD25
O
—
Output of address 5 for SDRAM
Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)(I/O)
AB20
AB21
DADRS[7]
DADRS[9]
O
O
Output of address 7 for SDRAM
Output of address 9 for SDRAM
AB22
AB23
DADRS[12]
VSS
O
Output of address 12 for SDRAM
Digital GND
AB24
AB25
DDATA[1]
DDATA[2]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 1 for SDRAM
Input/output of data 2 for SDRAM
AC1
AC2
TRDATA[5]
TCK
O
I
Not used
Fixed at “L”
AC3
AC4
TDO
VRPA
O
—
Not used
Fixed at “L”
AC5
AC6
VRPB
VSSAAD10B
—
Fixed at “L”
Analog GND
AC7
AC8
VCCDAD10
VSSDDA10A
—
Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)(ADC)
Digital GND
AC9
AC10
VDDDDA10
VSSDDA10B
—
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
Digital GND
AC11
AC12
TESTMOD[1]
TESTMOD[6]
O
O
Digital GND
Digital GND
AC13
AC14
REC656H
REC656I[1]
I
I
Input of horizontal synchronization signal
Input of digital video signal [1]
AC15
AC16
REC656O[2]
REC656O[4]
O
O
Not used
Not used
AC17
AC18
REC656I[7]
DADRS[4]
I
O
Input of digital video signal [7]
Output of address 4 for SDRAM
AC19
AC21
DADRS[6]
DADRS[8]
O
O
Output of address 6 for SDRAM
Output of address 8 for SDRAM
AC20
AC22
VSS
DADRS[11]
O
Digital GND
Output of address 11 for SDRAM
AC23
AC24
DWE
VDD25
O
—
Output of write enable signal for SDRAM
Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)
AC25
AD1
DDATA[0]
EVENT[1]
I/O
O
Input/output of data 0 for SDRAM
Not used
AD2
AD3
VINA1
VSSAAD10A
I
AD4
AD5
NC
VCCAAD10B
—
Not used
Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC)
AD6
ROUT(PD0)
O
Output of analog video signal (red)
Input of analog video (CVBS)
Analog GND
5-5
Pin No.
Pin Name
AD7
AD8
VSSADA10
BOUT(PD2)
I/O
O
Analog GND
Output of analog video signal (blue)
Function
AD9
AD10
VSSADA10
COUT(PD3)
O
Analog GND
Output of analog video signal (chroma)
AD11
AD12
TESTMOD[2]
TESTMOD[7]
—
—
Digital GND
Digital GND
AD13
AD14
TMS
REC656O[0]
I
O
Fixed at “H”
Not used
AD15
AD16
REC656I[2]
REC656I[4]
I
I
Input of digital video signal [2]
Input of digital video signal [4]
AD17
AD18
REC656O[5]
REC656O[6]
O
O
Not used
Not used
AD19
AD20
DADRS[1]
DBA[1]
O
O
Output of address 1 for SDRAM
Output of bank address 1 for SDRAM
AD21
AD22
VDD25
DCS
—
O
Power supply input (Analog 2.5V)
Output of chip select signal for SDRAM
AD23
AD24
DCAS
DCLKO
O
O
Output of CAS signal for SDRAM
Output of clock signal for SDRAM
AD25
AE1
VSS
TD1
I
Digital GND
Not used
AE2
AE3
VSSAAD10A
VINA2
I
Analog GND
Input of analog video signal (Y)
AE4
AE5
VCCAAD10A
CIN (VINB1)
—
I
Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC)
Input of analog video signal (C)
AE6
AE7
VSSAAD10B
GOUT(PD1)
O
Analog GND
Output of analog video signal (green)
AE8
AE9
VSSADA10
YOUT(PD4)
O
Analog GND (DAC)
Output of analog video signal (Y)
AE10
AE11
TESTMOD[0]
TESTMOD[3]
—
—
Digital GND
Digital GND
AE12
AE13
TESTMOD[4]
RESET
—
I
Digital GND
Input of hardware reset signal
AE14
AE15
REC656I[0]
R656CLKI
I
I
Input of digital video signal [0]
Input of clock signal
AE16
AE17
REC656I[3]
REC656I[5]
I
I
Input of digital video signal [3]
Input of digital video signal [5]
AE18
AE19
REC656I[6]
DADRS[2]
I
O
Input of digital video signal [6]
Output of address 2 for SDRAM
AE20
AE21
DADRS[0]
DBA[0]
O
O
Output of address 0 for SDRAM
Output of bank address 0 for SDRAM
AE22
AE23
VSS
DRAS
O
Digital GND
Output of RAS signal for SDRAM
AE24
AE25
DCLKNO
DVREF
O
I
Output of negative clock signal for SDRAM
Input of reference voltage
B1
B2
AT1DATA[4]
AT1DATA[3]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 4 for DVD
Input/output of data 3 for DVD
B3
B4
AT1DATA[1]
AT1DMARQ
I/O
I
Input/output of data 1 for DVD
Input of request signal from DMA
B5
B6
AT1DMACK
AT1ADR[2]
I
O
Input of ACK signal from DMA
Output of devise address 2 for DVD
B7
B8
HDACK[1]
HOE
O
O
Output of ROM change signal for Debug
Output of output enable signal
B9
HCS[2]
O
Output of chip select signal for HDMI DL mode
5-6
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
B10
B11
HADRS[31]
HADRS[27]
O
O
Output of address 31
Output of address 27
Function
B12
B13
HADRS[23]
HADRS[20]
O
O
Output of address 23
Output of address 20
B14
B15
HADRS[16]
HADRS[12]
O
O
Output of address 16
Output of address 12
B16
B17
HADRS[8]
MSBS
O
—
Output of address 8
Fixed at “L”
B18
B19
MSDATA[2]
MSCLK
—
—
Fixed at “L”
Fixed at “L”
B20
B21
SCLK[0]
TX[1]
O
O
Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
B22
B23
RTS[2]
DVSS
O
Output of CS control signal for HDMI sub-CPU
Digital GND
B24
B25
PCO
AHVDD
O
—
Not used
Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)
C1
C2
AT1DATA[5]
AT1DATA[10]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 5 for DVD
Input/output of data 10 for DVD
C3
C4
AT1DATA[13]
AT1DATA[15]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 13 for DVD
Input/output of data 15 for DVD
C5
C6
AT1IORDY
AT1ADR[0]
I
O
Input of I/O ready signal
Output of devise address 0 for DVD
C7
C8
AT1CS[0]
HDACK[0]
O
O
Output of chip select signal 0 for DVD
Output of transfer acknowledge signal/GPIO 0
C9
C10
HCS[0]
HCS[5]
O
O
Output of chip select signal 0
Output of chip select signal/GPIO 5
C11
C12
HADRS[28]
HADRS[24]
O
O
Output of address 28
Output of address 24
C13
C14
HADRS[19]
HADRS[15]
O
O
Output of address 19
Output of address 15
C15
C16
HADRS[11]
HADRS[6]
O
O
Output of address 11
Output of address 6
C17
C18
MSDATA[1]
CTS[3]
—
O
Fixed at “L”
Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
C19
C20
SCLK[1]
CTS[0]
O
O
Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
C21
C22
RTS[3]
RX[2]
O
O
Output of XSMRDY for HDMI sub-CPU
Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
C23
C24
AHVSS
RX[1]
O
Digital GND
Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
C25
D1
HDATA[15]
AT1DATA[6]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 15
Input/output of data 6 for DVD
D2
D3
AT1DATA[9]
AT1DATA[2]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 9 for DVD
Input/output of data 2 for DVD
D4
D5
AT1DATA[0]
AT1DIOR
I/O
O
Input/output of data 0 for DVD
Output of I/O read signal
D6
D7
AT1ADR[1]
AT1CS[1]
O
O
Output of devise address 1 for DVD
Output of chip select signal 1 for DVD
D8
D9
HDREQ[1]
HWS[1]
O
O
Output of reset signal for HDMI sub-CPU
Fixed at “H”
D10
D11
HCS[3]
HADRS[29]
—
O
Fixed at “H”
Output of address 29
D12
HADRS[25]
O
Output of address 25
5-7
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
D13
D14
HADRS[18]
HADRS[14]
O
O
Output of address 18
Output of address 14
Function
D15
D16
HADRS[9]
MSINS
O
—
Output of address 9
Fixed at “L”
D17
D18
SCLK[2]
CTS[2]
O
O
Output of reset signal for HDMI sub-CPU
Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
D19
D20
TX[0]
TX[3]
O
I
Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
Input of IO HDMI sub-CPU SI signal
D21
D22
RX[3]
VMCLK
I
I
Input of IO HDMI sub-CPU SO signal
Input of 27MHz system clock
D23
D24
RX[0]
HDATA[13]
O
I/O
Output of UART(CSIO)/GPIO
Input/output of data 13
D25
E1
HDATA[10]
AT2CS[1]
I/O
O
Input/output of data 10
Output of chip select signal for HDD driver
E2
E3
AT1RESET
AT1DATA[7]
O
I/O
Output of reset signal for DVD
Input/output of data 7 for DVD
E4
E5
AT1DATA[8]
VDD
I/O
—
Input/output of data 8 for DVD
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
E6
E7
VSS
VDD
—
Digital GND
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
E8
E9
VDD33
VSS
—
Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
Digital GND
E10
E11
VDD
VSS
—
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
Digital GND
E12
E13
VDD33
VDD
—
—
Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
E14
E15
VSS
VDD
—
Digital GND
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
E16
E17
VSS
VDD33
—
Digital GND
Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
E18
E19
VDD
VSS
—
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
Digital GND
E20
E21
VDD
VDD33
—
—
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
E22
E23
HDATA[14]
HDATA[12]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 14
Input/output of data 12
E24
E25
HDATA[9]
HDATA[8]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 9
Input/output of data 8
F1
F2
AT2ADR[1]
AT2ADR[0]
O
O
Output of device address 1 for HDD driver
Output of device address 0 for HDD driver
F3
F4
AT2ADR[2]
AT2CS[0]
O
O
Output of device address 2 for HDD driver
Output of chip select signal for HDD driver
F5
F21
VSS
VDD
—
Digital GND
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
F22
F23
HDATA[11]
TEST
I/O
—
Input/output of data 11
Fixed at GND
F24
F25
HDATA[7]
HDATA[5]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 7
Input/output of data 5
G1
G2
AT2DIOR
AT2IORDY
O
I
Output of I/O read signal
Input of I/O ready signal
G3
G4
AT2DMACK
AT2INTRQ
O
I
Output of ACK signal from DMA
Input of IRQ signal
G5
VDD33
—
Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
5-8
Pin No.
Pin Name
G21
G22
VSS
CSYNC
I/O
—
Digital GND
Fixed at “H”
Function
G23
G24
HDATA[6]
HDATA[3]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 6
Input/output of data 3
G25
H1
HDATA[2]
AT2DATA[0]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 2
Input/output of data 0 for HDD driver
H2
H3
AT2DATA[15]
AT2DMARQ
I/O
I
Input/output of data 15 for HDD driver
Input of request signal from DMA
H4
H5
AT2DIOW
VDD
O
—
Output of I/O write signal
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
H21
H22
VDD
HDATA[4]
—
I/O
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
Input/output of data 4
H23
H24
HDATA[1]
HDATA[0]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 1
Input/output of data 0
H25
J1
FSEL (INT[7])
AT2DATA[2]
O
I/O
Output of interrupt request/GPIO
Input/output of data 2 for HDD driver
J2
J3
AT2DATA[13]
AT2DATA[1]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 13 for HDD driver
Input/output of data 1 for HDD driver
J4
J5
AT2DATA[14]
VSS
I/O
Input/output of data 14 for HDD driver
Digital GND
J21
J22
VDD33
INT[8]
—
—
Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
Not used
J23
J24
DBI
INT[6]
I
—
Input of SDI-ICE/JTAG TRST
Fixed at “L”
J25
K1
INT[5]
AT2DATA[4]
I
I/O
Input for DTT “IRQ” signal
Input/output of data 4 for HDD driver
K2
K3
AT2DATA[11]
AT2DATA[3]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 11 for HDD driver
Input/output of data 3 for HDD driver
K4
K5
AT2DATA[12]
VDD
I/O
—
Input/output of data 12 for HDD driver
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
K21
K22
VSS
INT4
—
Digital GND
Fixed at “H”
K23
K24
WP(INT3)
SDA[1]
O
O
Output of IIC writing protect signal with EEPROM
Output of data signal 1 for EPROM
K25
L1
SDA[0]
AT2DATA[6]
I/O
I/O
Input/output transmission data 0 for EEPROM
Input/output of data 6 for HDD driver
L2
L3
AT2DATA[9]
AT2DATA[5]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 9 for HDD driver
Input/output of data 5 for HDD driver
L4
L5
AT2DATA[10]
VDD33
I/O
—
Input/output of data 10 for HDD driver
Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
L11
L12
VSS
VSS
Digital GND
Digital GND
L13
L14
VSS
VSS
Digital GND
Digital GND
L15
L21
VSS
SDCL[0]
O
Digital GND
Output of transmission clock 0 for EEPROM
L22
L23
SDCL[1]
INT[2]
O
I
Output of clock signal for EEPROM
Input of interrupt request signal for HDMI
L24
L25
INT[1]
INT[0]
I
Fixed at “H”
Not used
M1
M2
AT2RESET
A1BCKI
O
I
Output of reset signal for HDD
Fixed at “H”
M3
AT2DATA[7]
I/O
Input/output of data 7 for HDD driver
5-9
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
M4
M5
AT2DATA[8]
VSS
I/O
M11
M12
VSS
VSS
Digital GND
Digital GND
M13
M14
VSS
VSS
Digital GND
Digital GND
M15
M21
VSS
VDD
—
Digital GND
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
M22
M23
DDATA[30]
DDATA[31]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 30 for SDRAM
Input/output of data 31 for SDRAM
M24
M25
VDD25
HWAIT
—
—
Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)
Fixed at “H”
N1
N2
A1DATAI
AMCLK1
I
I
Fixed at “H”
Input of audio master clock (36.864MHz)
N3
N4
A1LRCKI
ADATAO
I
O
Fixed at “H”
Output of digital audio signal
N5
N11
VDD
VSS
—
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
Digital GND
N12
N13
VSS
VSS
Digital GND
Digital GND
N14
N15
VSS
VSS
Digital GND
Digital GND
N21
N22
DDATA[21]
DDATA[28]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 21 for SDRAM
Input/output of data 28 for SDRAM
N23
N24
DDATA[29]
DDATA[22]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 29 for SDRAM
Input/output of data 22 for SDRAM
N25
P1
DDATA[23]
ADCCLKO
I/O
O
Input/output of data 23 for SDRAM
Not used
P2
P3
LRCKO
AODATAI
O
I
Output of audio L/R clock signal
Input of digital audio signal
P4
P5
AOBCKI
VDD33
I
—
Input of audio bit clock signal
Power supply input (Digital 3.3V)
P11
P12
VSS
VSS
Digital GND
Digital GND
P13
P14
VSS
VSS
Digital GND
Digital GND
P15
P21
VSS
DDATA[18]
I/O
Digital GND
Input/output of data 18 for SDRAM
P22
P23
DDATA[26]
DDATA[27]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 26 for SDRAM
Input/output of data 27 for SDRAM
P24
P25
DDATA[19]
DDATA[20]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 19 for SDRAM
Input/output of data 20 for SDRAM
R1
R2
SPDIFO
VCLKI
O
I
Output of digital audio signal
Input of clock signal (27MHz) (Video decoder)
R3
R4
BCKO
AMCLK2
O
I
Output of audio bit clock signal
Input of audio master clock (33.8688MHz)
R5
R11
VDD
VSS
—
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
Digital GND
R12
R13
VSS
VSS
Digital GND
Digital GND
R14
R15
VSS
VSS
Digital GND
Digital GND
R21
DDATA[25]
I/O
Function
Input/output of data 8 for HDD driver
Digital GND
Input/output of data 25 for SDRAM
5-10
Pin No.
Pin Name
I/O
R22
R23
VDD25
VSS
—
Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)
Digital GND
Function
R24
R25
DDATA[16]
DDATA[17]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 16 for SDRAM
Input/output of data 17 for SDRAM
T1
T2
AOLRCKI
DACCLKO
I
O
Input of audio L/R clock signal
Not used
T3
T4
SPDIFI
PHYDIO[7]
I
I
Fixed at “H”
Input of data 7 for PHY
T5
T21
VSS
DDM[2]
O
Digital GND
Output of data mask signal 2 for SDRAM
T22
T23
DDQS[3]
DDATA[24]
O
I/O
Output of data strobe signal 3 for SDRAM
Input/output of data 24 for SDRAM
T24
T25
VDD25
VSS
—
Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)
Digital GND
U1
U2
PHYLREQ
PHYDIO[6]
O
I
Input of data 6 for PHY
U3
U4
PHYDIO[4]
PHYDIO[1]
I
I
Input of data 4 for PHY
Input of data 1 for PHY
U5
U21
VDD
DDM[1]
—
O
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
Output of data mask signal 1 for SDRAM
U22
U23
DDQS[1]
DDM[3]
O
O
Output of data strobe signal 1 for SDRAM
Output of data mask signal 3 for SDRAM
U24
U25
DDM[0]
DDQS[2]
O
O
Output of data mask signal 0 for SDRAM
Output of data strobe signal 2 for SDRAM
V1
V2
PHYDIO[5]
PHYDIO[3]
I
I
Input of data 5 for PHY
Input of data 3 for PHY
V3
V4
PHYDIO[0]
PHYCTL[1]
I
O
Input of data 0 for PHY
Not used
V5
V21
VDD33
VDD
—
—
Power supply input (Analog 3.3V)(DAC)
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
V22
V23
VDD25
DDATA[15]
—
I/O
Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)
Input/output of data 15 for SDRAM
V24
V25
DDATA[7]
DDQS[0]
I/O
O
Input/output of data 7 for SDRAM
Output of data strobe signal 0
W1
W2
PHYDIO[2]
PHYLPS
I
O
Input of data 2 for PHY
W3
W4
PHYSCLK
TRDATA[2]
I
O
Input of clock signal
Not used
W5
W21
VSS
DDATA[14]
I/O
Digital GND
Input/output of data 14 for SDRAM
W22
W23
DDATA[13]
VSS
I/O
Input/output of data 13 for SDRAM
Digital GND
W24
W25
VDD25
DDATA[6]
—
I/O
Power supply input (Digital 2.5V)
Input/output data 6 for SDRAM
Y1
Y2
PHYCTL[0]
TRDATA[0]
O
O
Not used
Y3
Y4
TRCLK
TRDATA[6]
O
O
Not used
Not used
Y5
Y21
VDD
DDATA[9]
—
I/O
Power supply input (Digital 1.0V)
Input/output of data 9 for SDRAM
Y22
Y23
DDATA[11]
DDATA[12]
I/O
I/O
Input/output of data 11 for SDRAM
Input/output of data 12 for SDRAM
Y24
DDATA[5]
I/O
Input/output of data 5 for SDRAM
5-11
Pin No.
Pin Name
Y25
VSS
I/O
Function
Digital GND
5-12E
RDR-HX820/HX825
SECTION 6
SERVICE MODE
This is the diagnostics to locate cause of fault.
The diagnostics can be executed using the remote commander and a monitor.
To enter the service mode, connect the VIDEO OUT connector of the main unit to the monitor. While pressing the “A” (Open/Close) button
and the “G” (PLAY) button at the same time, connect the AC power cord to the power outlet. (Keep pressing the above buttons until a
message, “WELCOME” appears on the display panel of the main unit.)
While the diagnostics is in progress, either “OK” or “NG” appears on the monitor screen to enable the judgment whether the respective
devices or the peripheral are normal or have any abnormality.
When an abnormality is detected, the diagnostics is stopped at that moment and you can select to keep running the diagnostics or to stop it.
6-1. Check Item
Checking item
EEPROM
VIDEO DEC
DDR
DDR
IC name
IC BR24L32FJ-WE2
IC TVP5146M2PFP
IC K4H511638C-UCB3T
IC K4H511638C-UCB3T
When NG is displayed as the result of the DEVICE TEST, the IC or
its peripheral is defective.
REF. NO
IC102
IC301
IC105
IC106
All parts are mounted on the RD-064 board.
6-1
6-2. Screen Transition in the Service Mode
MAIN MENU
<1>
<< Version No. >>
MODEL @ @ @ @ ***
Region Code [*]
SYSCON Version [***]
<RETURN>
HDMI Check sum [***]
~
<< MAIN MENU >>
1) Version No.
2) Display Color
3) Total Tme
0) G-code OSD Setting Menu
MODEL
***
SYSCON Version [***]
HDD Serial ID [***]
HDD Sony ID [***]
Verifying version number of the respective software of the main
unit
< RETURN >
<2>
Setting ON/OFF of the PAL 100% white signal output
<< Display Color >>
1) White Signal ON
2) White Signal OFF
< RETURN >
<3>
Reading the accumulative operating hours of the drive
• Total power-on hours
• Total DVD playback hours
• Total DVD recording hours
* Display format: aa hours ff minutes
<< Total Tme >>
1) Total [Power ON]
2) Total [DVD Playback]
3) Total [DVD Recording]
< RETURN >
<4>
Displaying the error history in the past in the error code
* Maximum 20 errors can be displayed.
<< Error History >>
3) ....................................
2) ....................................
1) ....................................
< RETURN >
[Up] or [Down]
<5>
Displaying history of the buttons pressed in the past.
* Pressed buttons for 400 commands at a maximum can be stored.
<< Command History >>
3) ....................................
2) ....................................
1) ....................................
< RETURN >
[Up] or [Down]
Clearing the Error History and the Command History
<< History Clear >>
<6>
Execute History Clear?
< RETURN >
<7>
< RETURN >
<8>
< RETURN >
Yes
No
Returning the Set Ups of various functions to default
<< Factory Set up >
1) NOR Factory Set up
2) S-AND Factory Set up
3) HDD Data Factory Set up
4) DTT Factory Set up
Diagnostic checks in the Service Mode
<< Device Check >
1) EEPROM Check
2) Super AND Check
3) Video Dec Device Check
4) DDR Data Check
9) IT Setting
<9>
< RETURN >
<0>
< RETURN >
<< HDD >>
1) Indcate ID
2) Performance Check
3) Write ID
4) Format
5) Factory Check
6) Write Registration Code
<< G-code OSD Setting Menu >>
1) G-CODE
2) Show View
3) Video Plus
4) VCR Plus+
6-2
6-3. Items and Description of Service Mode Menu
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
0)
When the key “1” is pressed down, the monitor display moves
to the Version No. check menu screen.
When the key “2” is pressed down, the monitor display moves
to the Display Color check menu screen.
When the key “3” is pressed down, the monitor display moves
to the Total Time check menu screen.
When the key “4”is pressed down, the monitor display moves
to the Error History check menu screen.
When the key “5” is pressed down, the monitor display moves
to the Command History check menu screen.
When the key “6” is pressed down, the monitor display moves
to the History Clear check menu screen.
When the key “7” is pressed down, the monitor display moves
to the Factory Set Up check menu screen.
When the key “8” is pressed down, the monitor display moves
to the hard disk check menu screen.
When the key “9” is pressed down, the monitor display moves
to the hard disk check menu screen.
When the key “0” is pressed down, the monitor display moves
to the G-code Setting menu screen.
<< MAIN MENU >>
1) Version No.
2) Display Color
3) Total Time
4) Error History
5) Command History
6) History Clear
7) Factory Set Up
8) Device Check
9) HDD MODE
0) G-code Setting
MODEL
SYSCON Version [
HDD Serial ID [
]
Sony ID [
]
*** ]
***
***
***
6-4. Device Check Menu (Diagnostic Test)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
When the key “1” is pressed down, the EEPROM device check
will be executed. (The EEPROM device is checked whether it
is mounted or not, and the I2C communication between Rism3
(IC103) and EEPROM is checked.)
Key “2” is not used.
When the key “2” is pressed down, the super AND device check
will be executed. (The super AND device is checked whether
it is mounted or not, and the I2C communication between Rism3
(IC103) and super AND is checked.)
When the key “3” is pressed down, the Video Dec device check
will be executed. (The Video Dec device is checked whether it
is mounted or not, and the I2C communication between Rism3
(IC103) and Video Dec is checked.)
When the key “4” is pressed down, the DDR Data device check
will be executed. (The DDR device is checked whether it is
mounted or not, and the electrical signal connection between
Rism3 (IC103) and DDR device is checked.)
Key “5” is not used.
When the key “5” is pressed down, the DSP device check will
be executed. (The DSP device is checked whether it is mounted
or not, and the electrical signal connection between Rism3
(IC103) and DSP device is checked.)
Key “6” is not used.
When the key “6” is pressed down, the USB device check will
be executed. (The USB device is checked whether it is mounted
or not, and the electrical signal connection between RISM3
(IC103) and USB device is checked.)
Key “7” is not used.
Key “8” is not used.
When the key “9” is pressed down, IC603 of the AV board will
be patched.
(Never press the key “9” unless otherwise specified.)
<< Device check >>
1) EEPROM Check
2) Super AND Check
t Not used
3) Video Dec Device Check
4) DDR Date Check
5) DSP Check
t Not used
6) USB Check
t Not used
9) IT Setting
Check result display: IC105 check result/IC106 check result
Display Message
Meaning of Display
DATA OK/OK
DATA OK/NG
Both IC105 and IC106 are OK.
IC105: OK, IC106: NG
(NG: No Good)
DATA NG/OK
DATA NG/NG
IC105: NG, IC106: OK
Both IC105 and IC106 are NG.
6-3
6-5. HDD service mode
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
When the key “1” is pressed down, the ID check will be
executed as shown below.
Indicate ID
: HDD information read-out
MODEL
: Model name of the product
Serial No.
: HDD serial No.
Model No.
: HDD model No.
F/W Rev
: HDD software version
When the key “2” is pressed down, Performance Check will be
executed as shown below.
Performance Check: Power ON/OFF test and Read/Verify of
all tracks
When the key “3” is pressed down, Write ID will be executed
as shown below.
Write ID: NOR Flash HDD information write
When the key “4” is pressed down, Format will be executed as
shown below.
Format
: Full erase of HDD
When the key “5” is pressed down, Factory Check will be
executed as shown below.
Factory Check: Aging test in the same way as in the factory.
When the key “6” is pressed down, the Write Registration Code
will be executed as shown below.
Write Registration Code: Writing the DIVX Registration Code
When the “RETURN” key is pressed down, the monitor display
will return to the menu screen.
<< HDD MODE >>
1) Indicate ID
2) Peformance Check
3) Write ID
4) Format
5) Factory Check
6) Write Registration Code
6-4E
RDR-HX820/HX825
SECTION 7
ADJUSTMENTS
7-1.
2. S-Video Output S-Y Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the S-video Y-signal output has the rated
amplitude. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback video signal will
not be displayed corrected even when the S-video cable is connected.
Mode
PLAY
Video System Adjustment
Preparing for Adjustment
1. Equipments
• Oscilloscope
• Reference Disk
HLX-507 (PAL single layer disc) J-6090-077-A
HLX-506 (PAL dual layer disc) J-6090-078-A
1. Video Output Level Check
<Purpose>
This check is made to satisfy the PAL signal standard, If it is adjusted
incorrectly, brightness will be too bright or too dark.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
Test point
100% Color bars
Output (VIDEO) connector
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Specification
Oscilloscope
1.0 V± 0.07 Vp-p
Signal
Test point
100% Color bars
S-VIDEO OUTPUT (S-Y) connector
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Specification
Oscilloscope
1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p
Check method:
1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
2) Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p.
1.0 ± 0.07Vp-p
Check method:
1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
2) Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p.
Fig. 7-2
1.0 ±0.07 Vp-p
Fig. 7-1
7-1
3. S-Video Output S-C Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the S-video output S-C conforms to the
PAL standard. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback color will not
be too dark or too thin.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
Test point
Instrument
Specification
5. Component Video Output B-Y (Pb) Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the B-Y signal of the component video
conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct,
color of the video signal will have different color when the
COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector
having COMPONENT input.
Mode
PLAY
100% Color bars
S-VIDEO OUTPUT (S-C) connector
(terminated in 75Ω)
Oscilloscope
300 mV±30 mVp-p
Check method:
1) Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
2) Confirm that the burst signal level is 300 mV±30 mVp-p.
Signal
Test point
100% Color bars
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Pb)
connector (terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Specification
Oscilloscope
700 mV±50 mVp-p
Check method:
Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to ON.
1)
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the burst signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p.
300 ± 30 mVp-p
700 ± 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-3
4. Component Video Output Y Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the component Y signal output has the
rated amplitude. If this signal level is not correct, brightness of the
video signal will not be too dark or too thin when the COMPONENT
connector output signal is connected to a projector having
COMPONENT input.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
Test point
100% Color bars
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y)
connector (terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Specification
Oscilloscope
1.0 V±0.07Vp-p
Fig. 7-5
6. Component Video Output R-Y (Pr) Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the R-Y signal of the component video
conforms to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct,
color of the video signal will have different color when the
COMPONENT connector output signal is connected to a projector
having COMPONENT input.
Mode
PLAY
Check method:
Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to ON.
1)
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the Y signal level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p.
Signal
Test point
100% Color bars
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Pr)
connector (terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Specification
Oscilloscope
700 mV±50 mVp-p
Check method:
Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to ON.
1)
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the burst signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p.
1.0 ± 0.07Vp-p
700 ± 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-4
Fig. 7-6
7-2
7. Scart Video Output Level Check
<Purpose>
This check is made to satisfy the PAL signal standard, If it is adjusted
incorrectly, brightness will be too bright or too dark.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
Test point
100% Color bars
Scart Video output connector pin-ql
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Specification
Oscilloscope
1.0 V± 0.07 Vp-p
9. Scart Video Output S-C Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the Scart output S-C conforms to the PAL
standard. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback color will not be
too dark or too thin.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
Test point
100% Color bars
Scart Video output connector pin-qg
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Specification
Oscilloscope
300 mV±30 mVp-p
Check method:
Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to OFF.
Check method:
1)
Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to OFF.
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p.
1)
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the burst signal level is 300 mV±30 mVp-p.
1.0 ± 0.07 Vp-p
300 ± 30 mVp-p
Fig. 7-7
Fig. 7-9
8. Scart Video Output S-Y Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the Scart Y-signal output has the rated
amplitude. If it adjusted incorrectly, the playback video signal will
not be displayed corrected even when the Scart cable is connected.
Mode
PLAY
10. Scart Video RGB Output R Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the RGB R signal output has the rated
amplitude. If this signal level is not correct, brightness of the video
signal will not be too dark or too thin when the Scart connector
output signal is connected to a projector having Scart input.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
Test point
100% Color bars
Scart Video output connector pin-ql
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Specification
Oscilloscope
1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p
Signal
Test point
100% Color bars
Scart Video output R connector pin-qg
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Specification
Oscilloscope
700 mV±50 mVp-p
Check method:
Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to OFF.
Check method:
1)
Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to OFF.
RGB OUT should be set to ON.
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the video level is 1.0 V±0.07 Vp-p.
1)
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the R signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p.
1.0 ± 0.07 Vp-p
700 ± 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-8
Fig. 7-10
7-3
11. Scart Video RGB Output G Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that G signal of the RGB video conforms to
the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the
video signal will have different color when the Scart connector output
signal is connected to a projector having Scart input.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
Test point
100% Color bars
Scart Video output G connector pin-qa
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Specification
Oscilloscope
700 mV±50 mVp-p
Check method:
Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to OFF.
RGB OUT should be set to ON.
1)
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the G signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p.
700 ± 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-11
12. Scart Video RGB Output B Check
<Purpose>
This check confirms that the B signal of the RGB video conforms
to the PAL standard. If this signal level is not correct, color of the
video signal will have different color when the Scart connector output
signal is connected to a projector having Scart input.
Mode
PLAY
Signal
Test point
100% Color bars
Scart Video output B connector pin-7
(terminated in 75Ω)
Instrument
Specification
Oscilloscope
700 mV±50 mVp-p
Check method:
Note: COMPONENT OUT should be set to OFF.
RGB OUT should be set to ON.
1)
2)
Insert the PAL reference disc and play back the 100% color
bars.
Confirm that the B signal level is 700 mV±50 mVp-p.
700 ± 50 mVp-p
Fig. 7-12
7-4E
RDR-HX820/HX825
SECTION 8
REPAIR PARTS LIST
8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS
NOTE:
• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may
have some differences from the original one.
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they
are seldom required for routine service. Some
delay should be anticipated when ordering these
items.
•
The mechanical parts with no reference number
in the exploded views are not supplied.
Color Indication of Appearance Parts
Example:
KNOB, BALANCE (WHITE) . . . (RED)
↑
↑
Parts Color Cabinet’s Color
•
The components identified by mark 0 or
dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
8-1-1. OVERALL SECTION
7
6
5
8
not
supplied
9
Chassis section-1, -2
(See page 8-2, 8-3)
not
supplied
5
3
2
not
supplied
4
Ref. No.
not
supplied
3
1
Part No.
Description
1
2
2
3
4
X-2149-427-1
X-2149-426-1
X-2149-435-1
3-077-331-01
1-833-387-11
ASSY, TRAY
FRONT PANEL ASSY (HX825)
FRONT PANEL ASSY (HX820)
+BV3 (3-CR)
CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FLR-008)
5
3-070-883-61 SCREW, TAPPING
Remarks
Ref. No.
6
7
8
8
9
8-1
Part No.
Description
Remarks
A-1209-198-A
3-076-563-11
1-479-557-11
1-479-558-11
2-658-476-01
CASE BLOCK ASSY (SERVICE USE)
SCREW, SPECIAL FRONT POINT
REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D231P) (HX825)
REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D230P) (HX820)
COVER, BATTERY (FOR RMT-D230P/D231P)
8-1-2. CHASSIS SECTION-1
not
supplied
53
54
not supplied
53
Chassis section-2
(See page 8-3)
not
supplied
not supplied
53
51
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
51
52
53
* 54
* 54
3-088-023-01
3-077-331-31
3-077-331-01
A-1494-643-A
A-1215-024-A
+B3 (3-CR)
+BV3 (3-CR)
+BV3 (3-CR)
RD-064 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) (HX820)
RD-064 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) (HX825)
8-2
52
8-1-3. CHASSIS SECTION-2
not
supplied
103
not
supplied
101
not supplied
104
105
not supplied
101
101
not supplied
not
supplied
101
101
TU401
106
102
not supplied
not
supplied
not
supplied
109
107
109
101
109
not
supplied
109
109
108
110
not supplied
not supplied
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
101
102
0 103
0 104
105
3-077-331-01
3-087-675-01
A-1219-462-A
1-797-413-11
1-833-383-11
+BV3 (3-CR)
6-32UNCX5
HDD(SATA/WD-160GB-E) ASSY (SERVICE)
DRIVE, DVD DRW-V35A
CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FRD-011)
0 106
1-474-022-11 POWER BLOCK
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
107
108
109
110
0 TU401
1-833-388-11
1-787-291-11
3-077-331-31
3-088-023-01
8-597-559-00
CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FAR-005)
FAN, D.C
+BV3 (3-CR)
+B3 (3-CR)
TUNER, FSS BTF-DF441
Note :
8-3
Remarks
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
AV-106
8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
NOTE:
• Due to standardization, replacements in the
parts list may be different from the parts
specified in the diagrams or the components
used on the set.
• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may
have some difference from the original one.
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they
are seldom required for routine service. Some
delay should be anticipated when ordering these
items.
• CAPACITORS:
uF: µF
Ref. No.
Part No.
•
•
•
COILS
uH: µH
RESISTORS
All resistors are in ohms.
METAL: metal-film resistor
METAL OXIDE: Metal Oxide-film resistor
F: nonflammable
SEMICONDUCTORS
In each case, u: µ, for example:
uA...: µA... , uPA... , µPA... ,
uPB... , µPB... , uPC... , µPC... ,
uPD..., µPD...
Description
Remarks
Ref. No.
AV-106 BOARD, COMPLETE
**********************
(Ref.No.;10,000 SERIES)
< CAPACITOR >
When indicating parts by reference number,
please include the board name.
The components identified by mark 0 or
dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
C311
C312
C313
C314
C315
1-164-217-11
1-164-739-11
1-164-739-11
1-164-218-11
1-164-218-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
150PF
560PF
560PF
180PF
180PF
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C105
C106
C107
C108
C114
1-109-982-11
1-137-710-11
1-107-726-91
1-100-966-91
1-165-908-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
10uF
0.01uF
10uF
1uF
10%
20%
10%
20%
10%
10V
6.3V
16V
10V
10V
C316
C317
C318
C319
C320
1-124-589-11
1-124-589-11
1-128-398-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
47uF
220uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
20%
20%
20%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C117
C118
C119
C120
C123
1-162-927-11
1-162-970-11
1-100-591-91
1-100-591-91
1-126-947-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
100PF
0.01uF
1uF
1uF
47uF
5%
10%
10%
10%
20%
50V
25V
25V
25V
35V
C321
C322
C324
C325
C326
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-162-927-11
1-164-230-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
100PF
220PF
10%
10%
10%
5%
5%
10V
10V
10V
50V
50V
C124
C125
C127
C128
C129
1-128-396-11
1-100-966-91
1-107-826-11
1-162-962-11
1-137-710-11
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
470uF
10uF
0.1uF
470PF
10uF
20%
20%
10%
10%
20%
10V
10V
16V
50V
6.3V
C327
C336
C337
C401
C405
1-164-230-11
1-165-908-11
1-107-826-11
1-124-589-11
1-115-339-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
220PF
1uF
0.1uF
47uF
0.1uF
5%
10%
10%
20%
10%
50V
10V
16V
16V
50V
C130
C131
C134
C135
C151
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-124-584-00
1-100-966-91
1-107-726-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
100uF
10uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
20%
20%
10%
16V
16V
10V
10V
16V
C407
C408
C409
C410
C411
1-124-261-00
1-107-826-11
1-115-339-11
1-124-261-00
1-107-826-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
10uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10uF
0.1uF
20%
10%
10%
20%
10%
50V
16V
50V
50V
16V
C155
C159
C160
C209
C210
1-124-589-11
1-137-710-11
1-137-710-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
10uF
10uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
20%
20%
20%
10%
10%
16V
6.3V
6.3V
16V
16V
C414
C415
C416
C449
C452
1-124-589-11
1-124-584-00
1-107-826-11
1-162-915-11
1-107-826-11
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
100uF
0.1uF
10PF
0.1uF
20%
20%
10%
0.5PF
10%
16V
10V
16V
50V
16V
C211
C212
C213
C214
C215
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-100-966-91
1-100-966-91
1-100-966-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
10uF
10uF
10uF
10%
10%
20%
20%
20%
16V
16V
10V
10V
10V
C453
C454
C455
C456
C601
1-115-416-11
1-115-416-11
1-115-416-11
1-115-416-11
1-162-970-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.001uF
0.01uF
5%
5%
5%
5%
10%
25V
25V
25V
25V
25V
C216
C217
C218
C301
C304
1-100-966-91
1-162-923-11
1-162-923-11
1-124-589-11
1-125-972-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
10uF
47PF
47PF
47uF
100uF
20%
5%
5%
20%
20%
10V
50V
50V
16V
16V
C602
C604
C607
C613
C614
1-162-968-11
1-107-826-11
1-124-589-11
1-162-910-11
1-162-908-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.0047uF
0.1uF
47uF
5PF
3PF
10%
10%
20%
0.25PF
0.25PF
50V
16V
16V
50V
50V
C306
C307
C308
C309
C310
1-124-234-00
1-115-467-11
1-107-826-11
1-124-589-11
1-164-217-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
22uF
0.22uF
0.1uF
47uF
150PF
20%
10%
10%
20%
5%
16V
10V
16V
16V
50V
C615
C616
C617
C618
C619
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-124-589-11
1-162-970-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
47uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
20%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
25V
8-4
AV-106
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Part No.
Description
C620
C621
C622
C623
C624
1-162-923-11
1-107-826-11
1-162-923-11
1-107-826-11
1-162-923-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47PF
0.1uF
47PF
0.1uF
47PF
5%
10%
5%
10%
5%
50V
16V
50V
16V
50V
Remarks
Ref. No.
C732
C733
C734
C735
C736
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C625
C626
C627
C628
C629
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-125-891-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.47uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
10V
16V
C737
C738
C739
C740
C741
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C630
C631
C632
C633
C634
1-125-891-11
1-162-964-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.47uF
0.001uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
50V
16V
16V
16V
C742
C743
C744
C745
C746
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-126-947-11
1-126-947-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
47uF
47uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
20%
20%
10%
16V
16V
35V
35V
16V
C635
C639
C641
C642
C646
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-124-589-11
1-162-963-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
47uF
680PF
10%
10%
10%
20%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
50V
C747
C748
C749
C750
C751
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C649
C650
C651
C652
C653
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-126-925-91
1-107-826-11
1-162-908-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
470uF
0.1uF
3PF
10%
10%
20%
10%
0.25PF
16V
16V
10V
16V
50V
C752
C753
C762
C772
C774
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-165-908-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
10V
C654
C655
C656
C657
C701
1-162-909-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-126-947-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
4PF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
47uF
0.25PF
10%
10%
10%
20%
50V
16V
16V
16V
35V
C775
C801
C802
C803
C804
1-126-947-11
1-107-726-91
1-126-964-11
1-126-964-11
1-165-908-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
0.01uF
10uF
10uF
1uF
20%
10%
20%
20%
10%
35V
16V
50V
50V
10V
C702
C703
C704
C705
C706
1-107-826-11
1-107-726-91
1-107-826-11
1-125-837-91
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.01uF
0.1uF
1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
6.3V
16V
C805
C807
C809
C810
C813
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-104-658-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
100uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C707
C708
C709
C710
C711
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C816
C817
C818
C819
C820
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C712
C713
C714
C715
C716
1-107-826-11
1-124-290-00
1-126-947-11
1-107-826-11
1-126-947-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
0.1uF
47uF
47uF
0.1uF
47uF
10%
20%
20%
10%
20%
16V
10V
35V
16V
35V
C821
C822
C823
C824
C825
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-104-658-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
100uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
16V
16V
16V
16V
10V
C717
C718
C719
C720
C721
1-126-947-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-126-947-11
1-126-947-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
47uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
47uF
47uF
20%
10%
10%
20%
20%
35V
16V
16V
35V
35V
C826
C827
C828
C829
C830
1-126-947-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-162-927-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
100PF
20%
10%
10%
10%
5%
35V
16V
16V
16V
50V
C722
C723
C724
C725
C726
1-126-964-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-125-837-91
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
10uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
1uF
20%
10%
10%
10%
10%
50V
16V
16V
16V
6.3V
C832
C833
C834
C835
C836
1-107-826-11
1-126-947-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
47uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
20%
10%
10%
10%
16V
35V
16V
16V
16V
C727
C728
C729
C730
C731
1-107-826-11
1-125-837-91
1-107-826-11
1-104-662-91
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
1uF
0.1uF
22uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
20%
10%
16V
6.3V
16V
25V
16V
C837
C838
C839
C840
C841
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
1-162-927-11
1-107-826-11
1-126-947-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
0.1uF
0.1uF
100PF
0.1uF
47uF
10%
10%
5%
10%
20%
16V
16V
50V
16V
35V
8-5
Remarks
AV-106
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
Ref. No.
Part No.
C842
C843
C844
C845
C846
1-107-826-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-164-230-11
1-164-230-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
1uF
1uF
220PF
220PF
10%
10%
10%
5%
5%
16V
10V
10V
50V
50V
* CN701
1-770-468-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P
Description
C847
C848
C849
C850
C851
1-164-230-11
1-164-230-11
1-164-230-11
1-164-230-11
1-164-230-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
220PF
220PF
220PF
220PF
220PF
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C852
C853
C854
C855
C856
1-164-230-11
1-162-927-11
1-162-927-11
1-162-927-11
1-162-927-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
220PF
100PF
100PF
100PF
100PF
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
50V
50V
50V
50V
50V
C861
C862
C863
C864
C865
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-165-908-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
1uF
1uF
1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
16V
C866
C867
C1103
1-126-947-11 ELECT
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
0.1uF
1uF
20%
10%
10%
C1104
1-162-962-11 CERAMIC CHIP
470PF
10%
C1109
1-162-917-11 CERAMIC CHIP
15PF
5%
35V
16V
6.3V
(HX825)
50V
(HX825)
50V
(HX825)
C1110
1-162-917-11 CERAMIC CHIP
15PF
5%
C1111
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
10%
C1401
C1402
C1403
1-124-589-11 ELECT
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-162-924-11 CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
0.1uF
56PF
20%
10%
5%
50V
(HX825)
16V
(HX825)
16V
16V
50V
C1404
C1405
C1406
C1407
C1408
1-162-907-11
1-162-907-11
1-107-826-11
1-162-924-11
1-165-908-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
2PF
2PF
0.1uF
56PF
1uF
0.25PF
0.25PF
10%
5%
10%
50V
50V
16V
50V
10V
C1409
C1410
C1411
C1412
C1413
1-107-826-11
1-124-261-00
1-126-162-11
1-107-826-11
1-107-826-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
10uF
3.3uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
20%
20%
10%
10%
16V
50V
50V
16V
16V
C1414
C1415
C1416
C1417
C1418
1-124-261-00
1-127-715-91
1-124-589-11
1-107-826-11
1-165-908-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
10uF
0.22uF
47uF
0.1uF
1uF
20%
10%
20%
10%
10%
50V
16V
16V
16V
10V
C1419
C1452
C1453
1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
0.1uF
1uF
10%
10%
10%
10V
16V
10V
Remarks
< DIODE >
D101
D301
D303
D304
D608
8-719-073-34
6-501-115-01
6-501-115-01
6-501-115-01
6-501-115-01
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
EC21QS03L-TE12L
BAS16-03W
BAS16-03W
BAS16-03W
BAS16-03W
D701
D702
D703
D704
D714
6-501-115-01
8-719-067-40
8-719-053-18
8-719-053-18
8-719-067-40
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
BAS16-03W
STZ6.8N-T146
1SR154-400TE-25
1SR154-400TE-25
STZ6.8N-T146
D715
D721
D724
D728
D731
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
D732
D801
D802
D803
D804
8-719-067-40
8-719-069-55
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
6-501-486-01
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
STZ6.8N-T146
UDZSTE-175.6B
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
NNCD3.9F-T1B
D805
D806
D807
D808
D809
6-501-486-01
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
NNCD3.9F-T1B
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
D810
D811
D812
D813
D814
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-069-56
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
UDZSTE-176.2B
D815
D816
D817
D818
D819
8-719-083-63
8-719-069-56
8-719-083-63
6-501-486-01
8-719-067-40
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
UDZSTE-1713B
UDZSTE-176.2B
UDZSTE-1713B
NNCD3.9F-T1B
STZ6.8N-T146
D820
D821
D822
D823
D824
8-719-067-40
6-501-486-01
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
STZ6.8N-T146
NNCD3.9F-T1B
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
D825
D827
D828
D1103
D1400
8-719-069-56
8-719-067-40
8-719-069-56
8-719-067-40
6-501-115-01
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
UDZSTE-176.2B
STZ6.8N-T146
UDZSTE-176.2B
STZ6.8N-T146 (HX825)
BAS16-03W
D1401
6-501-115-01 DIODE BAS16-03W
< FUSE >
0 F101
1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) 0.63A
< CONNECTOR >
CN101
CN103
CN501
CN502
* CN601
1-815-458-21
1-794-509-11
1-818-859-11
1-818-859-11
1-764-643-21
CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 15P
PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) (3P)
CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 42P
CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 42P
PIN, CONNECTOR (SMD) 11P
Note :
8-6
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
AV-106
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Remarks
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
< FERRITE BEAD >
Remarks
< COIL >
FB701
FB702
FB801
FB802
FB803
1-414-228-11
1-414-228-11
1-500-283-11
1-469-876-11
1-469-796-21
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
FERRITE, CHIP
L102
L401
L402
L403
L404
1-419-630-21
1-414-856-11
1-469-967-21
1-414-858-31
1-414-856-11
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
4.7uH
10uH
10uH
1mH
10uH
FB804
FB805
FB806
FB807
FB808
1-469-796-21
1-469-796-21
1-469-796-21
1-469-796-21
1-500-283-11
FERRITE, CHIP
FERRITE, CHIP
FERRITE, CHIP
FERRITE, CHIP
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
L405
L406
L701
L702
L703
1-414-856-11
1-414-856-11
1-412-060-11
1-469-967-21
1-469-967-21
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
10uH
10uH
22uH
10uH
10uH
FB809
FB810
FB811
FB812
FB813
1-469-876-11
1-469-796-21
1-469-796-21
1-469-796-21
1-469-796-21
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
FERRITE, CHIP
FERRITE, CHIP
FERRITE, CHIP
FERRITE, CHIP
L704
L803
L1401
1-469-967-21 INDUCTOR
1-414-743-21 INDUCTOR
1-414-856-11 INDUCTOR
10uH
47uH
10uH
FB814
FB815
FB816
FB817
FB818
1-469-796-21
1-414-228-11
1-414-228-11
1-414-228-11
1-414-228-11
FERRITE, CHIP
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
0 PS102
0 PS103
0 PS602
FB819
FB820
FB821
FB822
FB824
1-414-228-11
1-414-228-11
1-414-228-11
1-414-228-11
1-469-796-21
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
FERRITE, CHIP
Q101
Q301
Q302
Q303
Q304
8-729-421-19
8-729-424-08
8-729-921-80
8-729-010-29
8-729-045-17
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
UN2213
UN2111
2SD1781K-T146-QR
MSD601-RST1
2SB1561T100Q
FB1608 1-469-775-21 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
FB1609 1-469-775-21 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
Q305
Q306
Q307
Q308
Q309
8-729-421-19
8-729-421-19
8-729-027-53
8-729-027-53
6-551-287-01
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
UN2213
UN2213
DTC124TKA-T146
DTC124TKA-T146
2SD2704K-T146
Q310
Q311
Q312
Q313
Q401
6-551-287-01
8-729-010-05
8-729-010-05
8-729-010-29
8-729-010-29
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
2SD2704K-T146
MSB709-RT1
MSB709-RT1
MSD601-RST1
MSD601-RST1
Q403
Q405
Q407
Q601
Q611
8-729-010-29
8-729-010-29
8-729-421-19
8-729-421-19
8-729-421-22
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
MSD601-RST1
MSD601-RST1
UN2213
UN2213
UN2211
Q612
Q613
Q614
Q615
Q616
8-729-010-05
8-729-010-29
8-729-010-29
8-729-010-29
8-729-904-87
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
MSB709-RT1
MSD601-RST1
MSD601-RST1
MSD601-RST1
2SB1197K-R
Q702
Q705
Q707
Q708
Q709
8-729-010-29
8-729-010-05
8-729-010-29
8-729-010-29
8-729-010-29
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
MSD601-RST1
MSB709-RT1
MSD601-RST1
MSD601-RST1
MSD601-RST1
Q710
Q711
Q715
Q716
Q801
8-729-010-29
8-729-010-29
8-729-904-87
8-729-421-19
8-729-010-05
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
MSD601-RST1
MSD601-RST1
2SB1197K-R
UN2213
MSB709-RT1
< IC LINK >
< TRANSISTOR >
< IC >
IC102
IC104
IC107
IC109
IC202
6-702-889-01
6-708-913-01
6-707-208-01
6-708-889-01
8-759-100-96
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC203
IC302
IC303
IC304
IC401
8-759-100-96
8-759-100-96
6-705-313-01
1-818-512-11
8-749-925-00
IC uPC4558G2
IC uPC4558G2
IC S-T111B50MC-OHJTFG
CONNECTOR FOR OPTICAL FIBRE
IC TK11819MTL
IC402
IC601
IC603
IC603
* IC604
6-706-237-01
6-710-144-01
6-806-806-01
6-806-866-01
6-708-842-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
PQ1MX55M2SPQ
S-80952CNMC-G9NT2G
M306H5MG-A14FP (HX825)
M306H5MC-C36FP (HX820)
S-24CS04AFJ-TB-G
* IC605
IC701
* IC702
IC801
IC802
6-708-948-01
6-708-957-01
6-708-890-01
6-705-338-01
6-708-892-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
R2051S03-E2-F
TK72233CMCL-G
LA73036M-TBA-E
TK11250CMCL-G
BD3826FS
6-708-887-01
6-806-080-01
8-759-649-43
6-702-714-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
BH7626KS2
M30263M6A-703FP (HX825)
SN74AHC1G00DCKR (HX825)
MSP3417G-QG-B8V3
IC803
IC1102
IC1103
IC1401
SI-3033KS-TL
TK73400AU3G0L-C
TK11100CSCB-G
MP2105DJ-LF-Z
uPC4558G2
< JACK >
J703
J1101
1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) 0.63A
1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) 0.63A
1-576-570-21 FUSE, MICRO (1608 TYPE) 0.63A
1-818-063-11 JACK, PIN (3P) (COMPONENT OUT)
1-764-188-31 JACK (SMALL TYPE) (DIA. 3.5) (HX825)
Note :
8-7
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
AV-106
Ref. No.
Q807
Q808
Q1104
Q1401
Q1402
Part No.
Description
6-550-683-01
8-729-027-24
8-729-045-17
8-729-010-05
8-729-010-29
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
Remarks
Ref. No.
RJK005N03-T146
DTA114TKA-T146
2SB1561T100Q (HX825)
MSB709-RT1
MSD601-RST1
< RESISTOR >
R102
R104
R107
R108
R111
1-216-296-11
1-218-911-11
1-218-895-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-833-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
470K
100K
4.7K
10K
R113
R114
R115
R118
R120
1-218-896-11
1-218-875-11
1-218-869-11
1-216-797-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
R121
R122
R135
R137
R140
1-218-885-11
1-218-873-11
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
R142
R144
R146
R148
R154
0.5%
0.5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
110K
15K
8.2K
10
0
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
39K
12K
0
0
0
0.5%
0.5%
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
0
0
R160
R161
R162
R168
R169
1-216-864-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
0
0
R170
R173
R174
R175
R176
1-216-295-91
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
1-216-296-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
0
0
R218
R219
R222
R223
R224
1-218-879-11
1-218-879-11
1-218-871-11
1-218-871-11
1-218-863-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
22K
22K
10K
10K
4.7K
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R225
R226
R227
R304
R305
1-218-863-11
1-218-863-11
1-218-863-11
1-216-849-11
1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
4.7K
4.7K
4.7K
220K
10K
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R306
R307
R308
R309
R310
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-830-11
1-218-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
10K
47K
5.6K
5.1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R311
R312
R313
R314
R315
1-218-864-11
1-218-864-11
1-218-864-11
1-218-865-11
1-218-865-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
5.1K
5.1K
5.1K
5.6K
5.6K
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
8-8
Part No.
Description
R316
R317
R318
R320
R321
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
1-218-865-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
5.6K
5%
5%
5%
5%
0.5%
Remarks
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R323
R326
R327
R330
R331
1-218-865-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-841-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
5.6K
470
470
47K
47K
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R332
R333
R334
R335
R336
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
10K
10K
47K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R337
R338
R339
R340
R342
1-216-841-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
47K
10K
10K
4.7K
4.7K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R343
R344
R345
R346
R347
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100K
100K
1K
1K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R348
R350
R353
R355
R364
1-216-813-11
1-216-807-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-839-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
220
68
470
470
33K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R365
R366
R405
R407
R409
1-216-845-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-821-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100K
1K
470
1K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R410
R411
R412
R414
R415
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-838-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
100
100
100K
27K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R418
R420
R422
R423
R428
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-817-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
100K
100
100
0
470
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1/10W
R429
R475
R501
R604
R606
1-216-817-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
470
0
0
47K
10K
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
R608
R609
R610
R611
R613
1-216-833-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
100K
100
10K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R614
R615
R616
R617
R618
1-216-833-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-833-11
1-218-875-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
4.7K
4.7K
10K
15K
5%
5%
5%
5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
AV-106
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Part No.
Description
R619
R620
R621
R622
R623
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
10K
10K
10K
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
Remarks
R683
R684
R685
R686
R687
1-216-833-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
0
100
100
0
R624
R626
R627
R628
R629
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
100
0
10K
470
0
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
R688
R692
R693
R694
R696
1-216-864-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
2.2K
2.2K
0
0
R630
R631
R632
R633
R635
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
100
100
100
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R697
R698
R699
R702
R705
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
R636
R637
R638
R639
R642
1-216-809-11
1-218-289-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
510
0
2.2K
2.2K
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
R712
R713
R714
R715
R716
1-218-883-11
1-218-871-11
1-216-855-11
1-216-841-11
1-216-845-11
R643
R644
R645
R646
R647
1-216-833-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-817-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
100
10K
10K
470
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R718
R719
R726
R728
R729
R648
R649
R650
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
0 (HX825)
100
5%
10K
5%
R651
R652
1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP
100
100
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
1/10W
(HX825)
R654
1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP
100
5%
R655
R656
R658
R659
1-216-809-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
1K
100
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R660
R661
R662
R663
R664
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
100
100
100
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R665
R666
R667
R668
R669
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
0
100
0
10K
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
R670
R671
R672
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
100K
10K
5%
5%
5%
R674
R675
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
10K
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
(HX820)
1/10W
1/10W
R676
R677
R678
R679
1-216-833-11
1-218-871-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-833-11
10K
10K
100K
10K
5%
0.5%
5%
5%
R681
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
5%
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
Ref. No.
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
8-9
Remarks
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
10K
10K
10K
0
0
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
33K
10K
680K
47K
100K
0.5%
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1-218-867-11
1-218-852-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-840-11
1-216-837-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
6.8K
1.6K
470
39K
22K
0.5%
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R733
R736
R738
R740
R742
1-216-864-11
1-216-801-11
1-216-801-11
1-216-801-11
1-216-801-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
22
22
22
22
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R744
R747
R749
R750
R751
1-216-801-11
1-218-285-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
22
75
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R752
R753
R755
R760
R761
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-829-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
2.2K
2.2K
1K
10K
4.7K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R764
R765
R766
R767
R768
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
0
0
R772
R776
R779
R780
R785
1-216-833-11
1-218-285-11
1-218-285-11
1-218-285-11
1-414-864-11
METAL CHIP
10K
METAL CHIP
75
METAL CHIP
75
METAL CHIP
75
FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (1608)
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R791
R795
R798
R799
R802
1-414-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-845-11
FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (1608)
SHORT CHIP
0
SHORT CHIP
0
SHORT CHIP
0
METAL CHIP
100K
5%
1/10W
R803
R804
R805
R806
R807
1-216-845-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
100K
2.2K
100K
100K
100K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
AV-106
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
R808
R809
R810
R819
R820
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100K
100
100
100
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
Remarks
Ref. No.
R1105
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
Part No.
Description
1K
5%
Remarks
R1106
1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP
2.2K
5%
R1107
1-216-029-00 RES-CHIP
150
5%
R821
R822
R823
R825
R827
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
100
100
100
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1108
1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP
680
5%
R1110
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
1K
5%
R1111
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
1K
5%
R828
R835
R836
R839
R840
1-216-809-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-813-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
100K
100K
10K
220
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1115
R1116
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP
0 (HX825)
100K
5%
R1120
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
1K
5%
R841
R842
R844
R845
R852
1-216-809-11
1-216-857-11
1-218-285-11
1-218-285-11
1-218-285-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
1M
75
75
75
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1132
1-216-029-00 RES-CHIP
150
5%
R1133
1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP
4.7K
5%
R1134
1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP
4.7K
5%
R854
R858
R859
R860
R861
1-218-285-11
1-218-285-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-218-285-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
75
75
100K
100
75
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1139
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
5%
R1140
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
5%
R1141
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
5%
R862
R863
R864
R865
R866
1-216-845-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-807-11
1-218-285-11
1-218-285-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100K
100
68
75
75
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1142
R1143
R1144
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
0 (HX825)
0 (HX825)
1K
5%
R867
R868
R869
R870
R871
1-216-845-11
1-218-285-11
1-218-285-11
1-218-285-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
100K
75
75
75
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1145
1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP
10K
R1146
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
0 (HX825)
R1147
1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP
4.7K
5%
R872
R873
R874
R875
R876
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
0
100K
100K
100K
R1148
1-216-029-00 RES-CHIP
150
5%
R877
R878
R879
R885
R886
1-216-845-11
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
1-216-845-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
100K
0
0
100K
0
R887
R888
R889
R896
R897
1-216-864-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-845-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-817-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
100K
100K
470
470
R898
R899
R965
R1101
1-216-817-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-821-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
R1103
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
5%
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1401
R1402
R1403
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP
1K
1.5K
1K
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1/10W
5%
1/10W
R1406
R1407
R1408
R1409
R1410
1-216-809-11
1-216-819-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-825-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
680
100
100
2.2K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1411
R1412
R1416
R1417
R1418
1-216-825-11
1-216-846-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
2.2K
120K
2.2K
0
0
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
470
470
0
1K
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1-216-864-11
1-216-821-11
1-218-895-11
1-218-905-11
1-218-885-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
1K
100K
270K
39K
5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1K
5%
1/10W
(HX825)
1/10W
(HX825)
R1419
R1451
R1452
R1453
R1454
R1601
R1602
R1603
R1604
R1609
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-847-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
10K
10K
10K
10K
150K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
8-10
AV-106
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
R1610
R1613
R1614
R1621
R1622
1-216-809-11
1-216-837-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-839-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
100
22K
10K
33K
0
Remarks
R1623
R1624
R1625
R1626
R1627
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-821-11
1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
R1628
R1629
R1630
R1632
R1633
1-216-845-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-821-11
R1636
R1637
R1638
R1707
R1709
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
0
10K
10K
1K
0
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
100K
470
470
10K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-295-91
1-216-295-91
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
100
100
100
0
0
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
R1710
R1714
R1715
R1716
R1717
1-216-864-11
1-216-817-11
1-216-864-11
1-218-285-11
1-218-285-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
470
0
75
75
R1718
R1719
R1720
R1721
R1722
1-216-864-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
10K
10K
0
0
R1735
R1736
R1738
R1800
R1801
1-216-817-11
1-216-833-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-809-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
470
10K
0
100
0
Ref. No.
FL-166
Part No.
Description
C3114
C3115
C3116
C3117
C3118
1-128-131-11
1-115-339-11
1-107-726-91
1-107-726-91
1-115-339-11
ELECT
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
22uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.1uF
20%
10%
10%
10%
10%
50V
50V
16V
16V
50V
Remarks
C3120
C3121
C3124
1-164-217-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-164-217-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
150PF
150PF
0
5%
5%
50V
50V
< CONNECTOR >
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1/10W
CN3101 1-774-729-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P
< DIODE >
D3102
D3103
D3104
D3105
D3106
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
8-719-067-40
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
STZ6.8N-T146
D3107
D3108
D3109
D3110
D3111
8-719-067-40
8-719-988-61
8-719-988-61
8-719-988-61
8-719-988-61
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
STZ6.8N-T146
1SS355TE-17
1SS355TE-17
1SS355TE-17
1SS355TE-17
D3112
8-719-056-82 DIODE UDZ-TE-17-6.2B
< FERRITE BEAD >
FB3101 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
FB3102 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR, FERRITE BEAD
< IC >
IC3101
8-759-643-83 IC uPD16315GB-3BS
< JACK >
J3101
1-780-049-11 TERMINAL BOARD (S TERMINAL+3P)
< THERMISTOR >
< COIL >
TH601
1-805-074-11 THERMISTOR
L3101
1-412-537-31 INDUCTOR
100uH
< TUNER UNIT >
< FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE >
0 TU401
8-597-559-00 TUNER, FSS BTF-DF441
* ND3101 1-519-849-21 INDICATOR TUBE, FLUORESCENT
< VIBRATOR >
< TRANSISTOR >
* X602
1-813-700-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (10MHz)
* X603
1-813-698-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (32.768kHz)
X1101 1-781-589-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (HX825)
* X1401 1-813-713-31 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (18.432MHZ)
************************************************************
FL-166 BOARD, COMPLETE
**********************
(Ref.No.;30,000 SERIES)
< CAPACITOR >
C3103
C3104
C3106
C3110
C3113
1-164-230-11
1-164-230-11
1-125-972-91
1-106-363-00
1-115-339-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT
MYLAR
CERAMIC CHIP
220PF
220PF
100uF
0.0068uF
0.1uF
5%
5%
20%
5%
10%
50V
50V
16V
200V
50V
Q3101
Q3102
8-729-901-88 TRANSISTOR
8-729-901-88 TRANSISTOR
< RESISTOR >
R3101
R3102
R3103
R3104
R3105
1-218-285-11
1-218-285-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
75
75
0
0
0
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
R3108
R3109
R3111
R3113
R3114
1-218-285-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-849-11
1-216-849-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
75
0
3.3K
220K
220K
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
Note :
8-11
2SC2411K-CR
2SC2411K-CR
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
FL-166
Ref. No.
R3115
R3116
FR-257
Part No.
RD-064
Description
1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP
1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP
Remarks
27K
100K
5%
5%
Ref. No.
Description
Remarks
< SWITCH >
< SWITCH >
S3101
Part No.
1/10W
1/10W
1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE
S3001
S3002
S3003
S3004
S3005
1-771-410-21
1-771-410-21
1-771-410-21
1-771-410-21
1-771-410-21
SWITCH, TACTILE (PLAY)
SWITCH, TACTILE (REC STOP)
SWITCH, TACTILE (REC)
SWITCH, TACTILE (STOP)
SWITCH, TACTILE (DUB)
S3006
S3007
S3008
S3009
S3012
1-771-410-21
1-771-410-21
1-771-410-21
1-771-410-21
1-771-410-21
SWITCH, TACTILE (OPEN/CLOSE)
SWITCH, TACTILE (CH+)
SWITCH, TACTILE (CH-)
SWITCH, TACTILE (REC MODE)
SWITCH, TACTILE (DVD)
< TRANSFORMER >
* T3101 1-445-017-11 TRANSFORMER, DC-DC CONVERTER (POWER)
************************************************************
FR-257 BOARD, COMPLETE
**********************
(Ref.No.;30,000 SERIES)
< CAPACITOR >
C3001
C3002
C3004
1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-107-726-91 CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
S3013 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (HDD)
S3014 1-771-410-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (INPUT SELECT)
************************************************************
A-1494-643-A RD-064 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) (HX820)
A-1215-024-A RD-064 BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) (HX825)
(Ref.No.;20,000 SERIES)
*
*
< CONNECTOR >
< CAPACITOR >
CN3004 1-785-828-21 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 4P (DV IN)
* CN3005 1-580-789-22 PIN, CONNECTOR (SMD) 6P
< DIODE >
D3001
D3002
D3003
D3004
D3005
8-719-067-40
8-719-077-79
8-719-077-79
6-500-176-01
8-719-084-27
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
DIODE
STZ6.8N-T146
SLR-332VRT32 (SYNCHRO REC)
SLR-332VRT32 (TIMER REC)
EB3804X-TP-J555K (HDD)
SLI-343YCT32WST (DVD)
C101
C102
C103
C104
C107
1-127-715-91
1-164-943-81
1-165-887-91
1-164-943-81
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.22uF
0.01uF
0.22uF
0.01uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
6.3V
16V
10V
C109
C110
C111
C112
C113
1-126-246-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
220uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
20%
10%
10%
10%
10%
4V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C114
C115
C116
C117
C118
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C119
C120
C121
C122
C123
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C124
C125
C126
C127
C128
1-165-908-11
1-128-994-21
1-126-209-11
1-128-994-21
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
47uF
100uF
47uF
0.1uF
10%
20%
20%
20%
10%
10V
10V
4V
10V
10V
C129
C130
C131
C132
C133
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C134
C135
C136
C137
C138
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C139
C140
C141
C142
C143
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
< IC >
IC3001
* IC3002
6-706-783-01 IC BU2050F-E2
6-600-500-01 IC GP1UM28XK0SF
< TRANSISTOR >
Q3001
Q3002
8-729-421-22 TRANSISTOR
8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR
UN2211
MSB709-RT1
< RESISTOR >
R3001
R3003
R3004
R3005
R3006
1-216-295-91
1-216-864-11
1-216-829-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-813-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
0
0
4.7K
2.2K
220
R3007
R3008
R3009
R3010
R3012
1-216-813-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-806-11
1-216-811-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
220
0
56
150
0
R3013
R3014
R3015
R3016
R3017
1-218-855-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-830-11
1-216-832-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
R3018
R3019
R3020
R3023
R3024
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-827-11
1-216-825-11
1-216-825-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
5%
1/10W
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
2.2K
2.2K
3.3K
5.6K
8.2K
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
2.2K
2.2K
3.3K
2.2K
2.2K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
1/10W
8-12
RD-064
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Part No.
Description
C144
C145
C146
C147
C148
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
Remarks
Ref. No.
C219
C220
C222
C223
C224
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-137-710-11
1-137-710-11
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
10uF
10uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
20%
20%
10%
16V
16V
6.3V
6.3V
16V
C149
C150
C151
C152
C153
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C230
C231
C232
C233
C234
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-165-887-91
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.22uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
6.3V
16V
C154
C155
C156
C157
C158
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C235
C236
C237
C301
C302
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-125-777-11
1-137-710-11
1-137-710-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.1uF
10uF
10uF
10%
10%
10%
20%
20%
16V
16V
10V
6.3V
6.3V
C159
C160
C161
C162
C163
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C303
C304
C305
C308
C309
1-137-710-11
1-137-710-11
1-137-710-11
1-164-874-11
1-164-882-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
10uF
10uF
10uF
100PF
220PF
20%
20%
20%
5%
5%
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
50V
16V
C164
C165
C166
C167
C168
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C310
C311
C312
C313
C314
1-164-874-11
1-164-882-11
1-164-874-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
100PF
220PF
100PF
0.1uF
0.1uF
5%
5%
5%
10%
10%
50V
16V
50V
10V
10V
C169
C170
C171
C172
C173
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C315
C316
C317
C318
C319
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C174
C175
C176
C177
C188
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-137-710-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
20%
10%
10V
10V
10V
6.3V
10V
C320
C321
C322
C323
C324
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C189
C190
C191
C192
C193
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C325
C326
C327
C328
C329
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C194
C195
C196
C197
C198
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C330
C331
C332
C333
C334
1-164-849-11
1-164-849-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
9PF
9PF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.5PF
0.5PF
10%
10%
10%
50V
50V
10V
10V
10V
C199
C201
C202
C203
C204
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-164-943-81
1-164-852-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
12PF
10%
10%
10%
10%
5%
10V
10V
10V
16V
50V
C335
C336
C337
C338
C339
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
16V
C205
C206
C207
C208
C209
1-164-852-11
1-164-943-81
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-837-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
12PF
0.01uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
1uF
5%
10%
10%
10%
10%
50V
16V
10V
10V
6.3V
C340
C501
C502
C505
C506
1-164-943-81
1-137-710-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
10uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
20%
10%
10%
10%
16V
6.3V
10V
10V
10V
C210
C214
C215
C217
C218
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
16V
16V
C601
C602
C603
C604
C605
1-164-943-81
1-137-710-11
1-137-710-11
1-137-710-11
1-165-989-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
10uF
10uF
10uF
10uF
10%
20%
20%
20%
10%
16V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
8-13
Remarks
RD-064
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Part No.
Description
C606
C607
C608
C609
C610
1-137-710-11
1-137-710-11
1-107-826-11
1-128-994-21
1-128-994-21
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
10uF
10uF
0.1uF
47uF
47uF
20%
20%
10%
20%
20%
6.3V
6.3V
16V
10V
10V
Remarks
Ref. No.
C915
C916
C917
C918
C919
1-128-934-91
1-125-777-11
1-127-772-81
1-164-943-81
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.33uF
0.1uF
33000PF
0.01uF
0.1uF
20%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
16V
10V
C611
C612
C614
C615
C616
1-165-908-11
1-162-962-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-164-937-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
470PF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.001uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
50V
10V
10V
50V
C920
C921
C922
C923
C924
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-164-937-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.001uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
50V
10V
10V
C617
C618
C619
C620
C622
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-162-960-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
220PF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
50V
10V
C925
C926
C927
C928
C929
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
16V
16V
C623
C625
C626
C701
C702
1-137-710-11
1-137-710-11
1-137-710-11
1-137-710-11
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
10uF
10uF
10uF
10uF
0.01uF
20%
20%
20%
20%
10%
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
6.3V
16V
C930
C931
C932
C933
C934
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C703
C704
C705
C706
C707
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-849-11
1-164-849-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
9PF
9PF
10%
10%
10%
0.5PF
0.5PF
16V
16V
16V
50V
50V
C935
C936
C937
C938
C939
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-128-993-21
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
22uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
20%
16V
16V
16V
16V
10V
C708
C710
C711
C712
C713
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C940
C941
C942
C944
C945
1-128-993-21
1-124-779-00
1-124-779-00
1-127-715-91
1-164-943-81
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
22uF
10uF
10uF
0.22uF
0.01uF
20%
20%
20%
10%
10%
10V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C714
C715
C716
C803
C804
1-164-943-81
1-125-837-91
1-112-001-81
1-137-710-11
1-137-710-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
1uF
270PF
10uF
10uF
10%
10%
5%
20%
20%
16V
6.3V
50V
6.3V
6.3V
C946
C947
C948
C949
C950
1-164-943-81
1-127-715-91
1-127-715-91
1-127-715-91
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.22uF
0.22uF
0.22uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C805
C806
C807
C808
C809
1-125-777-11
1-164-943-81
1-164-852-11
1-164-852-11
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.01uF
12PF
12PF
0.01uF
10%
10%
5%
5%
10%
10V
16V
50V
50V
16V
C952
C953
C954
C955
C956
1-125-777-11
1-127-715-91
1-127-715-91
1-127-715-91
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.22uF
0.22uF
0.22uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
16V
16V
16V
16V
C810
C811
C812
C813
C816
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
1-165-887-91
1-124-779-00
1-165-887-91
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.01uF
0.22uF
10uF
0.22uF
10%
10%
10%
20%
10%
16V
16V
6.3V
16V
6.3V
C957
C1006
C1008
C1009
C1010
1-127-715-91
1-164-943-81
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.22uF
0.01uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
16V
10V
10V
10V
C817
C901
C902
C903
C904
1-128-994-21
1-126-205-11
1-165-908-11
1-164-943-81
1-164-943-81
ELECT CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
47uF
47uF
1uF
0.01uF
0.01uF
20%
20%
10%
10%
10%
10V
6.3V
10V
16V
16V
C1011
C1012
C1013
C1014
C1015
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
10V
10V
10V
10V
10V
C905
C906
C907
C908
C909
1-125-838-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-126-205-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
2.2uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
47uF
0.1uF
10%
10%
10%
20%
10%
6.3V
10V
10V
6.3V
10V
C1028
C1029
C1030
C1031
C1032
1-165-908-11
1-137-710-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
1-125-777-11
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
1uF
10uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
10%
20%
10%
10%
10%
10V
6.3V
10V
10V
10V
C910
C911
C912
C913
C914
1-164-943-81
1-125-777-11
1-128-993-21
1-125-777-11
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
ELECT CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.01uF
0.1uF
22uF
0.1uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
20%
10%
10%
16V
10V
10V
10V
16V
C1033
C1034
C1035
C1036
C1037
1-127-715-91
1-165-887-91
1-164-943-81
1-165-908-11
1-164-943-81
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
CERAMIC CHIP
0.22uF
0.22uF
0.01uF
1uF
0.01uF
10%
10%
10%
10%
10%
16V
6.3V
16V
10V
16V
8-14
Remarks
RD-064
Ref. No.
Part No.
* C1038
C1041
1-112-833-11 ELECT CHIP
1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP
Description
Remarks
68uF
0.1uF
20%
10%
Ref. No.
16V
10V
< CONNECTOR >
CN201
CN603
CN606
CN701
* CN901
CN902
1-818-857-51
1-818-858-11
1-818-858-11
1-573-806-21
1-691-591-11
CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 40P
CONNECTOR, BOAD TO BOAD 42P
CONNECTOR, BOAD TO BOAD 42P
PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) (SMD) 6P
PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) (SMD) 8P
Description
6-706-520-01
6-806-931-01
6-703-046-01
6-707-119-01
6-704-470-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
Remarks
IC909
IC910
6-702-302-01 IC TK11133CSCL-G
6-710-105-01 IC TK70550SCL-G
CXD9836R
MB95F108ASPFV-GE1-5G00
SN74LVC1G08DCKR
TK11218CMCL-G
TK11233CMCL-G
< COIL >
1-820-747-11 CONNECTOR, HDMI
< DIODE >
D915
Part No.
IC902
IC903
IC906
IC907
IC908
8-719-069-56 DIODE UDZSTE-176.2B
< FERRITE BEAD >
L101
L102
L201
L202
L301
1-469-555-21
1-469-555-21
1-469-555-21
1-469-555-21
1-469-555-21
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
10uH
10uH
10uH
10uH
10uH
L302
L303
L602
L603
L604
1-469-555-21
1-469-555-21
1-400-073-21
1-469-555-21
1-469-555-21
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
INDUCTOR
10uH
10uH
4.7uH
10uH
10uH
FB101
FB103
FB106
FB107
FB110
1-400-794-21
1-400-794-21
1-469-670-21
1-469-670-21
1-469-670-21
EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (2012)
FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (2012)
FERRITE, EMI (SMD) (2012)
FB111
FB112
FB602
FB603
FB604
1-400-794-21
1-400-794-21
1-400-794-21
1-400-794-21
1-400-794-21
EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
Q601
Q602
Q603
Q604
Q605
8-729-010-05
8-729-010-05
8-729-010-05
8-729-010-05
8-729-010-05
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
MSB709-RT1
MSB709-RT1
MSB709-RT1
MSB709-RT1
MSB709-RT1
FB605
FB606
1-400-794-21 EMI FERRITE (SMD) (1608)
1-469-084-21 FERRITE
0mH
Q606
Q607
8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR
8-729-010-05 TRANSISTOR
MSB709-RT1
MSB709-RT1
< TRANSISTOR >
< FILTER >
FL501
FL702
FL801
FL902
FL904
1-234-867-11
1-234-867-11
1-234-867-11
1-234-177-21
1-234-177-21
FL905
FL906
FL907
1-234-177-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI
1-234-177-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI
1-234-177-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI
< RESISTOR >
FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD)
FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD)
FILTER, EMI REMOVAL (SMD)
FILTER, CHIP EMI
FILTER, CHIP EMI
R103
R104
R105
R108
R109
1-218-939-11
1-218-939-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
68
68
10K
10K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
10K
10K
1K
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
< IC >
R110
R111
R112
R113
R117
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
1/16W
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
5%
1/16W
5%
1/16W
IC101
IC103
IC105
IC106
IC108
6-702-302-01
6-708-896-01
6-708-812-01
6-708-812-01
6-708-935-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TK11133CSCL-G
R8A34012BG
HYB25DC512160CE-6
HYB25DC512160CE-6
MM1762FHBE
R118
R119
R120
R121
R122
1-218-990-81
1-218-937-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
47
22
0
0
IC109
IC112
IC201
IC202
* IC301
6-702-302-01
6-704-353-01
6-806-103-01
6-705-311-01
6-708-848-01
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
TK11133CSCL-G
SN74LVC2G34DCKR
88SA8040-TBC1C000
S-T111B18MC-OGDTFG
TVP5146M2PFP
R123
R124
R125
R126
R127
1-218-965-11
1-218-957-11
1-218-957-11
1-218-957-11
1-218-957-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
2.2K
IC302
IC502
IC601
IC602
IC604
6-708-882-01
6-708-924-01
6-708-889-01
6-706-237-01
8-759-660-23
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
BH18MA3WHFV-TR
S29GL256N90TFIR20
MP2105DJ-LF-Z
PQ1MX55M2SPQ
SN74HCT08APWR
R128
R129
R130
R131
R132
1-218-990-81
1-218-935-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
33
0
22
22
IC605
IC701
* IC802
IC803
IC901
8-759-548-99
6-706-365-01
6-708-929-01
6-708-888-01
8-759-837-19
IC
IC
IC
IC
IC
SN74LV08APWR
uPD72852AGB-8EU-A
ICS650G-42LFT
WM8590GEDS/RV
MM1562FFBE
R133
R134
R135
R136
R137
1-218-990-81
1-218-933-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-973-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
22
0
0
47K
8-15
RD-064
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Part No.
Description
R138
R139
R140
R141
R142
1-218-973-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-973-11
1-218-973-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
47K
47K
47K
47K
47K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
Remarks
Ref. No.
R205
R206
R207
R208
R209
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-941-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-941-81
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
100
0
100
5%
1/16W
5%
1/16W
R143
R145
R146
R147
R148
1-208-699-11
1-218-973-11
1-208-699-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
4.7K
47K
4.7K
22
22
0.5%
5%
0.5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R210
R211
R212
R213
R214
1-218-938-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-962-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-938-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
56
10K
5.6K
4.7K
56
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R149
R150
R153
R154
R155
1-218-939-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
68
22
10K
22
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R223
R224
R225
R226
R227
1-218-940-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-940-11
1-218-940-11
1-218-933-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
82
22
82
82
22
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R156
R157
R158
R160
R161
1-218-937-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
47
22
22
0
0
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R228
R229
R231
R233
R237
1-218-940-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-940-11
1-218-953-11
1-216-864-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
82
22
82
1K
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R162
R163
R164
R165
R166
1-208-687-11
1-208-687-11
1-208-643-11
1-208-643-11
1-208-663-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
1.5K
1.5K
22
22
150
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R238
R240
R243
R245
R246
1-218-953-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-949-11
1-218-989-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
1K
10K
1K
470
1M
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R167
R168
R169
R170
R171
1-208-663-11
1-208-663-11
1-208-663-11
1-208-663-11
1-218-933-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
150
150
150
150
22
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R247
R248
R249
R250
R252
1-218-953-11
1-208-709-11
1-218-941-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
1K
12K
100
0
0
5%
0.5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R172
R173
R174
R175
R176
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
22
22
22
22
22
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R258
R261
R265
R267
R269
1-218-953-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
1K
10K
10K
1K
1K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R177
R178
R179
R180
R181
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
22
22
22
10K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R270
R272
R274
R276
R279
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
1K
1K
10K
1K
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R182
R183
R184
R185
R186
1-218-945-11
1-218-945-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
220
220
22
22
22
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R282
R303
R304
R305
R306
1-218-990-81
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
22
22
22
22
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R187
R188
R189
R190
R191
1-218-933-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-933-11
1-208-699-11
1-208-699-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
22
47
22
4.7K
4.7K
5%
5%
5%
0.5%
0.5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R307
R308
R312
R313
R314
1-218-933-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-977-11
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
22
0
0
0
100K
5%
1/16W
5%
1/16W
R192
R193
R194
R195
R196
1-208-699-11
1-208-699-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-953-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
4.7K
4.7K
22
22
1K
0.5%
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R315
R316
R317
R318
R322
1-218-933-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-933-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-957-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
22
100
22
100
2.2K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R197
R198
R199
R203
R204
1-216-864-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-941-81
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
22
0
0
100
5%
1/16W
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
2.2K
100
10K
0
10K
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1-218-957-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
5%
5%
5%
5%
R323
R325
R328
R329
R336
5%
1/16W
8-16
Remarks
RD-064
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
R337
R338
R513
R518
R519
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
0
10K
10K
10K
Remarks
R522
R524
R525
R532
R533
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-962-11
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
5.6K
0
R535
R547
R549
R565
R603
1-218-962-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-941-81
1-218-942-11
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
5.6K
0
0
100
120
R605
R607
R609
R611
R612
1-218-942-11
1-218-942-11
1-218-942-11
1-218-942-11
1-218-951-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
120
120
120
120
680
R613
R614
R615
R616
R617
1-218-990-81
1-218-951-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-951-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
680
0
0
680
R618
R619
R620
R621
R623
1-218-951-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-951-11
1-208-952-81
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
METAL CHIP
R624
R626
R627
R628
R629
1-208-955-11
1-208-713-11
1-208-911-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
R630
R631
R635
R638
R639
5%
1/16W
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
R703
R705
R706
R709
R710
1-218-935-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
33
10K
1K
100
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
Remarks
R711
R712
R713
R714
R715
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
10K
10K
10K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1-208-910-11
1-218-938-11
1-218-938-11
1-218-938-11
1-218-938-11
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
9.1K
56
56
56
56
0.5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
1/16W
5%
1/16W
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R717
R718
R719
R721
R722
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R723
R733
R808
R810
R811
1-218-864-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-935-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-965-11
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
5.1K
0
33
22
10K
0.5%
1/10W
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
1/16W
5%
1/16W
R812
R816
R817
R821
R823
1-218-965-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-935-11
1-218-957-11
1-218-935-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
47
33
2.2K
33
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
680
0
0
680
510K
5%
1/16W
5%
0.5%
1/16W
1/16W
R825
R826
R827
R830
R839
1-218-933-11
1-218-935-11
1-218-935-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
22
33
33
22
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
680K
18K
10K
0
0
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R840
R841
R842
R844
R845
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
0
0
1-216-797-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-933-11
METAL CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
10
10K
4.7K
0
22
5%
5%
5%
1/10W
1/16W
1/16W
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
22
22
0
68
0
1/16W
1/16W
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-939-11
1-218-990-81
5%
5%
5%
R846
R847
R901
R902
R905
R640
R641
R642
R643
R644
1-218-990-81
1-218-933-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
22
10K
0
0
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R906
R907
R913
R914
R915
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
0
0
R645
R646
R647
R649
R650
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-949-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-949-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
470
100
470
R918
R919
R921
R922
R923
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
1K
1K
1K
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R652
R655
R658
R661
R662
1-218-941-81
1-218-990-81
1-216-821-11
1-218-990-81
1-208-911-11
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
METAL CHIP
100
0
1K
0
10K
R924
R925
R926
R927
R928
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-977-11
1-218-959-11
1-218-952-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
22
22
100K
3.3K
820
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R663
R664
R665
R666
R701
1-208-911-11
1-208-911-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
1-216-864-11
METAL CHIP
METAL CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
10K
0
0
0
R929
R930
R931
R932
R933
1-218-965-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-961-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
100
4.7K
0
0
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
1/16W
5%
1/10W
0.5%
1/16W
0.5%
0.5%
1/16W
1/16W
8-17
RD-064
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
R935
R937
R938
R939
R940
1-218-941-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-961-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
100
0
4.7K
0
10K
Remarks
Part No.
Description
1/16W
R1031
R1032
R1033
R1035
R1037
1-218-935-11
1-218-935-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-961-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
33
33
22
22
4.7K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R941
R942
R945
R946
R948
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-937-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-961-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
47
100
4.7K
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1038
R1039
R1040
R1041
R1042
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-935-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
10K
47
47
33
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R950
R951
R953
R954
R955
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
1K
1K
10K
10K
10K
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1043
R1044
R1045
R1046
R1047
1-218-990-81
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
22
22
22
22
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R956
R957
R968
R973
R974
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-961-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
10K
4.7K
0
0
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1048
R1049
R1050
R1051
R1052
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-953-11
1-218-965-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
0
1K
10K
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R977
R978
R983
R985
R986
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-961-11
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
4.7K
0
R1055
R1074
R1078
R1082
R1083
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
0
0
10K
10K
5%
1/16W
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R987
R988
R989
R990
R991
1-218-990-81
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
1-218-941-81
1-218-953-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
47
47
100
1K
R1084
R1085
R1086
R1088
R1089
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-941-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10K
10K
10K
10K
100
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R993
R994
R995
R1001
R1002
1-218-953-11
1-218-965-11
1-220-179-11
1-218-935-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
1K
10K
510
33
0
R1090
R1094
R1098
R1099
R1102
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
22
22
0
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R1003
R1004
R1005
R1006
R1007
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
22
22
22
R1154
R1166
R1169
R1175
R1186
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
22
22
0
0
0
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R1008
R1009
R1010
R1011
R1012
1-218-990-81
1-218-953-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-962-11
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
1K
10K
5.6K
0
R1188
R1189
R1906
R1907
R1909
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-961-11
1-218-973-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
0
4.7K
47K
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
R1014
R1015
R1016
R1017
R1018
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
0
0
0
0
0
R1910
R1913
R1914
R1915
R1916
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-956-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
0
0
1.8K
5%
1/16W
R1019
R1020
R1021
R1022
R1023
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-933-11
1-218-933-11
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
0
0
22
22
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
1.8K
0
0
0
0
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1-218-956-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-216-864-11
5%
5%
5%
R1917
R1921
R1922
R1923
R1927
R1024
R1025
R1026
R1028
R1030
1-218-937-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-935-11
1-218-935-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
47
10K
10K
33
33
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
R1929
R1930
R1931
R1932
R1933
1-218-990-81
1-218-977-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-965-11
1-218-953-11
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
0
100K
0
10K
1K
5%
1/16W
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
5%
1/16W
5%
1/16W
5%
5%
1/16W
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
Ref. No.
8-18
Remarks
RD-064
Ref. No.
Part No.
Description
Part No.
Description
R1934
R1935
R1936
R1940
R1941
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-953-11
1-218-929-11
1-218-929-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
1K
1K
1K
10
10
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
Remarks
Ref. No.
RB159
RB171
RB172
RB173
RB174
1-234-400-21
1-234-380-21
1-234-380-21
1-234-380-21
1-234-380-21
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4)
RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4)
RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4)
RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4)
R1942
R1943
R1944
R1945
R1946
1-218-929-11
1-218-929-11
1-218-929-11
1-218-929-11
1-218-929-11
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10
10
10
10
10
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
RB175
RB182
RB183
RB184
RB185
1-234-378-21
1-234-378-21
1-234-378-21
1-234-378-21
1-234-378-21
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
10K (1005X4)
10K (1005X4)
10K (1005X4)
10K (1005X4)
10K (1005X4)
R1947
R1950
R1951
R1954
R1955
1-218-929-11
1-218-990-81
1-218-990-81
1-218-937-11
1-218-937-11
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
SHORT CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
10
0
0
47
47
5%
1/16W
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
RB189
RB190
RB191
RB192
RB193
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
R1956
R1957
R1958
R1959
R1960
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-965-11
1-218-990-81
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
RES-CHIP
SHORT CHIP
10K
10K
10K
10K
0
5%
5%
5%
5%
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
1/16W
RB194
RB195
RB196
RB201
RB202
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
R1961
R1962
R1964
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP
1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP
< COMPOSITION CIRCUIT BLOCK >
RB203
RB204
RB205
RB210
RB211
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
1-234-400-21
1-234-380-21
1-234-380-21
RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4)
RES, NETWORK 100 (1005X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4)
RES, NETWORK 47K (1005X4)
0
0
0
Remarks
RB106
RB107
RB108
RB109
RB110
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
1-234-372-11
1-234-702-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
100 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
100 (1005X4)
68 (1005X4)
RB212
RB213
RB219
RB220
RB221
1-234-380-21
1-234-380-21
1-234-702-11
1-234-702-11
1-234-702-11
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RB111
RB112
RB113
RB114
RB115
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
RB222
RB223
RB301
RB302
RB501
1-234-702-11
1-242-962-21
1-234-370-21
1-234-370-21
1-234-379-21
RES, NETWORK 68 (1005X4)
RES, NETWORK 82X4 (1005)
RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)
RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)
RES, NETWORK 22K (1005X4)
RB116
RB117
RB118
RB119
RB120
1-234-370-21
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
RB502
RB503
RB504
RB505
RB602
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-234-378-21
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
RES, NETWORK 10K (1005X4)
RB121
RB122
RB123
RB124
RB142
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-242-963-21
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
RES, NETWORK 33 (1005X4)
RB701
RB702
RB703
1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK
1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK
1-234-371-21 RES, NETWORK
RB143
RB144
RB145
RB146
RB147
1-234-702-11
1-234-702-11
1-234-702-11
1-234-702-11
1-234-370-21
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
RES, NETWORK
S901
RB148
RB149
RB150
RB151
RB152
1-234-370-21
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
RES, NETWORK 22 (1005X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (2010X4)
RB154
RB155
RB156
RB157
RB158
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
1-234-400-21
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK
CONDUCTOR, NETWORK
47K (1005X4)
47K (1005X4)
68 (1005X4)
68 (1005X4)
68 (1005X4)
47 (1005X4)
47 (1005X4)
47 (1005X4)
< SWITCH >
68 (1005X4)
68 (1005X4)
68 (1005X4)
68 (1005X4)
22 (1005X4)
1-771-337-21 SWITCH, SLIDE (NOR-DL)
< VARISTOR >
(2010X4)
(2010X4)
(2010X4)
(2010X4)
(2010X4)
8-19
VDR901
VDR902
VDR903
VDR904
VDR905
1-805-774-21
1-805-774-21
1-805-774-21
1-805-774-21
1-805-774-21
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
VDR906
VDR907
VDR908
VDR909
VDR910
1-805-774-21
1-805-774-21
1-805-774-21
1-805-774-21
1-805-774-21
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
VARISTOR, CHIP
RD-064
Ref. No.
POWER SUPPLY BLOCK
Part No.
Description
Remarks
< VIBRATOR >
X201
1-813-210-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (NX5032GA) 25MHz
X301
1-781-940-41 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL 14.318MHZ
* X701
1-813-695-11 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL 24.576MHZ
X801
1-781-867-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL 27MHz
X901
1-795-244-11 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC 10MHz
************************************************************
0
1-474-022-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK (SRV-2001EK)
********************************
************************************************************
ACCESSORIES
************
0
1-479-557-11
1-479-558-11
2-658-476-01
1-575-131-82
1-759-586-41
REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D231P) (HX825)
REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D230P) (HX820)
COVER, BATTERY (FOR RMT-D231P/D230P)
CORD, POWER
CONTROLLER, VIDEO (AV MOUSE) (HX825)
1-696-593-11
2-886-040-11
2-886-040-21
2-886-040-31
2-886-040-41
CORD, CONNECTION (PAL)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH)(HX825)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (GERMAN)(HX825)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN)(HX825)
MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DUTCH)(HX825)
2-886-040-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SPANISH)(HX825)
2-886-041-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (PORTUGUESE)
(HX820)
2-886-041-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (DANISH)(HX820)
2-886-041-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEDISH)(HX820)
2-886-041-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FINNISH)(HX820)
************************************************************
Note :
The components identified by mark 0 or dotted
line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
8-20E
RDR-HX820/HX825
Sony Corporation
9-883-932-11
Home Electronics Network Company
— 154 —
2006H1600-1
©2006.08
Published by Quality Assurance Dept.